diff options
| author | Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com> | 2023-04-28 12:54:29 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com> | 2023-05-10 10:01:01 +0200 |
| commit | a937b6aa739f65f2cae2ad9a7eb65a309ad2a359 (patch) | |
| tree | c11a2c7b6fc5b850ef4dd6b613902759824779a5 | |
| parent | 059d341a67bb660a7957cb62a6a860c92c2fb64a (diff) | |
qapi: Reformat doc comments to conform to current conventions
Change
# @name: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed
# do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
to
# @name: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed
# do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
See recent commit "qapi: Relax doc string @name: description
indentation rules" for rationale.
Reflow paragraphs to 70 columns width, and consistently use two spaces
to separate sentences.
To check the generated documentation does not change, I compared the
generated HTML before and after this commit with "wdiff -3". Finds no
differences. Comparing with diff is not useful, as the reflown
paragraphs are visible there.
Signed-off-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20230428105429.1687850-18-armbru@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Juan Quintela <quintela@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Lukas Straub <lukasstraub2@web.de>
[Straightforward conflicts in qapi/audio.json qapi/misc-target.json
qapi/run-state.json resolved]
39 files changed, 4408 insertions, 4020 deletions
diff --git a/qapi/acpi.json b/qapi/acpi.json index d148f6db9f..e0739bd6ae 100644 --- a/qapi/acpi.json +++ b/qapi/acpi.json @@ -14,18 +14,19 @@ # # Specify an ACPI table on the command line to load. # -# At most one of @file and @data can be specified. The list of files specified -# by any one of them is loaded and concatenated in order. If both are omitted, -# @data is implied. +# At most one of @file and @data can be specified. The list of files +# specified by any one of them is loaded and concatenated in order. +# If both are omitted, @data is implied. # -# Other fields / optargs can be used to override fields of the generic ACPI -# table header; refer to the ACPI specification 5.0, section 5.2.6 System -# Description Table Header. If a header field is not overridden, then the -# corresponding value from the concatenated blob is used (in case of @file), or -# it is filled in with a hard-coded value (in case of @data). +# Other fields / optargs can be used to override fields of the generic +# ACPI table header; refer to the ACPI specification 5.0, section +# 5.2.6 System Description Table Header. If a header field is not +# overridden, then the corresponding value from the concatenated blob +# is used (in case of @file), or it is filled in with a hard-coded +# value (in case of @data). # -# String fields are copied into the matching ACPI member from lowest address -# upwards, and silently truncated / NUL-padded to length. +# String fields are copied into the matching ACPI member from lowest +# address upwards, and silently truncated / NUL-padded to length. # # @sig: table signature / identifier (4 bytes) # @@ -38,20 +39,20 @@ # @oem_rev: OEM-supplied revision number (4 bytes) # # @asl_compiler_id: identifier of the utility that created the table -# (4 bytes) +# (4 bytes) # # @asl_compiler_rev: revision number of the utility that created the -# table (4 bytes) +# table (4 bytes) # -# @file: colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and -# concatenate as table data. The resultant binary blob is expected to -# have an ACPI table header. At least one file is required. This field -# excludes @data. +# @file: colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and concatenate +# as table data. The resultant binary blob is expected to have an +# ACPI table header. At least one file is required. This field +# excludes @data. # -# @data: colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and -# concatenate as table data. The resultant binary blob must not have an -# ACPI table header. At least one file is required. This field excludes -# @file. +# @data: colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and concatenate +# as table data. The resultant binary blob must not have an ACPI +# table header. At least one file is required. This field +# excludes @file. # # Since: 1.5 ## @@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ # @ACPISlotType: # # @DIMM: memory slot +# # @CPU: logical CPU slot (since 2.7) ## { 'enum': 'ACPISlotType', 'data': [ 'DIMM', 'CPU' ] } @@ -78,9 +80,9 @@ ## # @ACPIOSTInfo: # -# OSPM Status Indication for a device -# For description of possible values of @source and @status fields -# see "_OST (OSPM Status Indication)" chapter of ACPI5.0 spec. +# OSPM Status Indication for a device For description of possible +# values of @source and @status fields see "_OST (OSPM Status +# Indication)" chapter of ACPI5.0 spec. # # @device: device ID associated with slot # @@ -117,7 +119,6 @@ # { "slot": "2", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0}, # { "slot": "3", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0} # ]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-acpi-ospm-status', 'returns': ['ACPIOSTInfo'] } @@ -136,7 +137,6 @@ # "data": { "info": { "device": "d1", "slot": "0", # "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 1, "status": 0 } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'ACPI_DEVICE_OST', 'data': { 'info': 'ACPIOSTInfo' } } diff --git a/qapi/audio.json b/qapi/audio.json index e03396a7bc..534f10d8b1 100644 --- a/qapi/audio.json +++ b/qapi/audio.json @@ -16,24 +16,24 @@ # General audio backend options that are used for both playback and # recording. # -# @mixing-engine: use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and -# convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When -# set to off, fixed-settings must be also off (default on, -# since 4.2) +# @mixing-engine: use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside +# QEMU and convert audio formats when not supported by the +# backend. When set to off, fixed-settings must be also off +# (default on, since 4.2) # -# @fixed-settings: use fixed settings for host input/output. When off, -# frequency, channels and format must not be -# specified (default true) +# @fixed-settings: use fixed settings for host input/output. When +# off, frequency, channels and format must not be specified +# (default true) # -# @frequency: frequency to use when using fixed settings -# (default 44100) +# @frequency: frequency to use when using fixed settings (default +# 44100) # # @channels: number of channels when using fixed settings (default 2) # # @voices: number of voices to use (default 1) # -# @format: sample format to use when using fixed settings -# (default s16) +# @format: sample format to use when using fixed settings (default +# s16) # # @buffer-length: the buffer length in microseconds # @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ # @period-length: the period length in microseconds # # @try-poll: attempt to use poll mode, falling back to non-polling -# access on failure (default true) +# access on failure (default true) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ ## # @AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions: # -# Options of the Core Audio backend that are used for both playback and -# recording. +# Options of the Core Audio backend that are used for both playback +# and recording. # # @buffer-count: number of buffers # @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ # # @out: options of the playback stream # -# @latency: add extra latency to playback in microseconds -# (default 10000) +# @latency: add extra latency to playback in microseconds (default +# 10000) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -185,21 +185,22 @@ # Options of the JACK backend that are used for both playback and # recording. # -# @server-name: select from among several possible concurrent server instances -# (default: environment variable $JACK_DEFAULT_SERVER if set, else "default") +# @server-name: select from among several possible concurrent server +# instances (default: environment variable $JACK_DEFAULT_SERVER if +# set, else "default") # -# @client-name: the client name to use. The server will modify this name to -# create a unique variant, if needed unless @exact-name is true (default: the -# guest's name) +# @client-name: the client name to use. The server will modify this +# name to create a unique variant, if needed unless @exact-name is +# true (default: the guest's name) # -# @connect-ports: if set, a regular expression of JACK client port name(s) to -# monitor for and automatically connect to +# @connect-ports: if set, a regular expression of JACK client port +# name(s) to monitor for and automatically connect to # -# @start-server: start a jack server process if one is not already present -# (default: false) +# @start-server: start a jack server process if one is not already +# present (default: false) # -# @exact-name: use the exact name requested otherwise JACK automatically -# generates a unique one, if needed (default: false) +# @exact-name: use the exact name requested otherwise JACK +# automatically generates a unique one, if needed (default: false) # # Since: 5.1 ## @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ # @buffer-count: number of buffers # # @try-poll: attempt to use poll mode, falling back to non-polling -# access on failure (default true) +# access on failure (default true) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -260,15 +261,15 @@ # @out: options of the playback stream # # @try-mmap: try using memory-mapped access, falling back to -# non-memory-mapped access on failure (default true) +# non-memory-mapped access on failure (default true) # -# @exclusive: open device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work) -# (default false) +# @exclusive: open device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work) (default +# false) # # @dsp-policy: set the timing policy of the device (between 0 and 10, -# where smaller number means smaller latency but higher -# CPU usage) or -1 to use fragment mode (option ignored -# on some platforms) (default 5) +# where smaller number means smaller latency but higher CPU usage) +# or -1 to use fragment mode (option ignored on some platforms) +# (default 5) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -283,18 +284,18 @@ ## # @AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions: # -# Options of the Pulseaudio backend that are used for both playback and -# recording. +# Options of the Pulseaudio backend that are used for both playback +# and recording. # # @name: name of the sink/source to use # # @stream-name: name of the PulseAudio stream created by qemu. Can be -# used to identify the stream in PulseAudio when you -# create multiple PulseAudio devices or run multiple qemu -# instances (default: audiodev's id, since 4.2) +# used to identify the stream in PulseAudio when you create +# multiple PulseAudio devices or run multiple qemu instances +# (default: audiodev's id, since 4.2) # # @latency: latency you want PulseAudio to achieve in microseconds -# (default 15000) +# (default 15000) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -333,12 +334,12 @@ # @name: name of the sink/source to use # # @stream-name: name of the Pipewire stream created by qemu. Can be -# used to identify the stream in Pipewire when you -# create multiple Pipewire devices or run multiple qemu -# instances (default: audiodev's id) +# used to identify the stream in Pipewire when you create multiple +# Pipewire devices or run multiple qemu instances (default: +# audiodev's id) # # @latency: latency you want Pipewire to achieve in microseconds -# (default 46000) +# (default 46000) # # Since: 8.1 ## @@ -472,7 +473,8 @@ # # @driver: the backend driver to use # -# @timer-period: timer period (in microseconds, 0: use lowest possible) +# @timer-period: timer period (in microseconds, 0: use lowest +# possible) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -516,7 +518,6 @@ # Returns: array of @Audiodev # # Since: 8.0 -# ## { 'command': 'query-audiodevs', 'returns': ['Audiodev'] } diff --git a/qapi/authz.json b/qapi/authz.json index 51845e37cc..7fc6e3032e 100644 --- a/qapi/authz.json +++ b/qapi/authz.json @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ # The authorization policy result # # @deny: deny access +# # @allow: allow access # # Since: 4.0 @@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ # The authorization policy match format # # @exact: an exact string match +# # @glob: string with ? and * shell wildcard support # # Since: 4.0 @@ -39,7 +41,9 @@ # A single authorization rule. # # @match: a string or glob to match against a user identity +# # @policy: the result to return if @match evaluates to true +# # @format: the format of the @match rule (default 'exact') # # Since: 4.0 @@ -54,7 +58,8 @@ # # Properties for authz-list objects. # -# @policy: Default policy to apply when no rule matches (default: deny) +# @policy: Default policy to apply when no rule matches (default: +# deny) # # @rules: Authorization rules based on matching user # @@ -69,14 +74,14 @@ # # Properties for authz-listfile objects. # -# @filename: File name to load the configuration from. The file must -# contain valid JSON for AuthZListProperties. +# @filename: File name to load the configuration from. The file must +# contain valid JSON for AuthZListProperties. # -# @refresh: If true, inotify is used to monitor the file, automatically -# reloading changes. If an error occurs during reloading, all -# authorizations will fail until the file is next successfully -# loaded. (default: true if the binary was built with -# CONFIG_INOTIFY1, false otherwise) +# @refresh: If true, inotify is used to monitor the file, +# automatically reloading changes. If an error occurs during +# reloading, all authorizations will fail until the file is next +# successfully loaded. (default: true if the binary was built +# with CONFIG_INOTIFY1, false otherwise) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -101,10 +106,10 @@ # # Properties for authz-simple objects. # -# @identity: Identifies the allowed user. Its format depends on the network -# service that authorization object is associated with. For -# authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity must be -# the x509 distinguished name. +# @identity: Identifies the allowed user. Its format depends on the +# network service that authorization object is associated with. +# For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, the identity +# must be the x509 distinguished name. # # Since: 4.0 ## diff --git a/qapi/block-core.json b/qapi/block-core.json index b57978957f..187e35d473 100644 --- a/qapi/block-core.json +++ b/qapi/block-core.json @@ -25,15 +25,16 @@ # # @vm-clock-sec: VM clock relative to boot in seconds # -# @vm-clock-nsec: fractional part in nano seconds to be used with vm-clock-sec +# @vm-clock-nsec: fractional part in nano seconds to be used with +# vm-clock-sec # -# @icount: Current instruction count. Appears when execution record/replay -# is enabled. Used for "time-traveling" to match the moment -# in the recorded execution with the snapshots. This counter may -# be obtained through @query-replay command (since 5.2) +# @icount: Current instruction count. Appears when execution +# record/replay is enabled. Used for "time-traveling" to match +# the moment in the recorded execution with the snapshots. This +# counter may be obtained through @query-replay command (since +# 5.2) # # Since: 1.3 -# ## { 'struct': 'SnapshotInfo', 'data': { 'id': 'str', 'name': 'str', 'vm-state-size': 'int', @@ -66,25 +67,26 @@ # # @compat: compatibility level # -# @data-file: the filename of the external data file that is stored in the -# image and used as a default for opening the image (since: 4.0) +# @data-file: the filename of the external data file that is stored in +# the image and used as a default for opening the image +# (since: 4.0) # # @data-file-raw: True if the external data file must stay valid as a -# standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 -# metadata (since: 4.0) +# standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 +# metadata (since: 4.0) # -# @extended-l2: true if the image has extended L2 entries; only valid for -# compat >= 1.1 (since 5.2) +# @extended-l2: true if the image has extended L2 entries; only valid +# for compat >= 1.1 (since 5.2) # # @lazy-refcounts: on or off; only valid for compat >= 1.1 # # @corrupt: true if the image has been marked corrupt; only valid for -# compat >= 1.1 (since 2.2) +# compat >= 1.1 (since 2.2) # # @refcount-bits: width of a refcount entry in bits (since 2.3) # -# @encrypt: details about encryption parameters; only set if image -# is encrypted (since 2.10) +# @encrypt: details about encryption parameters; only set if image is +# encrypted (since 2.10) # # @bitmaps: A list of qcow2 bitmap details (since 4.0) # @@ -134,7 +136,7 @@ # # @filename: Name of the extent file # -# @format: Extent type (e.g. FLAT or SPARSE) +# @format: Extent type (e.g. FLAT or SPARSE) # # @virtual-size: Number of bytes covered by this extent # @@ -181,7 +183,9 @@ # @ImageInfoSpecificKind: # # @luks: Since 2.7 +# # @rbd: Since 6.1 +# # @file: Since 8.0 # # Since: 1.7 @@ -235,7 +239,8 @@ ## # @ImageInfoSpecific: # -# A discriminated record of image format specific information structures. +# A discriminated record of image format specific information +# structures. # # Since: 1.7 ## @@ -280,7 +285,7 @@ # @snapshots: list of VM snapshots # # @format-specific: structure supplying additional format-specific -# information (since 1.7) +# information (since 1.7) # # Since: 8.0 ## @@ -295,7 +300,8 @@ ## # @ImageInfo: # -# Information about a QEMU image file, and potentially its backing image +# Information about a QEMU image file, and potentially its backing +# image # # @backing-image: info of the backing image # @@ -310,11 +316,12 @@ ## # @BlockChildInfo: # -# Information about all nodes in the block graph starting at some node, -# annotated with information about that node in relation to its parent. +# Information about all nodes in the block graph starting at some +# node, annotated with information about that node in relation to its +# parent. # -# @name: Child name of the root node in the BlockGraphInfo struct, in its role -# as the child of some undescribed parent node +# @name: Child name of the root node in the BlockGraphInfo struct, in +# its role as the child of some undescribed parent node # # @info: Block graph information starting at this node # @@ -329,10 +336,9 @@ ## # @BlockGraphInfo: # -# Information about all nodes in a block (sub)graph in the form of BlockNodeInfo -# data. -# The base BlockNodeInfo struct contains the information for the (sub)graph's -# root node. +# Information about all nodes in a block (sub)graph in the form of +# BlockNodeInfo data. The base BlockNodeInfo struct contains the +# information for the (sub)graph's root node. # # @children: Array of links to this node's child nodes' information # @@ -354,32 +360,28 @@ # @check-errors: number of unexpected errors occurred during check # # @image-end-offset: offset (in bytes) where the image ends, this -# field is present if the driver for the image format -# supports it +# field is present if the driver for the image format supports it # # @corruptions: number of corruptions found during the check if any # # @leaks: number of leaks found during the check if any # -# @corruptions-fixed: number of corruptions fixed during the check -# if any +# @corruptions-fixed: number of corruptions fixed during the check if +# any # # @leaks-fixed: number of leaks fixed during the check if any # -# @total-clusters: total number of clusters, this field is present -# if the driver for the image format supports it +# @total-clusters: total number of clusters, this field is present if +# the driver for the image format supports it # -# @allocated-clusters: total number of allocated clusters, this -# field is present if the driver for the image format -# supports it +# @allocated-clusters: total number of allocated clusters, this field +# is present if the driver for the image format supports it # # @fragmented-clusters: total number of fragmented clusters, this -# field is present if the driver for the image format -# supports it +# field is present if the driver for the image format supports it # # @compressed-clusters: total number of compressed clusters, this -# field is present if the driver for the image format -# supports it +# field is present if the driver for the image format supports it # # Since: 1.4 ## @@ -396,27 +398,27 @@ # Mapping information from a virtual block range to a host file range # # @start: virtual (guest) offset of the first byte described by this -# entry +# entry # # @length: the number of bytes of the mapped virtual range # # @data: reading the image will actually read data from a file (in -# particular, if @offset is present this means that the sectors -# are not simply preallocated, but contain actual data in raw -# format) +# particular, if @offset is present this means that the sectors +# are not simply preallocated, but contain actual data in raw +# format) # # @zero: whether the virtual blocks read as zeroes # # @depth: number of layers (0 = top image, 1 = top image's backing -# file, ..., n - 1 = bottom image (where n is the number of -# images in the chain)) before reaching one for which the -# range is allocated +# file, ..., n - 1 = bottom image (where n is the number of images +# in the chain)) before reaching one for which the range is +# allocated # -# @present: true if this layer provides the data, false if adding a backing -# layer could impact this region (since 6.1) +# @present: true if this layer provides the data, false if adding a +# backing layer could impact this region (since 6.1) # # @offset: if present, the image file stores the data for this range -# in raw format at the given (host) offset +# in raw format at the given (host) offset # # @filename: filename that is referred to by @offset # @@ -433,7 +435,9 @@ # Cache mode information for a block device # # @writeback: true if writeback mode is enabled +# # @direct: true if the host page cache is bypassed (O_DIRECT) +# # @no-flush: true if flush requests are ignored for the device # # Since: 2.3 @@ -454,21 +458,19 @@ # # @ro: true if the backing device was open read-only # -# @drv: the name of the block format used to open the backing device. As of -# 0.14 this can be: 'blkdebug', 'bochs', 'cloop', 'cow', 'dmg', -# 'file', 'file', 'ftp', 'ftps', 'host_cdrom', 'host_device', -# 'http', 'https', 'luks', 'nbd', 'parallels', 'qcow', -# 'qcow2', 'raw', 'vdi', 'vmdk', 'vpc', 'vvfat' -# 2.2: 'archipelago' added, 'cow' dropped -# 2.3: 'host_floppy' deprecated -# 2.5: 'host_floppy' dropped -# 2.6: 'luks' added -# 2.8: 'replication' added, 'tftp' dropped -# 2.9: 'archipelago' dropped +# @drv: the name of the block format used to open the backing device. +# As of 0.14 this can be: 'blkdebug', 'bochs', 'cloop', 'cow', +# 'dmg', 'file', 'file', 'ftp', 'ftps', 'host_cdrom', +# 'host_device', 'http', 'https', 'luks', 'nbd', 'parallels', +# 'qcow', 'qcow2', 'raw', 'vdi', 'vmdk', 'vpc', 'vvfat' 2.2: +# 'archipelago' added, 'cow' dropped 2.3: 'host_floppy' deprecated +# 2.5: 'host_floppy' dropped 2.6: 'luks' added 2.8: 'replication' +# added, 'tftp' dropped 2.9: 'archipelago' dropped # # @backing_file: the name of the backing file (for copy-on-write) # -# @backing_file_depth: number of files in the backing file chain (since: 1.2) +# @backing_file_depth: number of files in the backing file chain +# (since: 1.2) # # @encrypted: true if the backing device is encrypted # @@ -488,41 +490,40 @@ # # @image: the info of image used (since: 1.6) # -# @bps_max: total throughput limit during bursts, in bytes -# (Since 1.7) +# @bps_max: total throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7) # -# @bps_rd_max: read throughput limit during bursts, in bytes -# (Since 1.7) +# @bps_rd_max: read throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since +# 1.7) # -# @bps_wr_max: write throughput limit during bursts, in bytes -# (Since 1.7) +# @bps_wr_max: write throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since +# 1.7) # # @iops_max: total I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes -# (Since 1.7) +# (Since 1.7) # # @iops_rd_max: read I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes -# (Since 1.7) +# (Since 1.7) # # @iops_wr_max: write I/O operations per second during bursts, in -# bytes (Since 1.7) +# bytes (Since 1.7) # # @bps_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_max burst period, in -# seconds. (Since 2.6) +# seconds. (Since 2.6) # # @bps_rd_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_rd_max burst period, -# in seconds. (Since 2.6) +# in seconds. (Since 2.6) # # @bps_wr_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_wr_max burst period, -# in seconds. (Since 2.6) +# in seconds. (Since 2.6) # # @iops_max_length: maximum length of the @iops burst period, in -# seconds. (Since 2.6) +# seconds. (Since 2.6) # # @iops_rd_max_length: maximum length of the @iops_rd_max burst -# period, in seconds. (Since 2.6) +# period, in seconds. (Since 2.6) # # @iops_wr_max_length: maximum length of the @iops_wr_max burst -# period, in seconds. (Since 2.6) +# period, in seconds. (Since 2.6) # # @iops_size: an I/O size in bytes (Since 1.7) # @@ -530,11 +531,11 @@ # # @cache: the cache mode used for the block device (since: 2.3) # -# @write_threshold: configured write threshold for the device. -# 0 if disabled. (Since 2.3) +# @write_threshold: configured write threshold for the device. 0 if +# disabled. (Since 2.3) # -# @dirty-bitmaps: dirty bitmaps information (only present if node -# has one or more dirty bitmaps) (Since 4.2) +# @dirty-bitmaps: dirty bitmaps information (only present if node has +# one or more dirty bitmaps) (Since 4.2) # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -564,7 +565,8 @@ # # @failed: The last I/O operation has failed # -# @nospace: The last I/O operation has failed due to a no-space condition +# @nospace: The last I/O operation has failed due to a no-space +# condition # # Since: 1.0 ## @@ -581,20 +583,20 @@ # # @granularity: granularity of the dirty bitmap in bytes (since 1.4) # -# @recording: true if the bitmap is recording new writes from the guest. -# (since 4.0) +# @recording: true if the bitmap is recording new writes from the +# guest. (since 4.0) # # @busy: true if the bitmap is in-use by some operation (NBD or jobs) -# and cannot be modified via QMP or used by another operation. -# (since 4.0) +# and cannot be modified via QMP or used by another operation. +# (since 4.0) # -# @persistent: true if the bitmap was stored on disk, is scheduled to be stored -# on disk, or both. (since 4.0) +# @persistent: true if the bitmap was stored on disk, is scheduled to +# be stored on disk, or both. (since 4.0) # -# @inconsistent: true if this is a persistent bitmap that was improperly -# stored. Implies @persistent to be true; @recording and -# @busy to be false. This bitmap cannot be used. To remove -# it, use @block-dirty-bitmap-remove. (Since 4.0) +# @inconsistent: true if this is a persistent bitmap that was +# improperly stored. Implies @persistent to be true; @recording +# and @busy to be false. This bitmap cannot be used. To remove +# it, use @block-dirty-bitmap-remove. (Since 4.0) # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -608,14 +610,14 @@ # # An enumeration of flags that a bitmap can report to the user. # -# @in-use: This flag is set by any process actively modifying the qcow2 file, -# and cleared when the updated bitmap is flushed to the qcow2 image. -# The presence of this flag in an offline image means that the bitmap -# was not saved correctly after its last usage, and may contain -# inconsistent data. +# @in-use: This flag is set by any process actively modifying the +# qcow2 file, and cleared when the updated bitmap is flushed to +# the qcow2 image. The presence of this flag in an offline image +# means that the bitmap was not saved correctly after its last +# usage, and may contain inconsistent data. # -# @auto: The bitmap must reflect all changes of the virtual disk by any -# application that would write to this qcow2 file. +# @auto: The bitmap must reflect all changes of the virtual disk by +# any application that would write to this qcow2 file. # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -644,15 +646,16 @@ # # Block latency histogram. # -# @boundaries: list of interval boundary values in nanoseconds, all greater -# than zero and in ascending order. -# For example, the list [10, 50, 100] produces the following -# histogram intervals: [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf). +# @boundaries: list of interval boundary values in nanoseconds, all +# greater than zero and in ascending order. For example, the list +# [10, 50, 100] produces the following histogram intervals: [0, +# 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf). # -# @bins: list of io request counts corresponding to histogram intervals. -# len(@bins) = len(@boundaries) + 1 -# For the example above, @bins may be something like [3, 1, 5, 2], -# and corresponding histogram looks like: +# @bins: list of io request counts corresponding to histogram +# intervals. +# len(@bins) = len(@boundaries) + 1 +# For the example above, @bins may be something like [3, 1, 5, 2], +# and corresponding histogram looks like: # # :: # @@ -672,32 +675,32 @@ ## # @BlockInfo: # -# Block device information. This structure describes a virtual device and -# the backing device associated with it. +# Block device information. This structure describes a virtual device +# and the backing device associated with it. # # @device: The device name associated with the virtual device. # -# @qdev: The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the block -# device. (since 2.10) +# @qdev: The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the +# block device. (since 2.10) # -# @type: This field is returned only for compatibility reasons, it should -# not be used (always returns 'unknown') +# @type: This field is returned only for compatibility reasons, it +# should not be used (always returns 'unknown') # # @removable: True if the device supports removable media. # -# @locked: True if the guest has locked this device from having its media -# removed +# @locked: True if the guest has locked this device from having its +# media removed # -# @tray_open: True if the device's tray is open -# (only present if it has a tray) +# @tray_open: True if the device's tray is open (only present if it +# has a tray) # -# @io-status: @BlockDeviceIoStatus. Only present if the device -# supports it and the VM is configured to stop on errors -# (supported device models: virtio-blk, IDE, SCSI except -# scsi-generic) +# @io-status: @BlockDeviceIoStatus. Only present if the device +# supports it and the VM is configured to stop on errors +# (supported device models: virtio-blk, IDE, SCSI except +# scsi-generic) # # @inserted: @BlockDeviceInfo describing the device if media is -# present +# present # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -709,28 +712,31 @@ ## # @BlockMeasureInfo: # -# Image file size calculation information. This structure describes the size -# requirements for creating a new image file. +# Image file size calculation information. This structure describes +# the size requirements for creating a new image file. # -# The size requirements depend on the new image file format. File size always -# equals virtual disk size for the 'raw' format, even for sparse POSIX files. -# Compact formats such as 'qcow2' represent unallocated and zero regions -# efficiently so file size may be smaller than virtual disk size. +# The size requirements depend on the new image file format. File +# size always equals virtual disk size for the 'raw' format, even for +# sparse POSIX files. Compact formats such as 'qcow2' represent +# unallocated and zero regions efficiently so file size may be smaller +# than virtual disk size. # -# The values are upper bounds that are guaranteed to fit the new image file. -# Subsequent modification, such as internal snapshot or further bitmap -# creation, may require additional space and is not covered here. +# The values are upper bounds that are guaranteed to fit the new image +# file. Subsequent modification, such as internal snapshot or further +# bitmap creation, may require additional space and is not covered +# here. # -# @required: Size required for a new image file, in bytes, when copying just -# allocated guest-visible contents. +# @required: Size required for a new image file, in bytes, when +# copying just allocated guest-visible contents. # -# @fully-allocated: Image file size, in bytes, once data has been written -# to all sectors, when copying just guest-visible contents. +# @fully-allocated: Image file size, in bytes, once data has been +# written to all sectors, when copying just guest-visible +# contents. # -# @bitmaps: Additional size required if all the top-level bitmap metadata -# in the source image were to be copied to the destination, -# present only when source and destination both support -# persistent bitmaps. (since 5.1) +# @bitmaps: Additional size required if all the top-level bitmap +# metadata in the source image were to be copied to the +# destination, present only when source and destination both +# support persistent bitmaps. (since 5.1) # # Since: 2.10 ## @@ -742,8 +748,8 @@ # # Get a list of BlockInfo for all virtual block devices. # -# Returns: a list of @BlockInfo describing each virtual block device. Filter -# nodes that were created implicitly are skipped over. +# Returns: a list of @BlockInfo describing each virtual block device. +# Filter nodes that were created implicitly are skipped over. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -830,7 +836,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-block', 'returns': ['BlockInfo'], 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -840,41 +845,41 @@ # # Statistics of a block device during a given interval of time. # -# @interval_length: Interval used for calculating the statistics, -# in seconds. +# @interval_length: Interval used for calculating the statistics, in +# seconds. # # @min_rd_latency_ns: Minimum latency of read operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @min_wr_latency_ns: Minimum latency of write operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @min_flush_latency_ns: Minimum latency of flush operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @max_rd_latency_ns: Maximum latency of read operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @max_wr_latency_ns: Maximum latency of write operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @max_flush_latency_ns: Maximum latency of flush operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @avg_rd_latency_ns: Average latency of read operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @avg_wr_latency_ns: Average latency of write operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # # @avg_flush_latency_ns: Average latency of flush operations in the -# defined interval, in nanoseconds. +# defined interval, in nanoseconds. # -# @avg_rd_queue_depth: Average number of pending read operations -# in the defined interval. +# @avg_rd_queue_depth: Average number of pending read operations in +# the defined interval. # -# @avg_wr_queue_depth: Average number of pending write operations -# in the defined interval. +# @avg_wr_queue_depth: Average number of pending write operations in +# the defined interval. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -897,82 +902,86 @@ # # @unmap_bytes: The number of bytes unmapped by the device (Since 4.2) # -# @rd_operations: The number of read operations performed by the device. +# @rd_operations: The number of read operations performed by the +# device. # -# @wr_operations: The number of write operations performed by the device. +# @wr_operations: The number of write operations performed by the +# device. # -# @flush_operations: The number of cache flush operations performed by the -# device (since 0.15) +# @flush_operations: The number of cache flush operations performed by +# the device (since 0.15) # -# @unmap_operations: The number of unmap operations performed by the device -# (Since 4.2) +# @unmap_operations: The number of unmap operations performed by the +# device (Since 4.2) # -# @rd_total_time_ns: Total time spent on reads in nanoseconds (since 0.15). +# @rd_total_time_ns: Total time spent on reads in nanoseconds (since +# 0.15). # -# @wr_total_time_ns: Total time spent on writes in nanoseconds (since 0.15). +# @wr_total_time_ns: Total time spent on writes in nanoseconds (since +# 0.15). # -# @flush_total_time_ns: Total time spent on cache flushes in nanoseconds -# (since 0.15). +# @flush_total_time_ns: Total time spent on cache flushes in +# nanoseconds (since 0.15). # -# @unmap_total_time_ns: Total time spent on unmap operations in nanoseconds -# (Since 4.2) +# @unmap_total_time_ns: Total time spent on unmap operations in +# nanoseconds (Since 4.2) # -# @wr_highest_offset: The offset after the greatest byte written to the -# device. The intended use of this information is for -# growable sparse files (like qcow2) that are used on top -# of a physical device. +# @wr_highest_offset: The offset after the greatest byte written to +# the device. The intended use of this information is for +# growable sparse files (like qcow2) that are used on top of a +# physical device. # -# @rd_merged: Number of read requests that have been merged into another -# request (Since 2.3). +# @rd_merged: Number of read requests that have been merged into +# another request (Since 2.3). # -# @wr_merged: Number of write requests that have been merged into another -# request (Since 2.3). +# @wr_merged: Number of write requests that have been merged into +# another request (Since 2.3). # -# @unmap_merged: Number of unmap requests that have been merged into another -# request (Since 4.2) +# @unmap_merged: Number of unmap requests that have been merged into +# another request (Since 4.2) # -# @idle_time_ns: Time since the last I/O operation, in -# nanoseconds. If the field is absent it means that -# there haven't been any operations yet (Since 2.5). +# @idle_time_ns: Time since the last I/O operation, in nanoseconds. +# If the field is absent it means that there haven't been any +# operations yet (Since 2.5). # # @failed_rd_operations: The number of failed read operations -# performed by the device (Since 2.5) +# performed by the device (Since 2.5) # # @failed_wr_operations: The number of failed write operations -# performed by the device (Since 2.5) +# performed by the device (Since 2.5) # # @failed_flush_operations: The number of failed flush operations -# performed by the device (Since 2.5) +# performed by the device (Since 2.5) # -# @failed_unmap_operations: The number of failed unmap operations performed -# by the device (Since 4.2) +# @failed_unmap_operations: The number of failed unmap operations +# performed by the device (Since 4.2) # # @invalid_rd_operations: The number of invalid read operations -# performed by the device (Since 2.5) +# performed by the device (Since 2.5) # # @invalid_wr_operations: The number of invalid write operations -# performed by the device (Since 2.5) +# performed by the device (Since 2.5) # # @invalid_flush_operations: The number of invalid flush operations -# performed by the device (Since 2.5) +# performed by the device (Since 2.5) # -# @invalid_unmap_operations: The number of invalid unmap operations performed -# by the device (Since 4.2) +# @invalid_unmap_operations: The number of invalid unmap operations +# performed by the device (Since 4.2) # # @account_invalid: Whether invalid operations are included in the -# last access statistics (Since 2.5) +# last access statistics (Since 2.5) # # @account_failed: Whether failed operations are included in the -# latency and last access statistics (Since 2.5) +# latency and last access statistics (Since 2.5) # # @timed_stats: Statistics specific to the set of previously defined -# intervals of time (Since 2.5) +# intervals of time (Since 2.5) # -# @rd_latency_histogram: @BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0) +# @rd_latency_histogram: @BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0) # -# @wr_latency_histogram: @BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0) +# @wr_latency_histogram: @BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0) # -# @flush_latency_histogram: @BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0) +# @flush_latency_histogram: @BlockLatencyHistogramInfo. (Since 4.0) # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -1000,11 +1009,11 @@ # # File driver statistics # -# @discard-nb-ok: The number of successful discard operations performed by -# the driver. +# @discard-nb-ok: The number of successful discard operations +# performed by the driver. # -# @discard-nb-failed: The number of failed discard operations performed by -# the driver. +# @discard-nb-failed: The number of failed discard operations +# performed by the driver. # # @discard-bytes-ok: The number of bytes discarded by the driver. # @@ -1023,11 +1032,11 @@ # # @completion-errors: The number of completion errors. # -# @aligned-accesses: The number of aligned accesses performed by -# the driver. +# @aligned-accesses: The number of aligned accesses performed by the +# driver. # # @unaligned-accesses: The number of unaligned accesses performed by -# the driver. +# the driver. # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -1059,24 +1068,24 @@ # Statistics of a virtual block device or a block backing device. # # @device: If the stats are for a virtual block device, the name -# corresponding to the virtual block device. +# corresponding to the virtual block device. # -# @node-name: The node name of the device. (Since 2.3) +# @node-name: The node name of the device. (Since 2.3) # -# @qdev: The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the block -# device. (since 3.0) +# @qdev: The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the +# block device. (since 3.0) # # @stats: A @BlockDeviceStats for the device. # -# @driver-specific: Optional driver-specific stats. (Since 4.2) +# @driver-specific: Optional driver-specific stats. (Since 4.2) # # @parent: This describes the file block device if it has one. -# Contains recursively the statistics of the underlying -# protocol (e.g. the host file for a qcow2 image). If there is -# no underlying protocol, this field is omitted +# Contains recursively the statistics of the underlying protocol +# (e.g. the host file for a qcow2 image). If there is no +# underlying protocol, this field is omitted # # @backing: This describes the backing block device if it has one. -# (Since 2.0) +# (Since 2.0) # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -1093,12 +1102,12 @@ # Query the @BlockStats for all virtual block devices. # # @query-nodes: If true, the command will query all the block nodes -# that have a node name, in a list which will include "parent" -# information, but not "backing". -# If false or omitted, the behavior is as before - query all the -# device backends, recursively including their "parent" and -# "backing". Filter nodes that were created implicitly are -# skipped over in this mode. (Since 2.3) +# that have a node name, in a list which will include "parent" +# information, but not "backing". If false or omitted, the +# behavior is as before - query all the device backends, +# recursively including their "parent" and "backing". Filter nodes +# that were created implicitly are skipped over in this mode. +# (Since 2.3) # # Returns: A list of @BlockStats for each virtual block devices. # @@ -1205,7 +1214,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-blockstats', 'data': { '*query-nodes': 'bool' }, @@ -1216,22 +1224,22 @@ # @BlockdevOnError: # # An enumeration of possible behaviors for errors on I/O operations. -# The exact meaning depends on whether the I/O was initiated by a guest -# or by a block job +# The exact meaning depends on whether the I/O was initiated by a +# guest or by a block job # -# @report: for guest operations, report the error to the guest; -# for jobs, cancel the job +# @report: for guest operations, report the error to the guest; for +# jobs, cancel the job # # @ignore: ignore the error, only report a QMP event (BLOCK_IO_ERROR -# or BLOCK_JOB_ERROR). The backup, mirror and commit block jobs retry -# the failing request later and may still complete successfully. The -# stream block job continues to stream and will complete with an -# error. +# or BLOCK_JOB_ERROR). The backup, mirror and commit block jobs +# retry the failing request later and may still complete +# successfully. The stream block job continues to stream and will +# complete with an error. # # @enospc: same as @stop on ENOSPC, same as @report otherwise. # -# @stop: for guest operations, stop the virtual machine; -# for jobs, pause the job +# @stop: for guest operations, stop the virtual machine; for jobs, +# pause the job # # @auto: inherit the error handling policy of the backend (since: 2.7) # @@ -1252,10 +1260,11 @@ # # @none: only copy data written from now on # -# @incremental: only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. (since: 2.4) +# @incremental: only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. +# (since: 2.4) # -# @bitmap: only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. (since: 4.2) -# Behavior on completion is determined by the BitmapSyncMode. +# @bitmap: only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. (since: 4.2) +# Behavior on completion is determined by the BitmapSyncMode. # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -1265,17 +1274,18 @@ ## # @BitmapSyncMode: # -# An enumeration of possible behaviors for the synchronization of a bitmap -# when used for data copy operations. +# An enumeration of possible behaviors for the synchronization of a +# bitmap when used for data copy operations. # -# @on-success: The bitmap is only synced when the operation is successful. -# This is the behavior always used for 'INCREMENTAL' backups. +# @on-success: The bitmap is only synced when the operation is +# successful. This is the behavior always used for 'INCREMENTAL' +# backups. # # @never: The bitmap is never synchronized with the operation, and is -# treated solely as a read-only manifest of blocks to copy. +# treated solely as a read-only manifest of blocks to copy. # # @always: The bitmap is always synchronized with the operation, -# regardless of whether or not the operation was successful. +# regardless of whether or not the operation was successful. # # Since: 4.2 ## @@ -1291,9 +1301,8 @@ # @background: copy data in background only. # # @write-blocking: when data is written to the source, write it -# (synchronously) to the target as well. In -# addition, data is copied in background just like in -# @background mode. +# (synchronously) to the target as well. In addition, data is +# copied in background just like in @background mode. # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -1307,21 +1316,22 @@ # # @type: the job type ('stream' for image streaming) # -# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other -# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 +# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other +# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 # -# @len: Estimated @offset value at the completion of the job. This value can -# arbitrarily change while the job is running, in both directions. +# @len: Estimated @offset value at the completion of the job. This +# value can arbitrarily change while the job is running, in both +# directions. # -# @offset: Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the value can -# only meaningfully be used for the ratio of @offset to @len. The -# value is monotonically increasing. +# @offset: Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the +# value can only meaningfully be used for the ratio of @offset to +# @len. The value is monotonically increasing. # -# @busy: false if the job is known to be in a quiescent state, with -# no pending I/O. (Since 1.3) +# @busy: false if the job is known to be in a quiescent state, with no +# pending I/O. (Since 1.3) # -# @paused: whether the job is paused or, if @busy is true, will -# pause itself as soon as possible. (Since 1.3) +# @paused: whether the job is paused or, if @busy is true, will pause +# itself as soon as possible. (Since 1.3) # # @speed: the rate limit, bytes per second # @@ -1331,14 +1341,14 @@ # # @status: Current job state/status (since 2.12) # -# @auto-finalize: Job will finalize itself when PENDING, moving to -# the CONCLUDED state. (since 2.12) +# @auto-finalize: Job will finalize itself when PENDING, moving to the +# CONCLUDED state. (since 2.12) # -# @auto-dismiss: Job will dismiss itself when CONCLUDED, moving to the NULL -# state and disappearing from the query list. (since 2.12) +# @auto-dismiss: Job will dismiss itself when CONCLUDED, moving to the +# NULL state and disappearing from the query list. (since 2.12) # # @error: Error information if the job did not complete successfully. -# Not set if the job completed successfully. (since 2.12.1) +# Not set if the job completed successfully. (since 2.12.1) # # Since: 1.1 ## @@ -1375,8 +1385,9 @@ # # @size: new image size in bytes # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -1385,7 +1396,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "block_resize", # "arguments": { "device": "scratch", "size": 1073741824 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block_resize', 'data': { '*device': 'str', @@ -1397,14 +1407,14 @@ ## # @NewImageMode: # -# An enumeration that tells QEMU how to set the backing file path in -# a new image file. +# An enumeration that tells QEMU how to set the backing file path in a +# new image file. # # @existing: QEMU should look for an existing image file. # # @absolute-paths: QEMU should create a new image with absolute paths -# for the backing file. If there is no backing file available, the new -# image will not be backed either. +# for the backing file. If there is no backing file available, +# the new image will not be backed either. # # Since: 1.1 ## @@ -1418,13 +1428,15 @@ # # @device: the name of the device to take a snapshot of. # -# @node-name: graph node name to generate the snapshot from (Since 2.0) +# @node-name: graph node name to generate the snapshot from (Since +# 2.0) # -# @snapshot-file: the target of the new overlay image. If the file -# exists, or if it is a device, the overlay will be created in the -# existing file/device. Otherwise, a new file will be created. +# @snapshot-file: the target of the new overlay image. If the file +# exists, or if it is a device, the overlay will be created in the +# existing file/device. Otherwise, a new file will be created. # -# @snapshot-node-name: the graph node name of the new image (Since 2.0) +# @snapshot-node-name: the graph node name of the new image (Since +# 2.0) # # @format: the format of the overlay image, default is 'qcow2'. # @@ -1442,9 +1454,9 @@ # @node: device or node name that will have a snapshot taken. # # @overlay: reference to the existing block device that will become -# the overlay of @node, as part of taking the snapshot. -# It must not have a current backing file (this can be -# achieved by passing "backing": null to blockdev-add). +# the overlay of @node, as part of taking the snapshot. It must +# not have a current backing file (this can be achieved by passing +# "backing": null to blockdev-add). # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -1454,20 +1466,20 @@ ## # @BackupPerf: # -# Optional parameters for backup. These parameters don't affect +# Optional parameters for backup. These parameters don't affect # functionality, but may significantly affect performance. # -# @use-copy-range: Use copy offloading. Default false. +# @use-copy-range: Use copy offloading. Default false. # -# @max-workers: Maximum number of parallel requests for the sustained background -# copying process. Doesn't influence copy-before-write operations. -# Default 64. +# @max-workers: Maximum number of parallel requests for the sustained +# background copying process. Doesn't influence copy-before-write +# operations. Default 64. # -# @max-chunk: Maximum request length for the sustained background copying -# process. Doesn't influence copy-before-write operations. -# 0 means unlimited. If max-chunk is non-zero then it should not be -# less than job cluster size which is calculated as maximum of -# target image cluster size and 64k. Default 0. +# @max-chunk: Maximum request length for the sustained background +# copying process. Doesn't influence copy-before-write +# operations. 0 means unlimited. If max-chunk is non-zero then +# it should not be less than job cluster size which is calculated +# as maximum of target image cluster size and 64k. Default 0. # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -1478,66 +1490,65 @@ ## # @BackupCommon: # -# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If -# omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) +# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, +# the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) # -# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node which should be copied. +# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node which should be +# copied. # -# @sync: what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination -# (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the topmost image, from a -# dirty bitmap, or only new I/O). +# @sync: what parts of the disk image should be copied to the +# destination (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the +# topmost image, from a dirty bitmap, or only new I/O). # -# @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second. The default is 0, -# for unlimited. +# @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second. The default is 0, +# for unlimited. # -# @bitmap: The name of a dirty bitmap to use. -# Must be present if sync is "bitmap" or "incremental". -# Can be present if sync is "full" or "top". -# Must not be present otherwise. -# (Since 2.4 (drive-backup), 3.1 (blockdev-backup)) +# @bitmap: The name of a dirty bitmap to use. Must be present if sync +# is "bitmap" or "incremental". Can be present if sync is "full" +# or "top". Must not be present otherwise. +# (Since 2.4 (drive-backup), 3.1 (blockdev-backup)) # -# @bitmap-mode: Specifies the type of data the bitmap should contain after -# the operation concludes. -# Must be present if a bitmap was provided, -# Must NOT be present otherwise. (Since 4.2) +# @bitmap-mode: Specifies the type of data the bitmap should contain +# after the operation concludes. Must be present if a bitmap was +# provided, Must NOT be present otherwise. (Since 4.2) # # @compress: true to compress data, if the target format supports it. -# (default: false) (since 2.8) +# (default: false) (since 2.8) # # @on-source-error: the action to take on an error on the source, -# default 'report'. 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used -# if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). +# default 'report'. 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used if the +# block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). # # @on-target-error: the action to take on an error on the target, -# default 'report' (no limitations, since this applies to -# a different block device than @device). -# -# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has -# finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize before -# making any block graph changes. -# When true, this job will automatically -# perform its abort or commit actions. -# Defaults to true. (Since 2.12) -# -# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it -# has completely ceased all work, and awaits @block-job-dismiss. -# When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query -# list without user intervention. -# Defaults to true. (Since 2.12) +# default 'report' (no limitations, since this applies to a +# different block device than @device). +# +# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state +# after it has finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize +# before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will +# automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to +# true. (Since 2.12) +# +# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state +# after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits +# @block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically +# disappear from the query list without user intervention. +# Defaults to true. (Since 2.12) # # @filter-node-name: the node name that should be assigned to the -# filter driver that the backup job inserts into the graph -# above node specified by @drive. If this option is not given, -# a node name is autogenerated. (Since: 4.2) +# filter driver that the backup job inserts into the graph above +# node specified by @drive. If this option is not given, a node +# name is autogenerated. (Since: 4.2) # -# @x-perf: Performance options. (Since 6.0) +# @x-perf: Performance options. (Since 6.0) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-perf is experimental. # # Note: @on-source-error and @on-target-error only affect background -# I/O. If an error occurs during a guest write request, the device's -# rerror/werror actions will be used. +# I/O. If an error occurs during a guest write request, the +# device's rerror/werror actions will be used. # # Since: 4.2 ## @@ -1556,15 +1567,15 @@ ## # @DriveBackup: # -# @target: the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it -# is a device, the existing file/device will be used as the new -# destination. If it does not exist, a new file will be created. +# @target: the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it +# is a device, the existing file/device will be used as the new +# destination. If it does not exist, a new file will be created. # -# @format: the format of the new destination, default is to -# probe if @mode is 'existing', else the format of the source +# @format: the format of the new destination, default is to probe if +# @mode is 'existing', else the format of the source # # @mode: whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is -# 'absolute-paths'. +# 'absolute-paths'. # # Since: 1.6 ## @@ -1592,8 +1603,9 @@ # # For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshotSync. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -1605,7 +1617,6 @@ # "/some/place/my-image", # "format": "qcow2" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-snapshot-sync', 'data': 'BlockdevSnapshotSync', @@ -1618,16 +1629,16 @@ # # Take a snapshot, by installing 'node' as the backing image of # 'overlay'. Additionally, if 'node' is associated with a block -# device, the block device changes to using 'overlay' as its new active -# image. +# device, the block device changes to using 'overlay' as its new +# active image. # # For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshot. # # Features: -# @allow-write-only-overlay: If present, the check whether this operation is safe -# was relaxed so that it can be used to change -# backing file of a destination of a blockdev-mirror. -# (since 5.0) +# +# @allow-write-only-overlay: If present, the check whether this +# operation is safe was relaxed so that it can be used to change +# backing file of a destination of a blockdev-mirror. (since 5.0) # # Since: 2.5 # @@ -1646,7 +1657,6 @@ # "arguments": { "node": "ide-hd0", # "overlay": "node1534" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-snapshot', 'data': 'BlockdevSnapshot', @@ -1658,26 +1668,25 @@ # # Change the backing file in the image file metadata. This does not # cause QEMU to reopen the image file to reparse the backing filename -# (it may, however, perform a reopen to change permissions from -# r/o -> r/w -> r/o, if needed). The new backing file string is written -# into the image file metadata, and the QEMU internal strings are -# updated. +# (it may, however, perform a reopen to change permissions from r/o -> +# r/w -> r/o, if needed). The new backing file string is written into +# the image file metadata, and the QEMU internal strings are updated. # # @image-node-name: The name of the block driver state node of the -# image to modify. The "device" argument is used -# to verify "image-node-name" is in the chain -# described by "device". +# image to modify. The "device" argument is used to verify +# "image-node-name" is in the chain described by "device". # # @device: The device name or node-name of the root node that owns -# image-node-name. +# image-node-name. # -# @backing-file: The string to write as the backing file. This -# string is not validated, so care should be taken -# when specifying the string or the image chain may -# not be able to be reopened again. +# @backing-file: The string to write as the backing file. This string +# is not validated, so care should be taken when specifying the +# string or the image chain may not be able to be reopened again. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If "device" does not exist or cannot be determined, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If "device" does not exist or cannot be determined, +# DeviceNotFound # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -1689,14 +1698,14 @@ ## # @block-commit: # -# Live commit of data from overlay image nodes into backing nodes - i.e., -# writes data between 'top' and 'base' into 'base'. +# Live commit of data from overlay image nodes into backing nodes - +# i.e., writes data between 'top' and 'base' into 'base'. # -# If top == base, that is an error. -# If top has no overlays on top of it, or if it is in use by a writer, -# the job will not be completed by itself. The user needs to complete -# the job with the block-job-complete command after getting the ready -# event. (Since 2.0) +# If top == base, that is an error. If top has no overlays on top of +# it, or if it is in use by a writer, the job will not be completed by +# itself. The user needs to complete the job with the +# block-job-complete command after getting the ready event. (Since +# 2.0) # # If the base image is smaller than top, then the base image will be # resized to be the same size as top. If top is smaller than the base @@ -1704,77 +1713,75 @@ # size to match the size of the smaller top, you can safely truncate # it yourself once the commit operation successfully completes. # -# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If -# omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) +# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, +# the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) # # @device: the device name or node-name of a root node # # @base-node: The node name of the backing image to write data into. -# If not specified, this is the deepest backing image. -# (since: 3.1) +# If not specified, this is the deepest backing image. +# (since: 3.1) # -# @base: Same as @base-node, except that it is a file name rather than a node -# name. This must be the exact filename string that was used to open the -# node; other strings, even if addressing the same file, are not -# accepted +# @base: Same as @base-node, except that it is a file name rather than +# a node name. This must be the exact filename string that was +# used to open the node; other strings, even if addressing the +# same file, are not accepted # # @top-node: The node name of the backing image within the image chain -# which contains the topmost data to be committed down. If -# not specified, this is the active layer. (since: 3.1) +# which contains the topmost data to be committed down. If not +# specified, this is the active layer. (since: 3.1) # -# @top: Same as @top-node, except that it is a file name rather than a node -# name. This must be the exact filename string that was used to open the -# node; other strings, even if addressing the same file, are not -# accepted +# @top: Same as @top-node, except that it is a file name rather than a +# node name. This must be the exact filename string that was used +# to open the node; other strings, even if addressing the same +# file, are not accepted # # @backing-file: The backing file string to write into the overlay -# image of 'top'. If 'top' does not have an overlay -# image, or if 'top' is in use by a writer, specifying -# a backing file string is an error. -# -# This filename is not validated. If a pathname string -# is such that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, that -# means that subsequent QMP or HMP commands must use -# node-names for the image in question, as filename -# lookup methods will fail. -# -# If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine -# the backing file string to use, or error out if -# there is no obvious choice. Care should be taken -# when specifying the string, to specify a valid -# filename or protocol. -# (Since 2.1) +# image of 'top'. If 'top' does not have an overlay image, or if +# 'top' is in use by a writer, specifying a backing file string is +# an error. +# +# This filename is not validated. If a pathname string is such +# that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, that means that subsequent +# QMP or HMP commands must use node-names for the image in +# question, as filename lookup methods will fail. +# +# If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine the backing +# file string to use, or error out if there is no obvious choice. +# Care should be taken when specifying the string, to specify a +# valid filename or protocol. (Since 2.1) # # @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second # -# @on-error: the action to take on an error. 'ignore' means that the request -# should be retried. (default: report; Since: 5.0) +# @on-error: the action to take on an error. 'ignore' means that the +# request should be retried. (default: report; Since: 5.0) # # @filter-node-name: the node name that should be assigned to the -# filter driver that the commit job inserts into the graph -# above @top. If this option is not given, a node name is -# autogenerated. (Since: 2.9) -# -# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has -# finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize before -# making any block graph changes. -# When true, this job will automatically -# perform its abort or commit actions. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) -# -# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it -# has completely ceased all work, and awaits @block-job-dismiss. -# When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query -# list without user intervention. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) +# filter driver that the commit job inserts into the graph above +# @top. If this option is not given, a node name is +# autogenerated. (Since: 2.9) +# +# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state +# after it has finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize +# before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will +# automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to +# true. (Since 3.1) +# +# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state +# after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits +# @block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically +# disappear from the query list without user intervention. +# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Members @base and @top are deprecated. Use @base-node -# and @top-node instead. +# and @top-node instead. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If @device does not exist, DeviceNotFound -# - Any other error returns a GenericError. +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If @device does not exist, DeviceNotFound +# - Any other error returns a GenericError. # # Since: 1.3 # @@ -1784,7 +1791,6 @@ # "arguments": { "device": "virtio0", # "top": "/tmp/snap1.qcow2" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-commit', 'data': { '*job-id': 'str', 'device': 'str', '*base-node': 'str', @@ -1800,17 +1806,20 @@ ## # @drive-backup: # -# Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination. The -# status of ongoing drive-backup operations can be checked with -# query-block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value 'backup'. -# The operation can be stopped before it has completed using the -# block-job-cancel command. +# Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination. +# The status of ongoing drive-backup operations can be checked with +# query-block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value +# 'backup'. The operation can be stopped before it has completed using +# the block-job-cancel command. # # Features: -# @deprecated: This command is deprecated. Use @blockdev-backup instead. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError +# @deprecated: This command is deprecated. Use @blockdev-backup +# instead. +# +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError # # Since: 1.6 # @@ -1821,7 +1830,6 @@ # "sync": "full", # "target": "backup.img" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'drive-backup', 'boxed': true, 'data': 'DriveBackup', 'features': ['deprecated'], @@ -1830,14 +1838,15 @@ ## # @blockdev-backup: # -# Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination. The -# status of ongoing blockdev-backup operations can be checked with -# query-block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value 'backup'. -# The operation can be stopped before it has completed using the -# block-job-cancel command. +# Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination. +# The status of ongoing blockdev-backup operations can be checked with +# query-block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value +# 'backup'. The operation can be stopped before it has completed using +# the block-job-cancel command. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound # # Since: 2.3 # @@ -1848,7 +1857,6 @@ # "sync": "full", # "target": "tgt-id" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-backup', 'boxed': true, 'data': 'BlockdevBackup', @@ -1859,8 +1867,8 @@ # # Get the named block driver list # -# @flat: Omit the nested data about backing image ("backing-image" key) if true. -# Default is false (Since 5.0) +# @flat: Omit the nested data about backing image ("backing-image" +# key) if true. Default is false (Since 5.0) # # Returns: the list of BlockDeviceInfo # @@ -1914,7 +1922,6 @@ # "virtual-size":2048000 # } # } } ] } -# ## { 'command': 'query-named-block-nodes', 'returns': [ 'BlockDeviceInfo' ], @@ -1938,16 +1945,16 @@ ## # @XDbgBlockGraphNode: # -# @id: Block graph node identifier. This @id is generated only for -# x-debug-query-block-graph and does not relate to any other identifiers in -# Qemu. +# @id: Block graph node identifier. This @id is generated only for +# x-debug-query-block-graph and does not relate to any other +# identifiers in Qemu. # -# @type: Type of graph node. Can be one of block-backend, block-job or -# block-driver-state. +# @type: Type of graph node. Can be one of block-backend, block-job +# or block-driver-state. # -# @name: Human readable name of the node. Corresponds to node-name for -# block-driver-state nodes; is not guaranteed to be unique in the whole -# graph (with block-jobs and block-backends). +# @name: Human readable name of the node. Corresponds to node-name +# for block-driver-state nodes; is not guaranteed to be unique in +# the whole graph (with block-jobs and block-backends). # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -1959,25 +1966,26 @@ # # Enum of base block permissions. # -# @consistent-read: A user that has the "permission" of consistent reads is -# guaranteed that their view of the contents of the block -# device is complete and self-consistent, representing the -# contents of a disk at a specific point. -# For most block devices (including their backing files) this -# is true, but the property cannot be maintained in a few -# situations like for intermediate nodes of a commit block -# job. +# @consistent-read: A user that has the "permission" of consistent +# reads is guaranteed that their view of the contents of the block +# device is complete and self-consistent, representing the +# contents of a disk at a specific point. For most block devices +# (including their backing files) this is true, but the property +# cannot be maintained in a few situations like for intermediate +# nodes of a commit block job. # -# @write: This permission is required to change the visible disk contents. +# @write: This permission is required to change the visible disk +# contents. # -# @write-unchanged: This permission (which is weaker than BLK_PERM_WRITE) is -# both enough and required for writes to the block node when -# the caller promises that the visible disk content doesn't -# change. -# As the BLK_PERM_WRITE permission is strictly stronger, -# either is sufficient to perform an unchanging write. +# @write-unchanged: This permission (which is weaker than +# BLK_PERM_WRITE) is both enough and required for writes to the +# block node when the caller promises that the visible disk +# content doesn't change. As the BLK_PERM_WRITE permission is +# strictly stronger, either is sufficient to perform an unchanging +# write. # -# @resize: This permission is required to change the size of a block node. +# @resize: This permission is required to change the size of a block +# node. # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -1997,8 +2005,8 @@ # # @perm: granted permissions for the parent operating on the child # -# @shared-perm: permissions that can still be granted to other users of the -# child while it is still attached to this parent +# @shared-perm: permissions that can still be granted to other users +# of the child while it is still attached to this parent # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -2023,6 +2031,7 @@ # Get the block graph. # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Since: 4.0 @@ -2034,15 +2043,16 @@ ## # @drive-mirror: # -# Start mirroring a block device's writes to a new destination. target -# specifies the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it -# is a device, it will be used as the new destination for writes. If -# it does not exist, a new file will be created. format specifies the -# format of the mirror image, default is to probe if mode='existing', -# else the format of the source. +# Start mirroring a block device's writes to a new destination. +# target specifies the target of the new image. If the file exists, +# or if it is a device, it will be used as the new destination for +# writes. If it does not exist, a new file will be created. format +# specifies the format of the mirror image, default is to probe if +# mode='existing', else the format of the source. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError # # Since: 1.3 # @@ -2054,7 +2064,6 @@ # "sync": "full", # "format": "qcow2" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'drive-mirror', 'boxed': true, 'data': 'DriveMirror', @@ -2065,73 +2074,72 @@ # # A set of parameters describing drive mirror setup. # -# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If -# omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) +# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, +# the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) # -# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node whose writes should be -# mirrored. +# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node whose writes +# should be mirrored. # -# @target: the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it -# is a device, the existing file/device will be used as the new -# destination. If it does not exist, a new file will be created. +# @target: the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it +# is a device, the existing file/device will be used as the new +# destination. If it does not exist, a new file will be created. # -# @format: the format of the new destination, default is to -# probe if @mode is 'existing', else the format of the source +# @format: the format of the new destination, default is to probe if +# @mode is 'existing', else the format of the source # -# @node-name: the new block driver state node name in the graph -# (Since 2.1) +# @node-name: the new block driver state node name in the graph (Since +# 2.1) # # @replaces: with sync=full graph node name to be replaced by the new -# image when a whole image copy is done. This can be used to repair -# broken Quorum files. By default, @device is replaced, although -# implicitly created filters on it are kept. (Since 2.1) +# image when a whole image copy is done. This can be used to +# repair broken Quorum files. By default, @device is replaced, +# although implicitly created filters on it are kept. (Since 2.1) # # @mode: whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is -# 'absolute-paths'. +# 'absolute-paths'. # # @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second # -# @sync: what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination -# (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or -# only new I/O). +# @sync: what parts of the disk image should be copied to the +# destination (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the +# topmost image, or only new I/O). # -# @granularity: granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K -# if the image format doesn't have clusters, 4K if the clusters -# are smaller than that, else the cluster size. Must be a -# power of 2 between 512 and 64M (since 1.4). +# @granularity: granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K if the +# image format doesn't have clusters, 4K if the clusters are +# smaller than that, else the cluster size. Must be a power of 2 +# between 512 and 64M (since 1.4). # -# @buf-size: maximum amount of data in flight from source to -# target (since 1.4). +# @buf-size: maximum amount of data in flight from source to target +# (since 1.4). # # @on-source-error: the action to take on an error on the source, -# default 'report'. 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used -# if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). +# default 'report'. 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used if the +# block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). # # @on-target-error: the action to take on an error on the target, -# default 'report' (no limitations, since this applies to -# a different block device than @device). -# -# @unmap: Whether to try to unmap target sectors where source has -# only zero. If true, and target unallocated sectors will read as zero, -# target image sectors will be unmapped; otherwise, zeroes will be -# written. Both will result in identical contents. -# Default is true. (Since 2.4) -# -# @copy-mode: when to copy data to the destination; defaults to 'background' -# (Since: 3.0) -# -# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has -# finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize before -# making any block graph changes. -# When true, this job will automatically -# perform its abort or commit actions. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) -# -# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it -# has completely ceased all work, and awaits @block-job-dismiss. -# When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query -# list without user intervention. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) +# default 'report' (no limitations, since this applies to a +# different block device than @device). +# +# @unmap: Whether to try to unmap target sectors where source has only +# zero. If true, and target unallocated sectors will read as +# zero, target image sectors will be unmapped; otherwise, zeroes +# will be written. Both will result in identical contents. +# Default is true. (Since 2.4) +# +# @copy-mode: when to copy data to the destination; defaults to +# 'background' (Since: 3.0) +# +# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state +# after it has finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize +# before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will +# automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to +# true. (Since 3.1) +# +# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state +# after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits +# @block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically +# disappear from the query list without user intervention. +# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -2165,16 +2173,16 @@ # @name: name of the dirty bitmap (must be less than 1024 bytes) # # @granularity: the bitmap granularity, default is 64k for -# block-dirty-bitmap-add +# block-dirty-bitmap-add # # @persistent: the bitmap is persistent, i.e. it will be saved to the -# corresponding block device image file on its close. For now only -# Qcow2 disks support persistent bitmaps. Default is false for -# block-dirty-bitmap-add. (Since: 2.10) +# corresponding block device image file on its close. For now +# only Qcow2 disks support persistent bitmaps. Default is false +# for block-dirty-bitmap-add. (Since: 2.10) # -# @disabled: the bitmap is created in the disabled state, which means that -# it will not track drive changes. The bitmap may be enabled with -# block-dirty-bitmap-enable. Default is false. (Since: 4.0) +# @disabled: the bitmap is created in the disabled state, which means +# that it will not track drive changes. The bitmap may be enabled +# with block-dirty-bitmap-enable. Default is false. (Since: 4.0) # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -2185,7 +2193,8 @@ ## # @BlockDirtyBitmapOrStr: # -# @local: name of the bitmap, attached to the same node as target bitmap. +# @local: name of the bitmap, attached to the same node as target +# bitmap. # # @external: bitmap with specified node # @@ -2202,9 +2211,9 @@ # # @target: name of the destination dirty bitmap # -# @bitmaps: name(s) of the source dirty bitmap(s) at @node and/or fully -# specified BlockDirtyBitmap elements. The latter are supported -# since 4.1. +# @bitmaps: name(s) of the source dirty bitmap(s) at @node and/or +# fully specified BlockDirtyBitmap elements. The latter are +# supported since 4.1. # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -2215,11 +2224,13 @@ ## # @block-dirty-bitmap-add: # -# Create a dirty bitmap with a name on the node, and start tracking the writes. +# Create a dirty bitmap with a name on the node, and start tracking +# the writes. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound -# - If @name is already taken, GenericError with an explanation +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound +# - If @name is already taken, GenericError with an explanation # # Since: 2.4 # @@ -2228,7 +2239,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-add", # "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-dirty-bitmap-add', 'data': 'BlockDirtyBitmapAdd', @@ -2238,13 +2248,14 @@ # @block-dirty-bitmap-remove: # # Stop write tracking and remove the dirty bitmap that was created -# with block-dirty-bitmap-add. If the bitmap is persistent, remove it from its -# storage too. +# with block-dirty-bitmap-add. If the bitmap is persistent, remove it +# from its storage too. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound -# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation -# - if @name is frozen by an operation, GenericError +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound +# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation +# - if @name is frozen by an operation, GenericError # # Since: 2.4 # @@ -2253,7 +2264,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-remove", # "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-dirty-bitmap-remove', 'data': 'BlockDirtyBitmap', @@ -2266,9 +2276,10 @@ # backup from this point in time forward will only backup clusters # modified after this clear operation. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound -# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation # # Since: 2.4 # @@ -2277,7 +2288,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-clear", # "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-dirty-bitmap-clear', 'data': 'BlockDirtyBitmap', @@ -2288,9 +2298,10 @@ # # Enables a dirty bitmap so that it will begin tracking disk changes. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound -# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation # # Since: 4.0 # @@ -2299,7 +2310,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-enable", # "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-dirty-bitmap-enable', 'data': 'BlockDirtyBitmap', @@ -2310,9 +2320,10 @@ # # Disables a dirty bitmap so that it will stop tracking disk changes. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound -# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# - If @name is not found, GenericError with an explanation # # Since: 4.0 # @@ -2321,7 +2332,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-disable", # "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-dirty-bitmap-disable', 'data': 'BlockDirtyBitmap', @@ -2331,20 +2341,22 @@ # @block-dirty-bitmap-merge: # # Merge dirty bitmaps listed in @bitmaps to the @target dirty bitmap. -# Dirty bitmaps in @bitmaps will be unchanged, except if it also appears -# as the @target bitmap. Any bits already set in @target will still be -# set after the merge, i.e., this operation does not clear the target. -# On error, @target is unchanged. -# -# The resulting bitmap will count as dirty any clusters that were dirty in any -# of the source bitmaps. This can be used to achieve backup checkpoints, or in -# simpler usages, to copy bitmaps. -# -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound -# - If any bitmap in @bitmaps or @target is not found, GenericError -# - If any of the bitmaps have different sizes or granularities, -# GenericError +# Dirty bitmaps in @bitmaps will be unchanged, except if it also +# appears as the @target bitmap. Any bits already set in @target will +# still be set after the merge, i.e., this operation does not clear +# the target. On error, @target is unchanged. +# +# The resulting bitmap will count as dirty any clusters that were +# dirty in any of the source bitmaps. This can be used to achieve +# backup checkpoints, or in simpler usages, to copy bitmaps. +# +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# - If any bitmap in @bitmaps or @target is not found, +# GenericError +# - If any of the bitmaps have different sizes or granularities, +# GenericError # # Since: 4.0 # @@ -2354,7 +2366,6 @@ # "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "target": "bitmap0", # "bitmaps": ["bitmap1"] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-dirty-bitmap-merge', 'data': 'BlockDirtyBitmapMerge', @@ -2378,12 +2389,14 @@ # Get bitmap SHA256. # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # -# Returns: - BlockDirtyBitmapSha256 on success -# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound -# - If @name is not found or if hashing has failed, GenericError with an -# explanation +# Returns: +# - BlockDirtyBitmapSha256 on success +# - If @node is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# - If @name is not found or if hashing has failed, GenericError +# with an explanation # # Since: 2.10 ## @@ -2397,62 +2410,60 @@ # # Start mirroring a block device's writes to a new destination. # -# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If -# omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) +# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, +# the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) # -# @device: The device name or node-name of a root node whose writes should be -# mirrored. +# @device: The device name or node-name of a root node whose writes +# should be mirrored. # -# @target: the id or node-name of the block device to mirror to. This mustn't be -# attached to guest. +# @target: the id or node-name of the block device to mirror to. This +# mustn't be attached to guest. # # @replaces: with sync=full graph node name to be replaced by the new -# image when a whole image copy is done. This can be used to repair -# broken Quorum files. By default, @device is replaced, although -# implicitly created filters on it are kept. +# image when a whole image copy is done. This can be used to +# repair broken Quorum files. By default, @device is replaced, +# although implicitly created filters on it are kept. # # @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second # -# @sync: what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination -# (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or -# only new I/O). +# @sync: what parts of the disk image should be copied to the +# destination (all the disk, only the sectors allocated in the +# topmost image, or only new I/O). # -# @granularity: granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K -# if the image format doesn't have clusters, 4K if the clusters -# are smaller than that, else the cluster size. Must be a -# power of 2 between 512 and 64M +# @granularity: granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K if the +# image format doesn't have clusters, 4K if the clusters are +# smaller than that, else the cluster size. Must be a power of 2 +# between 512 and 64M # -# @buf-size: maximum amount of data in flight from source to -# target +# @buf-size: maximum amount of data in flight from source to target # # @on-source-error: the action to take on an error on the source, -# default 'report'. 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used -# if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). +# default 'report'. 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used if the +# block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo). # # @on-target-error: the action to take on an error on the target, -# default 'report' (no limitations, since this applies to -# a different block device than @device). +# default 'report' (no limitations, since this applies to a +# different block device than @device). # # @filter-node-name: the node name that should be assigned to the -# filter driver that the mirror job inserts into the graph -# above @device. If this option is not given, a node name is -# autogenerated. (Since: 2.9) -# -# @copy-mode: when to copy data to the destination; defaults to 'background' -# (Since: 3.0) -# -# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has -# finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize before -# making any block graph changes. -# When true, this job will automatically -# perform its abort or commit actions. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) -# -# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it -# has completely ceased all work, and awaits @block-job-dismiss. -# When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query -# list without user intervention. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) +# filter driver that the mirror job inserts into the graph above +# @device. If this option is not given, a node name is +# autogenerated. (Since: 2.9) +# +# @copy-mode: when to copy data to the destination; defaults to +# 'background' (Since: 3.0) +# +# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state +# after it has finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize +# before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will +# automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to +# true. (Since 3.1) +# +# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state +# after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits +# @block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically +# disappear from the query list without user intervention. +# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) # # Returns: nothing on success. # @@ -2465,7 +2476,6 @@ # "target": "target0", # "sync": "full" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-mirror', 'data': { '*job-id': 'str', 'device': 'str', 'target': 'str', @@ -2500,59 +2510,53 @@ # # @iops_wr: write I/O operations per second # -# @bps_max: total throughput limit during bursts, -# in bytes (Since 1.7) +# @bps_max: total throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7) # -# @bps_rd_max: read throughput limit during bursts, -# in bytes (Since 1.7) +# @bps_rd_max: read throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since +# 1.7) # -# @bps_wr_max: write throughput limit during bursts, -# in bytes (Since 1.7) +# @bps_wr_max: write throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since +# 1.7) # -# @iops_max: total I/O operations per second during bursts, -# in bytes (Since 1.7) +# @iops_max: total I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes +# (Since 1.7) # -# @iops_rd_max: read I/O operations per second during bursts, -# in bytes (Since 1.7) +# @iops_rd_max: read I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes +# (Since 1.7) # -# @iops_wr_max: write I/O operations per second during bursts, -# in bytes (Since 1.7) +# @iops_wr_max: write I/O operations per second during bursts, in +# bytes (Since 1.7) # -# @bps_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_max burst -# period, in seconds. It must only -# be set if @bps_max is set as well. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) +# @bps_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_max burst period, in +# seconds. It must only be set if @bps_max is set as well. +# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) # -# @bps_rd_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_rd_max -# burst period, in seconds. It must only -# be set if @bps_rd_max is set as well. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) +# @bps_rd_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_rd_max burst period, +# in seconds. It must only be set if @bps_rd_max is set as well. +# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) # -# @bps_wr_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_wr_max -# burst period, in seconds. It must only -# be set if @bps_wr_max is set as well. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) +# @bps_wr_max_length: maximum length of the @bps_wr_max burst period, +# in seconds. It must only be set if @bps_wr_max is set as well. +# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) # -# @iops_max_length: maximum length of the @iops burst -# period, in seconds. It must only -# be set if @iops_max is set as well. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) +# @iops_max_length: maximum length of the @iops burst period, in +# seconds. It must only be set if @iops_max is set as well. +# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) # -# @iops_rd_max_length: maximum length of the @iops_rd_max -# burst period, in seconds. It must only -# be set if @iops_rd_max is set as well. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) +# @iops_rd_max_length: maximum length of the @iops_rd_max burst +# period, in seconds. It must only be set if @iops_rd_max is set +# as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) # -# @iops_wr_max_length: maximum length of the @iops_wr_max -# burst period, in seconds. It must only -# be set if @iops_wr_max is set as well. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) +# @iops_wr_max_length: maximum length of the @iops_wr_max burst +# period, in seconds. It must only be set if @iops_wr_max is set +# as well. Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6) # # @iops_size: an I/O size in bytes (Since 1.7) # # @group: throttle group name (Since 2.4) # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @device is deprecated. Use @id instead. # # Since: 1.1 @@ -2572,35 +2576,55 @@ ## # @ThrottleLimits: # -# Limit parameters for throttling. -# Since some limit combinations are illegal, limits should always be set in one -# transaction. All fields are optional. When setting limits, if a field is -# missing the current value is not changed. +# Limit parameters for throttling. Since some limit combinations are +# illegal, limits should always be set in one transaction. All fields +# are optional. When setting limits, if a field is missing the +# current value is not changed. # # @iops-total: limit total I/O operations per second +# # @iops-total-max: I/O operations burst -# @iops-total-max-length: length of the iops-total-max burst period, in seconds -# It must only be set if @iops-total-max is set as well. +# +# @iops-total-max-length: length of the iops-total-max burst period, +# in seconds It must only be set if @iops-total-max is set as +# well. +# # @iops-read: limit read operations per second +# # @iops-read-max: I/O operations read burst -# @iops-read-max-length: length of the iops-read-max burst period, in seconds -# It must only be set if @iops-read-max is set as well. +# +# @iops-read-max-length: length of the iops-read-max burst period, in +# seconds It must only be set if @iops-read-max is set as well. +# # @iops-write: limit write operations per second +# # @iops-write-max: I/O operations write burst -# @iops-write-max-length: length of the iops-write-max burst period, in seconds -# It must only be set if @iops-write-max is set as well. +# +# @iops-write-max-length: length of the iops-write-max burst period, +# in seconds It must only be set if @iops-write-max is set as +# well. +# # @bps-total: limit total bytes per second +# # @bps-total-max: total bytes burst -# @bps-total-max-length: length of the bps-total-max burst period, in seconds. -# It must only be set if @bps-total-max is set as well. +# +# @bps-total-max-length: length of the bps-total-max burst period, in +# seconds. It must only be set if @bps-total-max is set as well. +# # @bps-read: limit read bytes per second +# # @bps-read-max: total bytes read burst -# @bps-read-max-length: length of the bps-read-max burst period, in seconds -# It must only be set if @bps-read-max is set as well. +# +# @bps-read-max-length: length of the bps-read-max burst period, in +# seconds It must only be set if @bps-read-max is set as well. +# # @bps-write: limit write bytes per second +# # @bps-write-max: total bytes write burst -# @bps-write-max-length: length of the bps-write-max burst period, in seconds -# It must only be set if @bps-write-max is set as well. +# +# @bps-write-max-length: length of the bps-write-max burst period, in +# seconds It must only be set if @bps-write-max is set as well. +# # @iops-size: when limiting by iops max size of an I/O in bytes # # Since: 2.11 @@ -2625,11 +2649,11 @@ # @limits: limits to apply for this throttle group # # Features: +# # @unstable: All members starting with x- are aliases for the same key -# without x- in the @limits object. This is not a stable -# interface and may be removed or changed incompatibly in -# the future. Use @limits for a supported stable -# interface. +# without x- in the @limits object. This is not a stable +# interface and may be removed or changed incompatibly in the +# future. Use @limits for a supported stable interface. # # Since: 2.11 ## @@ -2679,90 +2703,90 @@ # # Copy data from a backing file into a block device. # -# The block streaming operation is performed in the background until the entire -# backing file has been copied. This command returns immediately once streaming -# has started. The status of ongoing block streaming operations can be checked -# with query-block-jobs. The operation can be stopped before it has completed -# using the block-job-cancel command. -# -# The node that receives the data is called the top image, can be located in -# any part of the chain (but always above the base image; see below) and can be -# specified using its device or node name. Earlier qemu versions only allowed -# 'device' to name the top level node; presence of the 'base-node' parameter -# during introspection can be used as a witness of the enhanced semantics -# of 'device'. -# -# If a base file is specified then sectors are not copied from that base file and -# its backing chain. This can be used to stream a subset of the backing file -# chain instead of flattening the entire image. -# When streaming completes the image file will have the base file as its backing -# file, unless that node was changed while the job was running. In that case, -# base's parent's backing (or filtered, whichever exists) child (i.e., base at -# the beginning of the job) will be the new backing file. -# -# On successful completion the image file is updated to drop the backing file -# and the BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is emitted. -# -# In case @device is a filter node, block-stream modifies the first non-filter -# overlay node below it to point to the new backing node instead of modifying -# @device itself. -# -# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If -# omitted, the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) +# The block streaming operation is performed in the background until +# the entire backing file has been copied. This command returns +# immediately once streaming has started. The status of ongoing block +# streaming operations can be checked with query-block-jobs. The +# operation can be stopped before it has completed using the +# block-job-cancel command. +# +# The node that receives the data is called the top image, can be +# located in any part of the chain (but always above the base image; +# see below) and can be specified using its device or node name. +# Earlier qemu versions only allowed 'device' to name the top level +# node; presence of the 'base-node' parameter during introspection can +# be used as a witness of the enhanced semantics of 'device'. +# +# If a base file is specified then sectors are not copied from that +# base file and its backing chain. This can be used to stream a +# subset of the backing file chain instead of flattening the entire +# image. When streaming completes the image file will have the base +# file as its backing file, unless that node was changed while the job +# was running. In that case, base's parent's backing (or filtered, +# whichever exists) child (i.e., base at the beginning of the job) +# will be the new backing file. +# +# On successful completion the image file is updated to drop the +# backing file and the BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is emitted. +# +# In case @device is a filter node, block-stream modifies the first +# non-filter overlay node below it to point to the new backing node +# instead of modifying @device itself. +# +# @job-id: identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, +# the device name will be used. (Since 2.7) # # @device: the device or node name of the top image # -# @base: the common backing file name. -# It cannot be set if @base-node or @bottom is also set. +# @base: the common backing file name. It cannot be set if @base-node +# or @bottom is also set. # -# @base-node: the node name of the backing file. -# It cannot be set if @base or @bottom is also set. (Since 2.8) +# @base-node: the node name of the backing file. It cannot be set if +# @base or @bottom is also set. (Since 2.8) # # @bottom: the last node in the chain that should be streamed into -# top. It cannot be set if @base or @base-node is also set. -# It cannot be filter node. (Since 6.0) +# top. It cannot be set if @base or @base-node is also set. It +# cannot be filter node. (Since 6.0) # -# @backing-file: The backing file string to write into the top -# image. This filename is not validated. +# @backing-file: The backing file string to write into the top image. +# This filename is not validated. # -# If a pathname string is such that it cannot be -# resolved by QEMU, that means that subsequent QMP or -# HMP commands must use node-names for the image in -# question, as filename lookup methods will fail. +# If a pathname string is such that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, +# that means that subsequent QMP or HMP commands must use +# node-names for the image in question, as filename lookup methods +# will fail. # -# If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine -# the backing file string to use, or error out if there -# is no obvious choice. Care should be taken when -# specifying the string, to specify a valid filename or -# protocol. -# (Since 2.1) +# If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine the backing +# file string to use, or error out if there is no obvious choice. +# Care should be taken when specifying the string, to specify a +# valid filename or protocol. (Since 2.1) # # @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second # -# @on-error: the action to take on an error (default report). -# 'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used if the block device -# supports io-status (see BlockInfo). (Since 1.3) +# @on-error: the action to take on an error (default report). 'stop' +# and 'enospc' can only be used if the block device supports +# io-status (see BlockInfo). (Since 1.3) # # @filter-node-name: the node name that should be assigned to the -# filter driver that the stream job inserts into the graph -# above @device. If this option is not given, a node name is -# autogenerated. (Since: 6.0) -# -# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has -# finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize before -# making any block graph changes. -# When true, this job will automatically -# perform its abort or commit actions. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) -# -# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it -# has completely ceased all work, and awaits @block-job-dismiss. -# When true, this job will automatically disappear from the query -# list without user intervention. -# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) -# -# Returns: - Nothing on success. -# - If @device does not exist, DeviceNotFound. +# filter driver that the stream job inserts into the graph above +# @device. If this option is not given, a node name is +# autogenerated. (Since: 6.0) +# +# @auto-finalize: When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state +# after it has finished its work, waiting for @block-job-finalize +# before making any block graph changes. When true, this job will +# automatically perform its abort or commit actions. Defaults to +# true. (Since 3.1) +# +# @auto-dismiss: When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state +# after it has completely ceased all work, and awaits +# @block-job-dismiss. When true, this job will automatically +# disappear from the query list without user intervention. +# Defaults to true. (Since 3.1) +# +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success. +# - If @device does not exist, DeviceNotFound. # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -2772,7 +2796,6 @@ # "arguments": { "device": "virtio0", # "base": "/tmp/master.qcow2" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-stream', 'data': { '*job-id': 'str', 'device': 'str', '*base': 'str', @@ -2791,15 +2814,17 @@ # # Throttling can be disabled by setting the speed to 0. # -# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence -# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have -# other values. +# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence +# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other +# values. # # @speed: the maximum speed, in bytes per second, or 0 for unlimited. -# Defaults to 0. +# Defaults to 0. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If no background operation is active on this device, +# DeviceNotActive # # Since: 1.1 ## @@ -2812,35 +2837,39 @@ # # Stop an active background block operation. # -# This command returns immediately after marking the active background block -# operation for cancellation. It is an error to call this command if no -# operation is in progress. +# This command returns immediately after marking the active background +# block operation for cancellation. It is an error to call this +# command if no operation is in progress. # # The operation will cancel as soon as possible and then emit the -# BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED event. Before that happens the job is still visible when -# enumerated using query-block-jobs. -# -# Note that if you issue 'block-job-cancel' after 'drive-mirror' has indicated -# (via the event BLOCK_JOB_READY) that the source and destination are -# synchronized, then the event triggered by this command changes to -# BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED, to indicate that the mirroring has ended and the -# destination now has a point-in-time copy tied to the time of the cancellation. -# -# For streaming, the image file retains its backing file unless the streaming -# operation happens to complete just as it is being cancelled. A new streaming -# operation can be started at a later time to finish copying all data from the -# backing file. -# -# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence -# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have -# other values. -# -# @force: If true, and the job has already emitted the event BLOCK_JOB_READY, -# abandon the job immediately (even if it is paused) instead of waiting -# for the destination to complete its final synchronization (since 1.3) -# -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive +# BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED event. Before that happens the job is still +# visible when enumerated using query-block-jobs. +# +# Note that if you issue 'block-job-cancel' after 'drive-mirror' has +# indicated (via the event BLOCK_JOB_READY) that the source and +# destination are synchronized, then the event triggered by this +# command changes to BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED, to indicate that the +# mirroring has ended and the destination now has a point-in-time copy +# tied to the time of the cancellation. +# +# For streaming, the image file retains its backing file unless the +# streaming operation happens to complete just as it is being +# cancelled. A new streaming operation can be started at a later time +# to finish copying all data from the backing file. +# +# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence +# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other +# values. +# +# @force: If true, and the job has already emitted the event +# BLOCK_JOB_READY, abandon the job immediately (even if it is +# paused) instead of waiting for the destination to complete its +# final synchronization (since 1.3) +# +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If no background operation is active on this device, +# DeviceNotActive # # Since: 1.1 ## @@ -2852,20 +2881,22 @@ # # Pause an active background block operation. # -# This command returns immediately after marking the active background block -# operation for pausing. It is an error to call this command if no -# operation is in progress or if the job is already paused. +# This command returns immediately after marking the active background +# block operation for pausing. It is an error to call this command if +# no operation is in progress or if the job is already paused. # -# The operation will pause as soon as possible. No event is emitted when -# the operation is actually paused. Cancelling a paused job automatically -# resumes it. +# The operation will pause as soon as possible. No event is emitted +# when the operation is actually paused. Cancelling a paused job +# automatically resumes it. # -# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence -# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have -# other values. +# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence +# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other +# values. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If no background operation is active on this device, +# DeviceNotActive # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -2877,18 +2908,20 @@ # # Resume an active background block operation. # -# This command returns immediately after resuming a paused background block -# operation. It is an error to call this command if no operation is in -# progress or if the job is not paused. +# This command returns immediately after resuming a paused background +# block operation. It is an error to call this command if no +# operation is in progress or if the job is not paused. # # This command also clears the error status of the job. # -# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence -# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have -# other values. +# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence +# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other +# values. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If no background operation is active on this device, +# DeviceNotActive # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -2898,26 +2931,29 @@ ## # @block-job-complete: # -# Manually trigger completion of an active background block operation. This -# is supported for drive mirroring, where it also switches the device to -# write to the target path only. The ability to complete is signaled with -# a BLOCK_JOB_READY event. +# Manually trigger completion of an active background block operation. +# This is supported for drive mirroring, where it also switches the +# device to write to the target path only. The ability to complete is +# signaled with a BLOCK_JOB_READY event. # -# This command completes an active background block operation synchronously. -# The ordering of this command's return with the BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event -# is not defined. Note that if an I/O error occurs during the processing of -# this command: 1) the command itself will fail; 2) the error will be processed -# according to the rerror/werror arguments that were specified when starting -# the operation. +# This command completes an active background block operation +# synchronously. The ordering of this command's return with the +# BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is not defined. Note that if an I/O error +# occurs during the processing of this command: 1) the command itself +# will fail; 2) the error will be processed according to the +# rerror/werror arguments that were specified when starting the +# operation. # # A cancelled or paused job cannot be completed. # -# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence -# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have -# other values. +# @device: The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence +# the name of the parameter), but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other +# values. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If no background operation is active on this device, DeviceNotActive +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If no background operation is active on this device, +# DeviceNotActive # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -2927,14 +2963,15 @@ ## # @block-job-dismiss: # -# For jobs that have already concluded, remove them from the block-job-query -# list. This command only needs to be run for jobs which were started with -# QEMU 2.12+ job lifetime management semantics. +# For jobs that have already concluded, remove them from the +# block-job-query list. This command only needs to be run for jobs +# which were started with QEMU 2.12+ job lifetime management +# semantics. # -# This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet reached -# its terminal state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make use of the -# BLOCK_JOB_READY event, block-job-cancel or block-job-complete will still need -# to be used as appropriate. +# This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet +# reached its terminal state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make +# use of the BLOCK_JOB_READY event, block-job-cancel or +# block-job-complete will still need to be used as appropriate. # # @id: The job identifier. # @@ -2949,11 +2986,11 @@ # @block-job-finalize: # # Once a job that has manual=true reaches the pending state, it can be -# instructed to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary cleanup -# via this command. -# For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will force -# ALL jobs in the transaction to finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct -# a single member job to finalize. +# instructed to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary +# cleanup via this command. For jobs in a transaction, instructing +# one job to finalize will force ALL jobs in the transaction to +# finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct a single member job to +# finalize. # # @id: The job identifier. # @@ -2970,6 +3007,7 @@ # Determines how to handle discard requests. # # @ignore: Ignore the request +# # @unmap: Forward as an unmap request # # Since: 2.9 @@ -2981,12 +3019,16 @@ # @BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions: # # Describes the operation mode for the automatic conversion of plain -# zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized zero write commands. +# zero writes by the OS to driver specific optimized zero write +# commands. # # @off: Disabled (default) +# # @on: Enabled -# @unmap: Enabled and even try to unmap blocks if possible. This requires -# also that @BlockdevDiscardOptions is set to unmap for this device. +# +# @unmap: Enabled and even try to unmap blocks if possible. This +# requires also that @BlockdevDiscardOptions is set to unmap for +# this device. # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -2999,7 +3041,9 @@ # Selects the AIO backend to handle I/O requests # # @threads: Use qemu's thread pool +# # @native: Use native AIO backend (only Linux and Windows) +# # @io_uring: Use linux io_uring (since 5.0) # # Since: 2.9 @@ -3014,9 +3058,9 @@ # Includes cache-related options for block devices # # @direct: enables use of O_DIRECT (bypass the host page cache; -# default: false) -# @no-flush: ignore any flush requests for the device (default: -# false) +# default: false) +# +# @no-flush: ignore any flush requests for the device (default: false) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3030,12 +3074,19 @@ # Drivers that are supported in block device operations. # # @throttle: Since 2.11 +# # @nvme: Since 2.12 +# # @copy-on-read: Since 3.0 +# # @blklogwrites: Since 3.0 +# # @blkreplay: Since 4.2 +# # @compress: Since 5.0 +# # @copy-before-write: Since 6.2 +# # @snapshot-access: Since 7.0 # # Since: 2.9 @@ -3066,36 +3117,43 @@ # Driver specific block device options for the file backend. # # @filename: path to the image file -# @pr-manager: the id for the object that will handle persistent reservations -# for this device (default: none, forward the commands via SG_IO; -# since 2.11) +# +# @pr-manager: the id for the object that will handle persistent +# reservations for this device (default: none, forward the +# commands via SG_IO; since 2.11) +# # @aio: AIO backend (default: threads) (since: 2.8) -# @aio-max-batch: maximum number of requests to batch together into a single -# submission in the AIO backend. The smallest value between -# this and the aio-max-batch value of the IOThread object is -# chosen. -# 0 means that the AIO backend will handle it automatically. -# (default: 0, since 6.2) -# @locking: whether to enable file locking. If set to 'auto', only enable -# when Open File Descriptor (OFD) locking API is available -# (default: auto, since 2.10) -# @drop-cache: invalidate page cache during live migration. This prevents -# stale data on the migration destination with cache.direct=off. -# Currently only supported on Linux hosts. -# (default: on, since: 4.0) -# @x-check-cache-dropped: whether to check that page cache was dropped on live -# migration. May cause noticeable delays if the image -# file is large, do not use in production. -# (default: off) (since: 3.0) +# +# @aio-max-batch: maximum number of requests to batch together into a +# single submission in the AIO backend. The smallest value +# between this and the aio-max-batch value of the IOThread object +# is chosen. 0 means that the AIO backend will handle it +# automatically. (default: 0, since 6.2) +# +# @locking: whether to enable file locking. If set to 'auto', only +# enable when Open File Descriptor (OFD) locking API is available +# (default: auto, since 2.10) +# +# @drop-cache: invalidate page cache during live migration. This +# prevents stale data on the migration destination with +# cache.direct=off. Currently only supported on Linux hosts. +# (default: on, since: 4.0) +# +# @x-check-cache-dropped: whether to check that page cache was dropped +# on live migration. May cause noticeable delays if the image +# file is large, do not use in production. (default: off) +# (since: 3.0) # # Features: -# @dynamic-auto-read-only: If present, enabled auto-read-only means that the -# driver will open the image read-only at first, -# dynamically reopen the image file read-write when -# the first writer is attached to the node and reopen -# read-only when the last writer is detached. This -# allows giving QEMU write permissions only on demand -# when an operation actually needs write access. +# +# @dynamic-auto-read-only: If present, enabled auto-read-only means +# that the driver will open the image read-only at first, +# dynamically reopen the image file read-write when the first +# writer is attached to the node and reopen read-only when the +# last writer is detached. This allows giving QEMU write +# permissions only on demand when an operation actually needs +# write access. +# # @unstable: Member x-check-cache-dropped is meant for debugging. # # Since: 2.9 @@ -3119,11 +3177,14 @@ # Driver specific block device options for the null backend. # # @size: size of the device in bytes. +# # @latency-ns: emulated latency (in nanoseconds) in processing -# requests. Default to zero which completes requests immediately. -# (Since 2.4) -# @read-zeroes: if true, reads from the device produce zeroes; if false, the -# buffer is left unchanged. (default: false; since: 4.1) +# requests. Default to zero which completes requests immediately. +# (Since 2.4) +# +# @read-zeroes: if true, reads from the device produce zeroes; if +# false, the buffer is left unchanged. +# (default: false; since: 4.1) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3135,8 +3196,9 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for the NVMe backend. # -# @device: PCI controller address of the NVMe device in -# format hhhh:bb:ss.f (host:bus:slot.function) +# @device: PCI controller address of the NVMe device in format +# hhhh:bb:ss.f (host:bus:slot.function) +# # @namespace: namespace number of the device, starting from 1. # # Note that the PCI @device must have been unbound from any host @@ -3153,13 +3215,17 @@ # Driver specific block device options for the vvfat protocol. # # @dir: directory to be exported as FAT image +# # @fat-type: FAT type: 12, 16 or 32 -# @floppy: whether to export a floppy image (true) or -# partitioned hard disk (false; default) -# @label: set the volume label, limited to 11 bytes. FAT16 and -# FAT32 traditionally have some restrictions on labels, which are -# ignored by most operating systems. Defaults to "QEMU VVFAT". -# (since 2.4) +# +# @floppy: whether to export a floppy image (true) or partitioned hard +# disk (false; default) +# +# @label: set the volume label, limited to 11 bytes. FAT16 and FAT32 +# traditionally have some restrictions on labels, which are +# ignored by most operating systems. Defaults to "QEMU VVFAT". +# (since 2.4) +# # @rw: whether to allow write operations (default: false) # # Since: 2.9 @@ -3171,8 +3237,8 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat: # -# Driver specific block device options for image format that have no option -# besides their data source. +# Driver specific block device options for image format that have no +# option besides their data source. # # @file: reference to or definition of the data source block device # @@ -3186,9 +3252,9 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for LUKS. # -# @key-secret: the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing -# the decryption key (since 2.6). Mandatory except when -# doing a metadata-only probe of the image. +# @key-secret: the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the +# decryption key (since 2.6). Mandatory except when doing a +# metadata-only probe of the image. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3199,12 +3265,12 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat: # -# Driver specific block device options for image format that have no option -# besides their data source and an optional backing file. +# Driver specific block device options for image format that have no +# option besides their data source and an optional backing file. # # @backing: reference to or definition of the backing file block -# device, null disables the backing file entirely. -# Defaults to the backing file stored the image file. +# device, null disables the backing file entirely. Defaults to +# the backing file stored the image file. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3219,11 +3285,11 @@ # # @none: Do not perform any checks # -# @constant: Perform only checks which can be done in constant time and -# without reading anything from disk +# @constant: Perform only checks which can be done in constant time +# and without reading anything from disk # -# @cached: Perform only checks which can be done without reading anything -# from disk +# @cached: Perform only checks which can be done without reading +# anything from disk # # @all: Perform all available overlap checks # @@ -3235,12 +3301,13 @@ ## # @Qcow2OverlapCheckFlags: # -# Structure of flags for each metadata structure. Setting a field to 'true' -# makes qemu guard that structure against unintended overwriting. The default -# value is chosen according to the template given. +# Structure of flags for each metadata structure. Setting a field to +# 'true' makes qemu guard that structure against unintended +# overwriting. The default value is chosen according to the template +# given. # -# @template: Specifies a template mode which can be adjusted using the other -# flags, defaults to 'cached' +# @template: Specifies a template mode which can be adjusted using the +# other flags, defaults to 'cached' # # @bitmap-directory: since 3.0 # @@ -3261,11 +3328,11 @@ ## # @Qcow2OverlapChecks: # -# Specifies which metadata structures should be guarded against unintended -# overwriting. +# Specifies which metadata structures should be guarded against +# unintended overwriting. # -# @flags: set of flags for separate specification of each metadata structure -# type +# @flags: set of flags for separate specification of each metadata +# structure type # # @mode: named mode which chooses a specific set of flags # @@ -3300,9 +3367,8 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for qcow. # -# @encrypt: Image decryption options. Mandatory for -# encrypted images, except when doing a metadata-only -# probe of the image. +# @encrypt: Image decryption options. Mandatory for encrypted images, +# except when doing a metadata-only probe of the image. # # Since: 2.10 ## @@ -3334,11 +3400,11 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsPreallocate: # -# Filter driver intended to be inserted between format and protocol node -# and do preallocation in protocol node on write. +# Filter driver intended to be inserted between format and protocol +# node and do preallocation in protocol node on write. # # @prealloc-align: on preallocation, align file length to this number, -# default 1048576 (1M) +# default 1048576 (1M) # # @prealloc-size: how much to preallocate, default 134217728 (128M) # @@ -3353,51 +3419,48 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for qcow2. # -# @lazy-refcounts: whether to enable the lazy refcounts -# feature (default is taken from the image file) +# @lazy-refcounts: whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature +# (default is taken from the image file) # -# @pass-discard-request: whether discard requests to the qcow2 -# device should be forwarded to the data source +# @pass-discard-request: whether discard requests to the qcow2 device +# should be forwarded to the data source # # @pass-discard-snapshot: whether discard requests for the data source -# should be issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. -# deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file +# should be issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a +# snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file # # @pass-discard-other: whether discard requests for the data source -# should be issued on other occasions where a cluster -# gets freed +# should be issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed # -# @overlap-check: which overlap checks to perform for writes -# to the image, defaults to 'cached' (since 2.2) +# @overlap-check: which overlap checks to perform for writes to the +# image, defaults to 'cached' (since 2.2) # -# @cache-size: the maximum total size of the L2 table and -# refcount block caches in bytes (since 2.2) +# @cache-size: the maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount +# block caches in bytes (since 2.2) # -# @l2-cache-size: the maximum size of the L2 table cache in -# bytes (since 2.2) +# @l2-cache-size: the maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes +# (since 2.2) # # @l2-cache-entry-size: the size of each entry in the L2 cache in -# bytes. It must be a power of two between 512 -# and the cluster size. The default value is -# the cluster size (since 2.12) +# bytes. It must be a power of two between 512 and the cluster +# size. The default value is the cluster size (since 2.12) # # @refcount-cache-size: the maximum size of the refcount block cache -# in bytes (since 2.2) +# in bytes (since 2.2) # # @cache-clean-interval: clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount -# caches. The interval is in seconds. The default value -# is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other -# platforms. 0 disables this feature. (since 2.5) +# caches. The interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 +# on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. 0 disables +# this feature. (since 2.5) # -# @encrypt: Image decryption options. Mandatory for -# encrypted images, except when doing a metadata-only -# probe of the image. (since 2.10) +# @encrypt: Image decryption options. Mandatory for encrypted images, +# except when doing a metadata-only probe of the image. (since +# 2.10) # # @data-file: reference to or definition of the external data file. -# This may only be specified for images that require an -# external data file. If it is not specified for such -# an image, the data file name is loaded from the image -# file. (since 4.0) +# This may only be specified for images that require an external +# data file. If it is not specified for such an image, the data +# file name is loaded from the image file. (since 4.0) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3420,7 +3483,9 @@ # @SshHostKeyCheckMode: # # @none: Don't check the host key at all +# # @hash: Compare the host key with a given hash +# # @known_hosts: Check the host key against the known_hosts file # # Since: 2.12 @@ -3432,7 +3497,9 @@ # @SshHostKeyCheckHashType: # # @md5: The given hash is an md5 hash +# # @sha1: The given hash is an sha1 hash +# # @sha256: The given hash is an sha256 hash # # Since: 2.12 @@ -3444,6 +3511,7 @@ # @SshHostKeyHash: # # @type: The hash algorithm used for the hash +# # @hash: The expected hash value # # Since: 2.12 @@ -3472,7 +3540,7 @@ # @user: user as which to connect, defaults to current local user name # # @host-key-check: Defines how and what to check the host key against -# (default: known_hosts) +# (default: known_hosts) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3488,13 +3556,14 @@ # Trigger events supported by blkdebug. # # @l1_shrink_write_table: write zeros to the l1 table to shrink image. -# (since 2.11) +# (since 2.11) # -# @l1_shrink_free_l2_clusters: discard the l2 tables. (since 2.11) +# @l1_shrink_free_l2_clusters: discard the l2 tables. (since 2.11) # # @cor_write: a write due to copy-on-read (since 2.11) # -# @cluster_alloc_space: an allocation of file space for a cluster (since 4.1) +# @cluster_alloc_space: an allocation of file space for a cluster +# (since 4.1) # # @none: triggers once at creation of the blkdebug node (since 4.1) # @@ -3548,23 +3617,20 @@ # # @event: trigger event # -# @state: the state identifier blkdebug needs to be in to -# actually trigger the event; defaults to "any" +# @state: the state identifier blkdebug needs to be in to actually +# trigger the event; defaults to "any" # -# @iotype: the type of I/O operations on which this error should -# be injected; defaults to "all read, write, -# write-zeroes, discard, and flush operations" -# (since: 4.1) +# @iotype: the type of I/O operations on which this error should be +# injected; defaults to "all read, write, write-zeroes, discard, +# and flush operations" (since: 4.1) # -# @errno: error identifier (errno) to be returned; defaults to -# EIO +# @errno: error identifier (errno) to be returned; defaults to EIO # -# @sector: specifies the sector index which has to be affected -# in order to actually trigger the event; defaults to "any -# sector" +# @sector: specifies the sector index which has to be affected in +# order to actually trigger the event; defaults to "any sector" # -# @once: disables further events after this one has been -# triggered; defaults to false +# @once: disables further events after this one has been triggered; +# defaults to false # # @immediately: fail immediately; defaults to false # @@ -3587,10 +3653,10 @@ # @event: trigger event # # @state: the current state identifier blkdebug needs to be in; -# defaults to "any" +# defaults to "any" # # @new_state: the state identifier blkdebug is supposed to assume if -# this event is triggered +# this event is triggered # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3608,47 +3674,45 @@ # # @config: filename of the configuration file # -# @align: required alignment for requests in bytes, must be -# positive power of 2, or 0 for default +# @align: required alignment for requests in bytes, must be positive +# power of 2, or 0 for default # # @max-transfer: maximum size for I/O transfers in bytes, must be -# positive multiple of @align and of the underlying -# file's request alignment (but need not be a power of -# 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) +# positive multiple of @align and of the underlying file's request +# alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for default +# (since 2.10) # -# @opt-write-zero: preferred alignment for write zero requests in bytes, -# must be positive multiple of @align and of the -# underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a -# power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) +# @opt-write-zero: preferred alignment for write zero requests in +# bytes, must be positive multiple of @align and of the underlying +# file's request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 +# for default (since 2.10) # -# @max-write-zero: maximum size for write zero requests in bytes, must be -# positive multiple of @align, of @opt-write-zero, and of -# the underlying file's request alignment (but need not -# be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) +# @max-write-zero: maximum size for write zero requests in bytes, must +# be positive multiple of @align, of @opt-write-zero, and of the +# underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a power of +# 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) # -# @opt-discard: preferred alignment for discard requests in bytes, must -# be positive multiple of @align and of the underlying -# file's request alignment (but need not be a power of -# 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) +# @opt-discard: preferred alignment for discard requests in bytes, +# must be positive multiple of @align and of the underlying file's +# request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for +# default (since 2.10) # # @max-discard: maximum size for discard requests in bytes, must be -# positive multiple of @align, of @opt-discard, and of -# the underlying file's request alignment (but need not -# be a power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) +# positive multiple of @align, of @opt-discard, and of the +# underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a power of +# 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10) # # @inject-error: array of error injection descriptions # # @set-state: array of state-change descriptions # # @take-child-perms: Permissions to take on @image in addition to what -# is necessary anyway (which depends on how the -# blkdebug node is used). Defaults to none. -# (since 5.0) +# is necessary anyway (which depends on how the blkdebug node is +# used). Defaults to none. (since 5.0) # # @unshare-child-perms: Permissions not to share on @image in addition -# to what cannot be shared anyway (which depends -# on how the blkdebug node is used). Defaults -# to none. (since 5.0) +# to what cannot be shared anyway (which depends on how the +# blkdebug node is used). Defaults to none. (since 5.0) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3672,13 +3736,14 @@ # # @log: block device used to log writes to @file # -# @log-sector-size: sector size used in logging writes to @file, determines -# granularity of offsets and sizes of writes (default: 512) +# @log-sector-size: sector size used in logging writes to @file, +# determines granularity of offsets and sizes of writes +# (default: 512) # # @log-append: append to an existing log (default: false) # -# @log-super-update-interval: interval of write requests after which the log -# super block is updated to disk (default: 4096) +# @log-super-update-interval: interval of write requests after which +# the log super block is updated to disk (default: 4096) # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -3734,18 +3799,18 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for Quorum # -# @blkverify: true if the driver must print content mismatch -# set to false by default +# @blkverify: true if the driver must print content mismatch set to +# false by default # # @children: the children block devices to use # # @vote-threshold: the vote limit under which a read will fail # # @rewrite-corrupted: rewrite corrupted data when quorum is reached -# (Since 2.1) +# (Since 2.1) # # @read-pattern: choose read pattern and set to quorum by default -# (Since 2.2) +# (Since 2.2) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -3767,8 +3832,7 @@ # # @server: gluster servers description # -# @debug: libgfapi log level (default '4' which is Error) -# (Since 2.8) +# @debug: libgfapi log level (default '4' which is Error) (Since 2.8) # # @logfile: libgfapi log file (default /dev/stderr) (Since 2.8) # @@ -3799,7 +3863,8 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for the nvme-io_uring backend. # -# @path: path to the NVMe namespace's character device (e.g. /dev/ng0n1). +# @path: path to the NVMe namespace's character device (e.g. +# /dev/ng0n1). # # Since: 7.2 ## @@ -3810,10 +3875,11 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsVirtioBlkVfioPci: # -# Driver specific block device options for the virtio-blk-vfio-pci backend. +# Driver specific block device options for the virtio-blk-vfio-pci +# backend. # # @path: path to the PCI device's sysfs directory (e.g. -# /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:01.0). +# /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:01.0). # # Since: 7.2 ## @@ -3824,7 +3890,8 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsVirtioBlkVhostUser: # -# Driver specific block device options for the virtio-blk-vhost-user backend. +# Driver specific block device options for the virtio-blk-vhost-user +# backend. # # @path: path to the vhost-user UNIX domain socket. # @@ -3837,7 +3904,8 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsVirtioBlkVhostVdpa: # -# Driver specific block device options for the virtio-blk-vhost-vdpa backend. +# Driver specific block device options for the virtio-blk-vhost-vdpa +# backend. # # @path: path to the vhost-vdpa character device. # @@ -3877,24 +3945,23 @@ # # @target: The target iqn name # -# @lun: LUN to connect to. Defaults to 0. +# @lun: LUN to connect to. Defaults to 0. # -# @user: User name to log in with. If omitted, no CHAP -# authentication is performed. +# @user: User name to log in with. If omitted, no CHAP authentication +# is performed. # -# @password-secret: The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing -# the password for the login. This option is required if -# @user is specified. +# @password-secret: The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the +# password for the login. This option is required if @user is +# specified. # -# @initiator-name: The iqn name we want to identify to the target -# as. If this option is not specified, an initiator name is -# generated automatically. +# @initiator-name: The iqn name we want to identify to the target as. +# If this option is not specified, an initiator name is generated +# automatically. # -# @header-digest: The desired header digest. Defaults to -# none-crc32c. +# @header-digest: The desired header digest. Defaults to none-crc32c. # -# @timeout: Timeout in seconds after which a request will -# timeout. 0 means no timeout and is the default. +# @timeout: Timeout in seconds after which a request will timeout. 0 +# means no timeout and is the default. # # Driver specific block device options for iscsi # @@ -3932,8 +3999,8 @@ ## # @RbdEncryptionOptionsLUKSBase: # -# @key-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a passphrase -# for unlocking the encryption +# @key-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a passphrase for +# unlocking the encryption # # Since: 6.1 ## @@ -4001,11 +4068,10 @@ # # @format: Encryption format. # -# @parent: Parent image encryption options (for cloned images). -# Can be left unspecified if this cloned image is encrypted -# using the same format and secret as its parent image (i.e. -# not explicitly formatted) or if its parent image is not -# encrypted. (Since 8.0) +# @parent: Parent image encryption options (for cloned images). Can +# be left unspecified if this cloned image is encrypted using the +# same format and secret as its parent image (i.e. not explicitly +# formatted) or if its parent image is not encrypted. (Since 8.0) # # Since: 6.1 ## @@ -4033,31 +4099,29 @@ # # @pool: Ceph pool name. # -# @namespace: Rados namespace name in the Ceph pool. (Since 5.0) +# @namespace: Rados namespace name in the Ceph pool. (Since 5.0) # # @image: Image name in the Ceph pool. # -# @conf: path to Ceph configuration file. Values -# in the configuration file will be overridden by -# options specified via QAPI. +# @conf: path to Ceph configuration file. Values in the configuration +# file will be overridden by options specified via QAPI. # # @snapshot: Ceph snapshot name. # -# @encrypt: Image encryption options. (Since 6.1) +# @encrypt: Image encryption options. (Since 6.1) # # @user: Ceph id name. # -# @auth-client-required: Acceptable authentication modes. -# This maps to Ceph configuration option -# "auth_client_required". (Since 3.0) +# @auth-client-required: Acceptable authentication modes. This maps +# to Ceph configuration option "auth_client_required". (Since +# 3.0) # -# @key-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a key -# for cephx authentication. -# This maps to Ceph configuration option -# "key". (Since 3.0) +# @key-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a key for cephx +# authentication. This maps to Ceph configuration option "key". +# (Since 3.0) # -# @server: Monitor host address and port. This maps -# to the "mon_host" Ceph option. +# @server: Monitor host address and port. This maps to the "mon_host" +# Ceph option. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4078,9 +4142,11 @@ # # An enumeration of replication modes. # -# @primary: Primary mode, the vm's state will be sent to secondary QEMU. +# @primary: Primary mode, the vm's state will be sent to secondary +# QEMU. # -# @secondary: Secondary mode, receive the vm's state from primary QEMU. +# @secondary: Secondary mode, receive the vm's state from primary +# QEMU. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4094,9 +4160,9 @@ # # @mode: the replication mode # -# @top-id: In secondary mode, node name or device ID of the root -# node who owns the replication node chain. Must not be given in -# primary mode. +# @top-id: In secondary mode, node name or device ID of the root node +# who owns the replication node chain. Must not be given in +# primary mode. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4142,25 +4208,22 @@ # # @path: path of the image on the host # -# @user: UID value to use when talking to the -# server (defaults to 65534 on Windows and getuid() -# on unix) +# @user: UID value to use when talking to the server (defaults to +# 65534 on Windows and getuid() on unix) # -# @group: GID value to use when talking to the -# server (defaults to 65534 on Windows and getgid() -# in unix) +# @group: GID value to use when talking to the server (defaults to +# 65534 on Windows and getgid() in unix) # -# @tcp-syn-count: number of SYNs during the session -# establishment (defaults to libnfs default) +# @tcp-syn-count: number of SYNs during the session establishment +# (defaults to libnfs default) # -# @readahead-size: set the readahead size in bytes (defaults -# to libnfs default) +# @readahead-size: set the readahead size in bytes (defaults to libnfs +# default) # -# @page-cache-size: set the pagecache size in bytes (defaults -# to libnfs default) +# @page-cache-size: set the pagecache size in bytes (defaults to +# libnfs default) # -# @debug: set the NFS debug level (max 2) (defaults -# to libnfs default) +# @debug: set the NFS debug level (max 2) (defaults to libnfs default) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4177,25 +4240,26 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsCurlBase: # -# Driver specific block device options shared by all protocols supported by the -# curl backend. +# Driver specific block device options shared by all protocols +# supported by the curl backend. # # @url: URL of the image file # -# @readahead: Size of the read-ahead cache; must be a multiple of -# 512 (defaults to 256 kB) +# @readahead: Size of the read-ahead cache; must be a multiple of 512 +# (defaults to 256 kB) # # @timeout: Timeout for connections, in seconds (defaults to 5) # # @username: Username for authentication (defaults to none) # # @password-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a password -# for authentication (defaults to no password) +# for authentication (defaults to no password) # -# @proxy-username: Username for proxy authentication (defaults to none) +# @proxy-username: Username for proxy authentication (defaults to +# none) # -# @proxy-password-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a password -# for proxy authentication (defaults to no password) +# @proxy-password-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a +# password for proxy authentication (defaults to no password) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4211,15 +4275,15 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsCurlHttp: # -# Driver specific block device options for HTTP connections over the curl -# backend. URLs must start with "http://". +# Driver specific block device options for HTTP connections over the +# curl backend. URLs must start with "http://". # -# @cookie: List of cookies to set; format is -# "name1=content1; name2=content2;" as explained by -# CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to no cookies. +# @cookie: List of cookies to set; format is "name1=content1; +# name2=content2;" as explained by CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to +# no cookies. # -# @cookie-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie data in a -# secure way. See @cookie for the format. (since 2.10) +# @cookie-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie +# data in a secure way. See @cookie for the format. (since 2.10) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4231,18 +4295,18 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsCurlHttps: # -# Driver specific block device options for HTTPS connections over the curl -# backend. URLs must start with "https://". +# Driver specific block device options for HTTPS connections over the +# curl backend. URLs must start with "https://". # -# @cookie: List of cookies to set; format is -# "name1=content1; name2=content2;" as explained by -# CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to no cookies. +# @cookie: List of cookies to set; format is "name1=content1; +# name2=content2;" as explained by CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to +# no cookies. # -# @sslverify: Whether to verify the SSL certificate's validity (defaults to -# true) +# @sslverify: Whether to verify the SSL certificate's validity +# (defaults to true) # -# @cookie-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie data in a -# secure way. See @cookie for the format. (since 2.10) +# @cookie-secret: ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie +# data in a secure way. See @cookie for the format. (since 2.10) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4255,8 +4319,8 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsCurlFtp: # -# Driver specific block device options for FTP connections over the curl -# backend. URLs must start with "ftp://". +# Driver specific block device options for FTP connections over the +# curl backend. URLs must start with "ftp://". # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4267,11 +4331,11 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsCurlFtps: # -# Driver specific block device options for FTPS connections over the curl -# backend. URLs must start with "ftps://". +# Driver specific block device options for FTPS connections over the +# curl backend. URLs must start with "ftps://". # -# @sslverify: Whether to verify the SSL certificate's validity (defaults to -# true) +# @sslverify: Whether to verify the SSL certificate's validity +# (defaults to true) # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -4290,30 +4354,31 @@ # # @tls-creds: TLS credentials ID # -# @tls-hostname: TLS hostname override for certificate validation (Since 7.0) -# -# @x-dirty-bitmap: A metadata context name such as "qemu:dirty-bitmap:NAME" -# or "qemu:allocation-depth" to query in place of the -# traditional "base:allocation" block status (see -# NBD_OPT_LIST_META_CONTEXT in the NBD protocol; and -# yes, naming this option x-context would have made -# more sense) (since 3.0) -# -# @reconnect-delay: On an unexpected disconnect, the nbd client tries to -# connect again until succeeding or encountering a serious -# error. During the first @reconnect-delay seconds, all -# requests are paused and will be rerun on a successful -# reconnect. After that time, any delayed requests and all -# future requests before a successful reconnect will -# immediately fail. Default 0 (Since 4.2) -# -# @open-timeout: In seconds. If zero, the nbd driver tries the connection -# only once, and fails to open if the connection fails. -# If non-zero, the nbd driver will repeat connection attempts -# until successful or until @open-timeout seconds have elapsed. -# Default 0 (Since 7.0) +# @tls-hostname: TLS hostname override for certificate validation +# (Since 7.0) +# +# @x-dirty-bitmap: A metadata context name such as +# "qemu:dirty-bitmap:NAME" or "qemu:allocation-depth" to query in +# place of the traditional "base:allocation" block status (see +# NBD_OPT_LIST_META_CONTEXT in the NBD protocol; and yes, naming +# this option x-context would have made more sense) (since 3.0) +# +# @reconnect-delay: On an unexpected disconnect, the nbd client tries +# to connect again until succeeding or encountering a serious +# error. During the first @reconnect-delay seconds, all requests +# are paused and will be rerun on a successful reconnect. After +# that time, any delayed requests and all future requests before a +# successful reconnect will immediately fail. Default 0 (Since +# 4.2) +# +# @open-timeout: In seconds. If zero, the nbd driver tries the +# connection only once, and fails to open if the connection fails. +# If non-zero, the nbd driver will repeat connection attempts +# until successful or until @open-timeout seconds have elapsed. +# Default 0 (Since 7.0) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-dirty-bitmap is experimental. # # Since: 2.9 @@ -4333,6 +4398,7 @@ # Driver specific block device options for the raw driver. # # @offset: position where the block device starts +# # @size: the assumed size of the device # # Since: 2.9 @@ -4346,8 +4412,9 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for the throttle driver # -# @throttle-group: the name of the throttle-group object to use. It -# must already exist. +# @throttle-group: the name of the throttle-group object to use. It +# must already exist. +# # @file: reference to or definition of the data source block device # # Since: 2.11 @@ -4362,11 +4429,11 @@ # # Driver specific block device options for the copy-on-read driver. # -# @bottom: The name of a non-filter node (allocation-bearing layer) that -# limits the COR operations in the backing chain (inclusive), so -# that no data below this node will be copied by this filter. -# If option is absent, the limit is not applied, so that data -# from all backing layers may be copied. +# @bottom: The name of a non-filter node (allocation-bearing layer) +# that limits the COR operations in the backing chain (inclusive), +# so that no data below this node will be copied by this filter. +# If option is absent, the limit is not applied, so that data from +# all backing layers may be copied. # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -4380,13 +4447,13 @@ # An enumeration of possible behaviors for copy-before-write operation # failures. # -# @break-guest-write: report the error to the guest. This way, the guest -# will not be able to overwrite areas that cannot be -# backed up, so the backup process remains valid. +# @break-guest-write: report the error to the guest. This way, the +# guest will not be able to overwrite areas that cannot be backed +# up, so the backup process remains valid. # -# @break-snapshot: continue guest write. Doing so will make the provided -# snapshot state invalid and any backup or export -# process based on it will finally fail. +# @break-snapshot: continue guest write. Doing so will make the +# provided snapshot state invalid and any backup or export process +# based on it will finally fail. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -4396,32 +4463,32 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptionsCbw: # -# Driver specific block device options for the copy-before-write driver, -# which does so called copy-before-write operations: when data is -# written to the filter, the filter first reads corresponding blocks -# from its file child and copies them to @target child. After successfully -# copying, the write request is propagated to file child. If copying -# fails, the original write request is failed too and no data is written -# to file child. +# Driver specific block device options for the copy-before-write +# driver, which does so called copy-before-write operations: when data +# is written to the filter, the filter first reads corresponding +# blocks from its file child and copies them to @target child. After +# successfully copying, the write request is propagated to file child. +# If copying fails, the original write request is failed too and no +# data is written to file child. # # @target: The target for copy-before-write operations. # # @bitmap: If specified, copy-before-write filter will do -# copy-before-write operations only for dirty regions of the -# bitmap. Bitmap size must be equal to length of file and -# target child of the filter. Note also, that bitmap is used -# only to initialize internal bitmap of the process, so further -# modifications (or removing) of specified bitmap doesn't -# influence the filter. (Since 7.0) +# copy-before-write operations only for dirty regions of the +# bitmap. Bitmap size must be equal to length of file and target +# child of the filter. Note also, that bitmap is used only to +# initialize internal bitmap of the process, so further +# modifications (or removing) of specified bitmap doesn't +# influence the filter. (Since 7.0) # # @on-cbw-error: Behavior on failure of copy-before-write operation. -# Default is @break-guest-write. (Since 7.1) +# Default is @break-guest-write. (Since 7.1) # -# @cbw-timeout: Zero means no limit. Non-zero sets the timeout in seconds -# for copy-before-write operation. When a timeout occurs, -# the respective copy-before-write operation will fail, and -# the @on-cbw-error parameter will decide how this failure -# is handled. Default 0. (Since 7.1) +# @cbw-timeout: Zero means no limit. Non-zero sets the timeout in +# seconds for copy-before-write operation. When a timeout occurs, +# the respective copy-before-write operation will fail, and the +# @on-cbw-error parameter will decide how this failure is handled. +# Default 0. (Since 7.1) # # Since: 6.2 ## @@ -4433,32 +4500,39 @@ ## # @BlockdevOptions: # -# Options for creating a block device. Many options are available for all -# block devices, independent of the block driver: +# Options for creating a block device. Many options are available for +# all block devices, independent of the block driver: # # @driver: block driver name -# @node-name: the node name of the new node (Since 2.0). -# This option is required on the top level of blockdev-add. -# Valid node names start with an alphabetic character and may -# contain only alphanumeric characters, '-', '.' and '_'. Their -# maximum length is 31 characters. +# +# @node-name: the node name of the new node (Since 2.0). This option +# is required on the top level of blockdev-add. Valid node names +# start with an alphabetic character and may contain only +# alphanumeric characters, '-', '.' and '_'. Their maximum length +# is 31 characters. +# # @discard: discard-related options (default: ignore) +# # @cache: cache-related options -# @read-only: whether the block device should be read-only (default: false). -# Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, -# either generally or in certain configurations. In this case, -# the default value does not work and the option must be -# specified explicitly. -# @auto-read-only: if true and @read-only is false, QEMU may automatically -# decide not to open the image read-write as requested, but -# fall back to read-only instead (and switch between the modes -# later), e.g. depending on whether the image file is writable -# or whether a writing user is attached to the node -# (default: false, since 3.1) +# +# @read-only: whether the block device should be read-only (default: +# false). Note that some block drivers support only read-only +# access, either generally or in certain configurations. In this +# case, the default value does not work and the option must be +# specified explicitly. +# +# @auto-read-only: if true and @read-only is false, QEMU may +# automatically decide not to open the image read-write as +# requested, but fall back to read-only instead (and switch +# between the modes later), e.g. depending on whether the image +# file is writable or whether a writing user is attached to the +# node (default: false, since 3.1) +# # @detect-zeroes: detect and optimize zero writes (Since 2.1) -# (default: off) -# @force-share: force share all permission on added nodes. -# Requires read-only=true. (Since 2.10) +# (default: off) +# +# @force-share: force share all permission on added nodes. Requires +# read-only=true. (Since 2.10) # # Remaining options are determined by the block driver. # @@ -4541,6 +4615,7 @@ # Reference to a block device. # # @definition: defines a new block device inline +# # @reference: references the ID of an existing block device # # Since: 2.9 @@ -4555,9 +4630,11 @@ # Reference to a block device. # # @definition: defines a new block device inline -# @reference: references the ID of an existing block device. -# An empty string means that no block device should -# be referenced. Deprecated; use null instead. +# +# @reference: references the ID of an existing block device. An empty +# string means that no block device should be referenced. +# Deprecated; use null instead. +# # @null: No block device should be referenced (since 2.10) # # Since: 2.9 @@ -4611,7 +4688,6 @@ # } # # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-add', 'data': 'BlockdevOptions', 'boxed': true, 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -4620,18 +4696,19 @@ # @blockdev-reopen: # # Reopens one or more block devices using the given set of options. -# Any option not specified will be reset to its default value regardless -# of its previous status. If an option cannot be changed or a particular -# driver does not support reopening then the command will return an -# error. All devices in the list are reopened in one transaction, so -# if one of them fails then the whole transaction is cancelled. -# -# The command receives a list of block devices to reopen. For each one -# of them, the top-level @node-name option (from BlockdevOptions) must be -# specified and is used to select the block device to be reopened. -# Other @node-name options must be either omitted or set to the -# current name of the appropriate node. This command won't change any -# node name and any attempt to do it will result in an error. +# Any option not specified will be reset to its default value +# regardless of its previous status. If an option cannot be changed +# or a particular driver does not support reopening then the command +# will return an error. All devices in the list are reopened in one +# transaction, so if one of them fails then the whole transaction is +# cancelled. +# +# The command receives a list of block devices to reopen. For each +# one of them, the top-level @node-name option (from BlockdevOptions) +# must be specified and is used to select the block device to be +# reopened. Other @node-name options must be either omitted or set to +# the current name of the appropriate node. This command won't change +# any node name and any attempt to do it will result in an error. # # In the case of options that refer to child nodes, the behavior of # this command depends on the value: @@ -4647,7 +4724,7 @@ # # 4) NULL: the current child (if any) is detached. # -# Options (1) and (2) are supported in all cases. Option (3) is +# Options (1) and (2) are supported in all cases. Option (3) is # supported for @file and @backing, and option (4) for @backing only. # # Unlike with blockdev-add, the @backing option must always be present @@ -4664,8 +4741,8 @@ ## # @blockdev-del: # -# Deletes a block device that has been added using blockdev-add. -# The command will fail if the node is attached to a device or is +# Deletes a block device that has been added using blockdev-add. The +# command will fail if the node is attached to a device or is # otherwise being used. # # @node-name: Name of the graph node to delete. @@ -4690,7 +4767,6 @@ # "arguments": { "node-name": "node0" } # } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-del', 'data': { 'node-name': 'str' }, 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -4701,14 +4777,17 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for file. # # @filename: Filename for the new image file +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @preallocation: Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; -# allowed values: off, -# falloc (if CONFIG_POSIX_FALLOCATE), -# full (if CONFIG_POSIX)) +# allowed values: off, falloc (if CONFIG_POSIX_FALLOCATE), full +# (if CONFIG_POSIX)) +# # @nocow: Turn off copy-on-write (valid only on btrfs; default: off) -# @extent-size-hint: Extent size hint to add to the image file; 0 for not -# adding an extent size hint (default: 1 MB, since 5.1) +# +# @extent-size-hint: Extent size hint to add to the image file; 0 for +# not adding an extent size hint (default: 1 MB, since 5.1) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -4725,11 +4804,12 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for gluster. # # @location: Where to store the new image file +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @preallocation: Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; -# allowed values: off, -# falloc (if CONFIG_GLUSTERFS_FALLOCATE), -# full (if CONFIG_GLUSTERFS_ZEROFILL)) +# allowed values: off, falloc (if CONFIG_GLUSTERFS_FALLOCATE), +# full (if CONFIG_GLUSTERFS_ZEROFILL)) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -4744,10 +4824,11 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for LUKS. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes -# @preallocation: Preallocation mode for the new image -# (since: 4.2) -# (default: off; allowed values: off, metadata, falloc, full) +# +# @preallocation: Preallocation mode for the new image (since: 4.2) +# (default: off; allowed values: off, metadata, falloc, full) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -4763,6 +4844,7 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for NFS. # # @location: Where to store the new image file +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes # # Since: 2.12 @@ -4777,7 +4859,9 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for parallels. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @cluster-size: Cluster size in bytes (default: 1 MB) # # Since: 2.12 @@ -4793,9 +4877,12 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for qcow. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @backing-file: File name of the backing file if a backing file -# should be used +# should be used +# # @encrypt: Encryption options if the image should be encrypted # # Since: 2.12 @@ -4809,7 +4896,9 @@ ## # @BlockdevQcow2Version: # -# @v2: The original QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 0.10 (version 2) +# @v2: The original QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 0.10 (version +# 2) +# # @v3: The extended QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 1.1 (version 3) # # Since: 2.12 @@ -4823,6 +4912,7 @@ # Compression type used in qcow2 image file # # @zlib: zlib compression, see <http://zlib.net/> +# # @zstd: zstd compression, see <http://github.com/facebook/zstd> # # Since: 5.1 @@ -4836,27 +4926,41 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for qcow2. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @data-file: Node to use as an external data file in which all guest -# data is stored so that only metadata remains in the qcow2 -# file (since: 4.0) +# data is stored so that only metadata remains in the qcow2 file +# (since: 4.0) +# # @data-file-raw: True if the external data file must stay valid as a -# standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 -# metadata (default: false; since: 4.0) +# standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 +# metadata (default: false; since: 4.0) +# # @extended-l2: True to make the image have extended L2 entries -# (default: false; since 5.2) +# (default: false; since 5.2) +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @version: Compatibility level (default: v3) +# # @backing-file: File name of the backing file if a backing file -# should be used +# should be used +# # @backing-fmt: Name of the block driver to use for the backing file +# # @encrypt: Encryption options if the image should be encrypted +# # @cluster-size: qcow2 cluster size in bytes (default: 65536) +# # @preallocation: Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; -# allowed values: off, falloc, full, metadata) -# @lazy-refcounts: True if refcounts may be updated lazily (default: off) +# allowed values: off, falloc, full, metadata) +# +# @lazy-refcounts: True if refcounts may be updated lazily +# (default: off) +# # @refcount-bits: Width of reference counts in bits (default: 16) +# # @compression-type: The image cluster compression method -# (default: zlib, since 5.1) +# (default: zlib, since 5.1) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -4882,11 +4986,16 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for qed. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @backing-file: File name of the backing file if a backing file -# should be used +# should be used +# # @backing-fmt: Name of the block driver to use for the backing file +# # @cluster-size: Cluster size in bytes (default: 65536) +# # @table-size: L1/L2 table size (in clusters) # # Since: 2.12 @@ -4904,11 +5013,14 @@ # # Driver specific image creation options for rbd/Ceph. # -# @location: Where to store the new image file. This location cannot -# point to a snapshot. +# @location: Where to store the new image file. This location cannot +# point to a snapshot. +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @cluster-size: RBD object size -# @encrypt: Image encryption options. (Since 6.1) +# +# @encrypt: Image encryption options. (Since 6.1) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -4927,14 +5039,14 @@ # # @monolithicFlat: Single flat data image and a descriptor file # -# @twoGbMaxExtentSparse: Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) sparse extent -# files, in addition to a descriptor file +# @twoGbMaxExtentSparse: Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) +# sparse extent files, in addition to a descriptor file # -# @twoGbMaxExtentFlat: Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) flat extent -# files, in addition to a descriptor file +# @twoGbMaxExtentFlat: Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) flat +# extent files, in addition to a descriptor file # -# @streamOptimized: Single file image sparse cluster allocation, optimized -# for streaming over network. +# @streamOptimized: Single file image sparse cluster allocation, +# optimized for streaming over network. # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -4957,25 +5069,36 @@ # # Driver specific image creation options for VMDK. # -# @file: Where to store the new image file. This refers to the image -# file for monolithcSparse and streamOptimized format, or the -# descriptor file for other formats. +# @file: Where to store the new image file. This refers to the image +# file for monolithcSparse and streamOptimized format, or the +# descriptor file for other formats. +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes -# @extents: Where to store the data extents. Required for monolithcFlat, -# twoGbMaxExtentSparse and twoGbMaxExtentFlat formats. For -# monolithicFlat, only one entry is required; for -# twoGbMaxExtent* formats, the number of entries required is -# calculated as extent_number = virtual_size / 2GB. Providing -# more extents than will be used is an error. -# @subformat: The subformat of the VMDK image. Default: "monolithicSparse". -# @backing-file: The path of backing file. Default: no backing file is used. -# @adapter-type: The adapter type used to fill in the descriptor. Default: ide. -# @hwversion: Hardware version. The meaningful options are "4" or "6". -# Default: "4". -# @toolsversion: VMware guest tools version. -# Default: "2147483647" (Since 6.2) -# @zeroed-grain: Whether to enable zeroed-grain feature for sparse subformats. -# Default: false. +# +# @extents: Where to store the data extents. Required for +# monolithcFlat, twoGbMaxExtentSparse and twoGbMaxExtentFlat +# formats. For monolithicFlat, only one entry is required; for +# twoGbMaxExtent* formats, the number of entries required is +# calculated as extent_number = virtual_size / 2GB. Providing more +# extents than will be used is an error. +# +# @subformat: The subformat of the VMDK image. Default: +# "monolithicSparse". +# +# @backing-file: The path of backing file. Default: no backing file +# is used. +# +# @adapter-type: The adapter type used to fill in the descriptor. +# Default: ide. +# +# @hwversion: Hardware version. The meaningful options are "4" or +# "6". Default: "4". +# +# @toolsversion: VMware guest tools version. Default: "2147483647" +# (Since 6.2) +# +# @zeroed-grain: Whether to enable zeroed-grain feature for sparse +# subformats. Default: false. # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -4996,6 +5119,7 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for SSH. # # @location: Where to store the new image file +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes # # Since: 2.12 @@ -5010,9 +5134,11 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for VDI. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @preallocation: Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off; -# allowed values: off, metadata) +# allowed values: off, metadata) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -5025,6 +5151,7 @@ # @BlockdevVhdxSubformat: # # @dynamic: Growing image file +# # @fixed: Preallocated fixed-size image file # # Since: 2.12 @@ -5038,16 +5165,21 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for vhdx. # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes -# @log-size: Log size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB -# (default: 1 MB) +# +# @log-size: Log size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB (default: 1 +# MB) +# # @block-size: Block size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB and not -# larger than 256 MB (default: automatically choose a block -# size depending on the image size) +# larger than 256 MB (default: automatically choose a block size +# depending on the image size) +# # @subformat: vhdx subformat (default: dynamic) -# @block-state-zero: Force use of payload blocks of type 'ZERO'. Non-standard, -# but default. Do not set to 'off' when using 'qemu-img -# convert' with subformat=dynamic. +# +# @block-state-zero: Force use of payload blocks of type +# 'ZERO'. Non-standard, but default. Do not set to 'off' when +# using 'qemu-img convert' with subformat=dynamic. # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -5063,6 +5195,7 @@ # @BlockdevVpcSubformat: # # @dynamic: Growing image file +# # @fixed: Preallocated fixed-size image file # # Since: 2.12 @@ -5076,11 +5209,14 @@ # Driver specific image creation options for vpc (VHD). # # @file: Node to create the image format on +# # @size: Size of the virtual disk in bytes +# # @subformat: vhdx subformat (default: dynamic) -# @force-size: Force use of the exact byte size instead of rounding to the -# next size that can be represented in CHS geometry -# (default: false) +# +# @force-size: Force use of the exact byte size instead of rounding to +# the next size that can be represented in CHS geometry +# (default: false) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -5123,7 +5259,7 @@ ## # @blockdev-create: # -# Starts a job to create an image format on a given node. The job is +# Starts a job to create an image format on a given node. The job is # automatically finalized, but a manual job-dismiss is required. # # @job-id: Identifier for the newly created job. @@ -5152,8 +5288,8 @@ ## # @BlockdevAmendOptionsQcow2: # -# Driver specific image amend options for qcow2. -# For now, only encryption options can be amended +# Driver specific image amend options for qcow2. For now, only +# encryption options can be amended # # @encrypt: Encryption options to be amended # @@ -5182,8 +5318,9 @@ ## # @x-blockdev-amend: # -# Starts a job to amend format specific options of an existing open block device -# The job is automatically finalized, but a manual job-dismiss is required. +# Starts a job to amend format specific options of an existing open +# block device The job is automatically finalized, but a manual +# job-dismiss is required. # # @job-id: Identifier for the newly created job. # @@ -5191,13 +5328,13 @@ # # @options: Options (driver specific) # -# @force: Allow unsafe operations, format specific -# For luks that allows erase of the last active keyslot -# (permanent loss of data), -# and replacement of an active keyslot -# (possible loss of data if IO error happens) +# @force: Allow unsafe operations, format specific For luks that +# allows erase of the last active keyslot (permanent loss of +# data), and replacement of an active keyslot (possible loss of +# data if IO error happens) # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is experimental. # # Since: 5.1 @@ -5229,33 +5366,33 @@ ## # @BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED: # -# Emitted when a disk image is being marked corrupt. The image can be -# identified by its device or node name. The 'device' field is always +# Emitted when a disk image is being marked corrupt. The image can be +# identified by its device or node name. The 'device' field is always # present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the # image does not have a device name associated. # -# @device: device name. This is always present for compatibility -# reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image does not -# have a device name associated. +# @device: device name. This is always present for compatibility +# reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image does not have a +# device name associated. # # @node-name: node name (Since: 2.4) # # @msg: informative message for human consumption, such as the kind of -# corruption being detected. It should not be parsed by machine as it is -# not guaranteed to be stable +# corruption being detected. It should not be parsed by machine +# as it is not guaranteed to be stable # # @offset: if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is -# the host's access offset into the image +# the host's access offset into the image # -# @size: if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is -# the access size +# @size: if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is the +# access size # -# @fatal: if set, the image is marked corrupt and therefore unusable after this -# event and must be repaired (Since 2.2; before, every -# BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED event was fatal) +# @fatal: if set, the image is marked corrupt and therefore unusable +# after this event and must be repaired (Since 2.2; before, every +# BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED event was fatal) # # Note: If action is "stop", a STOP event will eventually follow the -# BLOCK_IO_ERROR event. +# BLOCK_IO_ERROR event. # # Example: # @@ -5279,30 +5416,30 @@ # # Emitted when a disk I/O error occurs # -# @device: device name. This is always present for compatibility -# reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image does not -# have a device name associated. +# @device: device name. This is always present for compatibility +# reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image does not have a +# device name associated. # -# @node-name: node name. Note that errors may be reported for the root node -# that is directly attached to a guest device rather than for the -# node where the error occurred. The node name is not present if -# the drive is empty. (Since: 2.8) +# @node-name: node name. Note that errors may be reported for the +# root node that is directly attached to a guest device rather +# than for the node where the error occurred. The node name is +# not present if the drive is empty. (Since: 2.8) # # @operation: I/O operation # # @action: action that has been taken # -# @nospace: true if I/O error was caused due to a no-space -# condition. This key is only present if query-block's -# io-status is present, please see query-block documentation -# for more information (since: 2.2) +# @nospace: true if I/O error was caused due to a no-space condition. +# This key is only present if query-block's io-status is present, +# please see query-block documentation for more information +# (since: 2.2) # -# @reason: human readable string describing the error cause. -# (This field is a debugging aid for humans, it should not -# be parsed by applications) (since: 2.2) +# @reason: human readable string describing the error cause. (This +# field is a debugging aid for humans, it should not be parsed by +# applications) (since: 2.2) # # Note: If action is "stop", a STOP event will eventually follow the -# BLOCK_IO_ERROR event +# BLOCK_IO_ERROR event # # Since: 0.13 # @@ -5315,7 +5452,6 @@ # "action": "stop", # "reason": "No space left on device" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BLOCK_IO_ERROR', 'data': { 'device': 'str', '*node-name': 'str', @@ -5330,20 +5466,20 @@ # # @type: job type # -# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other -# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 +# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other +# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 # # @len: maximum progress value # -# @offset: current progress value. On success this is equal to len. -# On failure this is less than len +# @offset: current progress value. On success this is equal to len. +# On failure this is less than len # # @speed: rate limit, bytes per second # -# @error: error message. Only present on failure. This field -# contains a human-readable error message. There are no semantics -# other than that streaming has failed and clients should not try to -# interpret the error string +# @error: error message. Only present on failure. This field +# contains a human-readable error message. There are no semantics +# other than that streaming has failed and clients should not try +# to interpret the error string # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -5354,7 +5490,6 @@ # "len": 10737418240, "offset": 10737418240, # "speed": 0 }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED', 'data': { 'type' : 'JobType', @@ -5371,13 +5506,13 @@ # # @type: job type # -# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other -# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 +# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other +# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 # # @len: maximum progress value # -# @offset: current progress value. On success this is equal to len. -# On failure this is less than len +# @offset: current progress value. On success this is equal to len. +# On failure this is less than len # # @speed: rate limit, bytes per second # @@ -5390,7 +5525,6 @@ # "len": 10737418240, "offset": 134217728, # "speed": 0 }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED', 'data': { 'type' : 'JobType', @@ -5404,8 +5538,8 @@ # # Emitted when a block job encounters an error # -# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other -# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 +# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other +# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 # # @operation: I/O operation # @@ -5420,7 +5554,6 @@ # "operation": "write", # "action": "stop" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BLOCK_JOB_ERROR', 'data': { 'device' : 'str', @@ -5434,18 +5567,18 @@ # # @type: job type # -# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other -# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 +# @device: The job identifier. Originally the device name but other +# values are allowed since QEMU 2.7 # # @len: maximum progress value # -# @offset: current progress value. On success this is equal to len. -# On failure this is less than len +# @offset: current progress value. On success this is equal to len. +# On failure this is less than len # # @speed: rate limit, bytes per second # -# Note: The "ready to complete" status is always reset by a @BLOCK_JOB_ERROR -# event +# Note: The "ready to complete" status is always reset by a +# @BLOCK_JOB_ERROR event # # Since: 1.3 # @@ -5455,7 +5588,6 @@ # "data": { "device": "drive0", "type": "mirror", "speed": 0, # "len": 2097152, "offset": 2097152 }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BLOCK_JOB_READY', 'data': { 'type' : 'JobType', @@ -5467,9 +5599,10 @@ ## # @BLOCK_JOB_PENDING: # -# Emitted when a block job is awaiting explicit authorization to finalize graph -# changes via @block-job-finalize. If this job is part of a transaction, it will -# not emit this event until the transaction has converged first. +# Emitted when a block job is awaiting explicit authorization to +# finalize graph changes via @block-job-finalize. If this job is part +# of a transaction, it will not emit this event until the transaction +# has converged first. # # @type: job type # @@ -5482,7 +5615,6 @@ # <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_PENDING", # "data": { "type": "mirror", "id": "backup_1" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BLOCK_JOB_PENDING', 'data': { 'type' : 'JobType', @@ -5494,13 +5626,16 @@ # Preallocation mode of QEMU image file # # @off: no preallocation +# # @metadata: preallocate only for metadata +# # @falloc: like @full preallocation but allocate disk space by -# posix_fallocate() rather than writing data. +# posix_fallocate() rather than writing data. +# # @full: preallocate all data by writing it to the device to ensure -# disk space is really available. This data may or may not be -# zero, depending on the image format and storage. -# @full preallocation also sets up metadata correctly. +# disk space is really available. This data may or may not be +# zero, depending on the image format and storage. @full +# preallocation also sets up metadata correctly. # # Since: 2.2 ## @@ -5511,15 +5646,15 @@ # @BLOCK_WRITE_THRESHOLD: # # Emitted when writes on block device reaches or exceeds the -# configured write threshold. For thin-provisioned devices, this -# means the device should be extended to avoid pausing for -# disk exhaustion. -# The event is one shot. Once triggered, it needs to be +# configured write threshold. For thin-provisioned devices, this +# means the device should be extended to avoid pausing for disk +# exhaustion. The event is one shot. Once triggered, it needs to be # re-registered with another block-set-write-threshold command. # # @node-name: graph node name on which the threshold was exceeded. # -# @amount-exceeded: amount of data which exceeded the threshold, in bytes. +# @amount-exceeded: amount of data which exceeded the threshold, in +# bytes. # # @write-threshold: last configured threshold, in bytes. # @@ -5533,19 +5668,19 @@ ## # @block-set-write-threshold: # -# Change the write threshold for a block drive. An event will be +# Change the write threshold for a block drive. An event will be # delivered if a write to this block drive crosses the configured -# threshold. The threshold is an offset, thus must be -# non-negative. Default is no write threshold. Setting the threshold -# to zero disables it. +# threshold. The threshold is an offset, thus must be non-negative. +# Default is no write threshold. Setting the threshold to zero +# disables it. # -# This is useful to transparently resize thin-provisioned drives without -# the guest OS noticing. +# This is useful to transparently resize thin-provisioned drives +# without the guest OS noticing. # # @node-name: graph node name on which the threshold must be set. # # @write-threshold: configured threshold for the block device, bytes. -# Use 0 to disable the threshold. +# Use 0 to disable the threshold. # # Since: 2.3 # @@ -5555,7 +5690,6 @@ # "arguments": { "node-name": "mydev", # "write-threshold": 17179869184 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'block-set-write-threshold', 'data': { 'node-name': 'str', 'write-threshold': 'uint64' }, @@ -5564,13 +5698,13 @@ ## # @x-blockdev-change: # -# Dynamically reconfigure the block driver state graph. It can be used -# to add, remove, insert or replace a graph node. Currently only the -# Quorum driver implements this feature to add or remove its child. This -# is useful to fix a broken quorum child. +# Dynamically reconfigure the block driver state graph. It can be +# used to add, remove, insert or replace a graph node. Currently only +# the Quorum driver implements this feature to add or remove its +# child. This is useful to fix a broken quorum child. # -# If @node is specified, it will be inserted under @parent. @child -# may not be specified in this case. If both @parent and @child are +# If @node is specified, it will be inserted under @parent. @child +# may not be specified in this case. If both @parent and @child are # specified but @node is not, @child will be detached from @parent. # # @parent: the id or name of the parent node. @@ -5580,23 +5714,25 @@ # @node: the name of the node that will be added. # # Features: -# @unstable: This command is experimental, and its API is not stable. It -# does not support all kinds of operations, all kinds of -# children, nor all block drivers. # -# FIXME Removing children from a quorum node means introducing -# gaps in the child indices. This cannot be represented in the -# 'children' list of BlockdevOptionsQuorum, as returned by -# .bdrv_refresh_filename(). +# @unstable: This command is experimental, and its API is not stable. +# It does not support all kinds of operations, all kinds of +# children, nor all block drivers. +# +# FIXME Removing children from a quorum node means introducing +# gaps in the child indices. This cannot be represented in the +# 'children' list of BlockdevOptionsQuorum, as returned by +# .bdrv_refresh_filename(). # -# Warning: The data in a new quorum child MUST be consistent -# with that of the rest of the array. +# Warning: The data in a new quorum child MUST be consistent with +# that of the rest of the array. # # Since: 2.7 # # Examples: # # 1. Add a new node to a quorum +# # -> { "execute": "blockdev-add", # "arguments": { # "driver": "raw", @@ -5610,11 +5746,11 @@ # <- { "return": {} } # # 2. Delete a quorum's node +# # -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-change", # "arguments": { "parent": "disk1", # "child": "children.1" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'x-blockdev-change', 'data' : { 'parent': 'str', @@ -5626,8 +5762,8 @@ ## # @x-blockdev-set-iothread: # -# Move @node and its children into the @iothread. If @iothread is null then -# move @node and its children into the main loop. +# Move @node and its children into the @iothread. If @iothread is +# null then move @node and its children into the main loop. # # The node must not be attached to a BlockBackend. # @@ -5635,29 +5771,31 @@ # # @iothread: the name of the IOThread object or null for the main loop # -# @force: true if the node and its children should be moved when a BlockBackend -# is already attached +# @force: true if the node and its children should be moved when a +# BlockBackend is already attached # # Features: -# @unstable: This command is experimental and intended for test cases that -# need control over IOThreads only. +# +# @unstable: This command is experimental and intended for test cases +# that need control over IOThreads only. # # Since: 2.12 # # Examples: # # 1. Move a node into an IOThread +# # -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-set-iothread", # "arguments": { "node-name": "disk1", # "iothread": "iothread0" } } # <- { "return": {} } # # 2. Move a node into the main loop +# # -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-set-iothread", # "arguments": { "node-name": "disk1", # "iothread": null } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'x-blockdev-set-iothread', 'data' : { 'node-name': 'str', @@ -5702,7 +5840,6 @@ # <- { "event": "QUORUM_FAILURE", # "data": { "reference": "usr1", "sector-num": 345435, "sectors-count": 5 }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } } -# ## { 'event': 'QUORUM_FAILURE', 'data': { 'reference': 'str', 'sector-num': 'int', 'sectors-count': 'int' } } @@ -5714,10 +5851,10 @@ # # @type: quorum operation type (Since 2.6) # -# @error: error message. Only present on failure. This field -# contains a human-readable error message. There are no semantics other -# than that the block layer reported an error and clients should not -# try to interpret the error string. +# @error: error message. Only present on failure. This field +# contains a human-readable error message. There are no semantics +# other than that the block layer reported an error and clients +# should not try to interpret the error string. # # @node-name: the graph node name of the block driver state # @@ -5744,7 +5881,6 @@ # "data": { "node-name": "node0", "sector-num": 0, "sectors-count": 2097120, # "type": "flush", "error": "Broken pipe" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1456406829, "microseconds": 291763 } } -# ## { 'event': 'QUORUM_REPORT_BAD', 'data': { 'type': 'QuorumOpType', '*error': 'str', 'node-name': 'str', @@ -5753,14 +5889,14 @@ ## # @BlockdevSnapshotInternal: # -# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node to generate the snapshot -# from +# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node to generate the +# snapshot from # # @name: the name of the internal snapshot to be created # -# Notes: In transaction, if @name is empty, or any snapshot matching @name -# exists, the operation will fail. Only some image formats support it, -# for example, qcow2, and rbd. +# Notes: In transaction, if @name is empty, or any snapshot matching +# @name exists, the operation will fail. Only some image formats +# support it, for example, qcow2, and rbd. # # Since: 1.7 ## @@ -5771,18 +5907,20 @@ # @blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync: # # Synchronously take an internal snapshot of a block device, when the -# format of the image used supports it. If the name is an empty +# format of the image used supports it. If the name is an empty # string, or a snapshot with name already exists, the operation will # fail. # -# For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshotInternal. +# For the arguments, see the documentation of +# BlockdevSnapshotInternal. # -# Returns: - nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError -# - If any snapshot matching @name exists, or @name is empty, -# GenericError -# - If the format of the image used does not support it, -# GenericError +# Returns: +# - nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError +# - If any snapshot matching @name exists, or @name is empty, +# GenericError +# - If the format of the image used does not support it, +# GenericError # # Since: 1.7 # @@ -5793,7 +5931,6 @@ # "name": "snapshot0" } # } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync', 'data': 'BlockdevSnapshotInternal', @@ -5802,24 +5939,25 @@ ## # @blockdev-snapshot-delete-internal-sync: # -# Synchronously delete an internal snapshot of a block device, when the format -# of the image used support it. The snapshot is identified by name or id or -# both. One of the name or id is required. Return SnapshotInfo for the -# successfully deleted snapshot. +# Synchronously delete an internal snapshot of a block device, when +# the format of the image used support it. The snapshot is identified +# by name or id or both. One of the name or id is required. Return +# SnapshotInfo for the successfully deleted snapshot. # -# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node to delete the snapshot -# from +# @device: the device name or node-name of a root node to delete the +# snapshot from # # @id: optional the snapshot's ID to be deleted # # @name: optional the snapshot's name to be deleted # -# Returns: - SnapshotInfo on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError -# - If snapshot not found, GenericError -# - If the format of the image used does not support it, -# GenericError -# - If @id and @name are both not specified, GenericError +# Returns: +# - SnapshotInfo on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, GenericError +# - If snapshot not found, GenericError +# - If the format of the image used does not support it, +# GenericError +# - If @id and @name are both not specified, GenericError # # Since: 1.7 # @@ -5840,7 +5978,6 @@ # "icount": 220414 # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-snapshot-delete-internal-sync', 'data': { 'device': 'str', '*id': 'str', '*name': 'str'}, diff --git a/qapi/block-export.json b/qapi/block-export.json index 3ec8ad0ce7..7874a49ba7 100644 --- a/qapi/block-export.json +++ b/qapi/block-export.json @@ -11,20 +11,24 @@ ## # @NbdServerOptions: # -# Keep this type consistent with the nbd-server-start arguments. The only -# intended difference is using SocketAddress instead of SocketAddressLegacy. +# Keep this type consistent with the nbd-server-start arguments. The +# only intended difference is using SocketAddress instead of +# SocketAddressLegacy. # # @addr: Address on which to listen. +# # @tls-creds: ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6). +# # @tls-authz: ID of the QAuthZ authorization object used to validate -# the client's x509 distinguished name. This object is -# is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and -# recreated on the fly while the NBD server is active. -# If missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0). -# @max-connections: The maximum number of connections to allow at the same -# time, 0 for unlimited. Setting this to 1 also stops -# the server from advertising multiple client support -# (since 5.2; default: 0) +# the client's x509 distinguished name. This object is is only +# resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the +# fly while the NBD server is active. If missing, it will default +# to denying access (since 4.0). +# +# @max-connections: The maximum number of connections to allow at the +# same time, 0 for unlimited. Setting this to 1 also stops the +# server from advertising multiple client support (since 5.2; +# default: 0) # # Since: 4.2 ## @@ -38,24 +42,28 @@ # @nbd-server-start: # # Start an NBD server listening on the given host and port. Block -# devices can then be exported using @nbd-server-add. The NBD -# server will present them as named exports; for example, another -# QEMU instance could refer to them as "nbd:HOST:PORT:exportname=NAME". +# devices can then be exported using @nbd-server-add. The NBD server +# will present them as named exports; for example, another QEMU +# instance could refer to them as "nbd:HOST:PORT:exportname=NAME". # -# Keep this type consistent with the NbdServerOptions type. The only intended -# difference is using SocketAddressLegacy instead of SocketAddress. +# Keep this type consistent with the NbdServerOptions type. The only +# intended difference is using SocketAddressLegacy instead of +# SocketAddress. # # @addr: Address on which to listen. +# # @tls-creds: ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6). +# # @tls-authz: ID of the QAuthZ authorization object used to validate -# the client's x509 distinguished name. This object is -# is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and -# recreated on the fly while the NBD server is active. -# If missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0). -# @max-connections: The maximum number of connections to allow at the same -# time, 0 for unlimited. Setting this to 1 also stops -# the server from advertising multiple client support -# (since 5.2; default: 0). +# the client's x509 distinguished name. This object is is only +# resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the +# fly while the NBD server is active. If missing, it will default +# to denying access (since 4.0). +# +# @max-connections: The maximum number of connections to allow at the +# same time, 0 for unlimited. Setting this to 1 also stops the +# server from advertising multiple client support (since 5.2; +# default: 0). # # Returns: error if the server is already running. # @@ -71,14 +79,14 @@ ## # @BlockExportOptionsNbdBase: # -# An NBD block export (common options shared between nbd-server-add and -# the NBD branch of block-export-add). +# An NBD block export (common options shared between nbd-server-add +# and the NBD branch of block-export-add). # -# @name: Export name. If unspecified, the @device parameter is used as the -# export name. (Since 2.12) +# @name: Export name. If unspecified, the @device parameter is used +# as the export name. (Since 2.12) # # @description: Free-form description of the export, up to 4096 bytes. -# (Since 5.0) +# (Since 5.0) # # Since: 5.0 ## @@ -92,15 +100,15 @@ # block-export-add). # # @bitmaps: Also export each of the named dirty bitmaps reachable from -# @device, so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with -# the metadata context name "qemu:dirty-bitmap:BITMAP" to inspect -# each bitmap. -# Since 7.1 bitmap may be specified by node/name pair. +# @device, so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with +# the metadata context name "qemu:dirty-bitmap:BITMAP" to inspect +# each bitmap. Since 7.1 bitmap may be specified by node/name +# pair. # -# @allocation-depth: Also export the allocation depth map for @device, so -# the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with -# the metadata context name "qemu:allocation-depth" to -# inspect allocation details. (since 5.2) +# @allocation-depth: Also export the allocation depth map for @device, +# so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with the +# metadata context name "qemu:allocation-depth" to inspect +# allocation details. (since 5.2) # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -114,12 +122,15 @@ # # A vhost-user-blk block export. # -# @addr: The vhost-user socket on which to listen. Both 'unix' and 'fd' -# SocketAddress types are supported. Passed fds must be UNIX domain -# sockets. -# @logical-block-size: Logical block size in bytes. Defaults to 512 bytes. -# @num-queues: Number of request virtqueues. Must be greater than 0. Defaults -# to 1. +# @addr: The vhost-user socket on which to listen. Both 'unix' and +# 'fd' SocketAddress types are supported. Passed fds must be UNIX +# domain sockets. +# +# @logical-block-size: Logical block size in bytes. Defaults to 512 +# bytes. +# +# @num-queues: Number of request virtqueues. Must be greater than 0. +# Defaults to 1. # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -138,7 +149,7 @@ # @on: Pass allow_other as a mount option. # # @auto: Try mounting with allow_other first, and if that fails, retry -# without allow_other. +# without allow_other. # # Since: 6.1 ## @@ -151,24 +162,21 @@ # Options for exporting a block graph node on some (file) mountpoint # as a raw image. # -# @mountpoint: Path on which to export the block device via FUSE. -# This must point to an existing regular file. +# @mountpoint: Path on which to export the block device via FUSE. This +# must point to an existing regular file. # # @growable: Whether writes beyond the EOF should grow the block node -# accordingly. (default: false) +# accordingly. (default: false) # # @allow-other: If this is off, only qemu's user is allowed access to -# this export. That cannot be changed even with chmod or -# chown. -# Enabling this option will allow other users access to -# the export with the FUSE mount option "allow_other". -# Note that using allow_other as a non-root user requires -# user_allow_other to be enabled in the global fuse.conf -# configuration file. -# In auto mode (the default), the FUSE export driver will -# first attempt to mount the export with allow_other, and -# if that fails, try again without. -# (since 6.1; default: auto) +# this export. That cannot be changed even with chmod or chown. +# Enabling this option will allow other users access to the export +# with the FUSE mount option "allow_other". Note that using +# allow_other as a non-root user requires user_allow_other to be +# enabled in the global fuse.conf configuration file. In auto +# mode (the default), the FUSE export driver will first attempt to +# mount the export with allow_other, and if that fails, try again +# without. (since 6.1; default: auto) # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -184,11 +192,16 @@ # A vduse-blk block export. # # @name: the name of VDUSE device (must be unique across the host). -# @num-queues: the number of virtqueues. Defaults to 1. -# @queue-size: the size of virtqueue. Defaults to 256. -# @logical-block-size: Logical block size in bytes. Range [512, PAGE_SIZE] -# and must be power of 2. Defaults to 512 bytes. -# @serial: the serial number of virtio block device. Defaults to empty string. +# +# @num-queues: the number of virtqueues. Defaults to 1. +# +# @queue-size: the size of virtqueue. Defaults to 256. +# +# @logical-block-size: Logical block size in bytes. Range [512, +# PAGE_SIZE] and must be power of 2. Defaults to 512 bytes. +# +# @serial: the serial number of virtio block device. Defaults to +# empty string. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -206,13 +219,13 @@ # # @device: The device name or node name of the node to be exported # -# @writable: Whether clients should be able to write to the device via the -# NBD connection (default false). +# @writable: Whether clients should be able to write to the device via +# the NBD connection (default false). # -# @bitmap: Also export a single dirty bitmap reachable from @device, so the -# NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with the metadata -# context name "qemu:dirty-bitmap:BITMAP" to inspect the bitmap -# (since 4.0). +# @bitmap: Also export a single dirty bitmap reachable from @device, +# so the NBD client can use NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with the +# metadata context name "qemu:dirty-bitmap:BITMAP" to inspect the +# bitmap (since 4.0). # # Since: 5.0 ## @@ -226,13 +239,16 @@ # # Export a block node to QEMU's embedded NBD server. # -# The export name will be used as the id for the resulting block export. +# The export name will be used as the id for the resulting block +# export. # # Features: -# @deprecated: This command is deprecated. Use @block-export-add instead. # -# Returns: error if the server is not running, or export with the same name -# already exists. +# @deprecated: This command is deprecated. Use @block-export-add +# instead. +# +# Returns: error if the server is not running, or export with the same +# name already exists. # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -245,17 +261,18 @@ # # Mode for removing a block export. # -# @safe: Remove export if there are no existing connections, fail otherwise. +# @safe: Remove export if there are no existing connections, fail +# otherwise. # # @hard: Drop all connections immediately and remove export. # # Potential additional modes to be added in the future: # -# hide: Just hide export from new clients, leave existing connections as is. -# Remove export after all clients are disconnected. +# hide: Just hide export from new clients, leave existing connections +# as is. Remove export after all clients are disconnected. # -# soft: Hide export from new clients, answer with ESHUTDOWN for all further -# requests from existing clients. +# soft: Hide export from new clients, answer with ESHUTDOWN for all +# further requests from existing clients. # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -268,17 +285,19 @@ # # @name: Block export id. # -# @mode: Mode of command operation. See @BlockExportRemoveMode description. -# Default is 'safe'. +# @mode: Mode of command operation. See @BlockExportRemoveMode +# description. Default is 'safe'. # # Features: -# @deprecated: This command is deprecated. Use @block-export-del instead. +# +# @deprecated: This command is deprecated. Use @block-export-del +# instead. # # Returns: error if # -# - the server is not running -# - export is not found -# - mode is 'safe' and there are existing connections +# - the server is not running +# - export is not found +# - mode is 'safe' and there are existing connections # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -290,8 +309,8 @@ ## # @nbd-server-stop: # -# Stop QEMU's embedded NBD server, and unregister all devices previously -# added via @nbd-server-add. +# Stop QEMU's embedded NBD server, and unregister all devices +# previously added via @nbd-server-add. # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -304,8 +323,11 @@ # An enumeration of block export types # # @nbd: NBD export +# # @vhost-user-blk: vhost-user-blk export (since 5.2) +# # @fuse: FUSE export (since: 6.0) +# # @vduse-blk: vduse-blk export (since 7.1) # # Since: 4.2 @@ -320,28 +342,31 @@ ## # @BlockExportOptions: # -# Describes a block export, i.e. how single node should be exported on an -# external interface. +# Describes a block export, i.e. how single node should be exported on +# an external interface. # -# @id: A unique identifier for the block export (across all export types) +# @id: A unique identifier for the block export (across all export +# types) # -# @node-name: The node name of the block node to be exported (since: 5.2) +# @node-name: The node name of the block node to be exported +# (since: 5.2) # # @writable: True if clients should be able to write to the export -# (default false) +# (default false) # -# @writethrough: If true, caches are flushed after every write request to the -# export before completion is signalled. (since: 5.2; -# default: false) +# @writethrough: If true, caches are flushed after every write request +# to the export before completion is signalled. (since: 5.2; +# default: false) # -# @iothread: The name of the iothread object where the export will run. The -# default is to use the thread currently associated with the -# block node. (since: 5.2) +# @iothread: The name of the iothread object where the export will +# run. The default is to use the thread currently associated with +# the block node. (since: 5.2) # -# @fixed-iothread: True prevents the block node from being moved to another -# thread while the export is active. If true and @iothread is -# given, export creation fails if the block node cannot be -# moved to the iothread. The default is false. (since: 5.2) +# @fixed-iothread: True prevents the block node from being moved to +# another thread while the export is active. If true and +# @iothread is given, export creation fails if the block node +# cannot be moved to the iothread. The default is false. +# (since: 5.2) # # Since: 4.2 ## @@ -378,17 +403,17 @@ ## # @block-export-del: # -# Request to remove a block export. This drops the user's reference to the -# export, but the export may still stay around after this command returns until -# the shutdown of the export has completed. +# Request to remove a block export. This drops the user's reference +# to the export, but the export may still stay around after this +# command returns until the shutdown of the export has completed. # # @id: Block export id. # -# @mode: Mode of command operation. See @BlockExportRemoveMode description. -# Default is 'safe'. +# @mode: Mode of command operation. See @BlockExportRemoveMode +# description. Default is 'safe'. # -# Returns: Error if the export is not found or @mode is 'safe' and the export -# is still in use (e.g. by existing client connections) +# Returns: Error if the export is not found or @mode is 'safe' and the +# export is still in use (e.g. by existing client connections) # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -420,8 +445,7 @@ # @node-name: The node name of the block node that is exported # # @shutting-down: True if the export is shutting down (e.g. after a -# block-export-del command, but before the shutdown has -# completed) +# block-export-del command, but before the shutdown has completed) # # Since: 5.2 ## diff --git a/qapi/block.json b/qapi/block.json index 94339a1761..a1e16592fd 100644 --- a/qapi/block.json +++ b/qapi/block.json @@ -19,26 +19,26 @@ # translate logical CHS to physical; instead, they will use logical # block addressing. # -# @auto: If cylinder/heads/sizes are passed, choose between none and LBA -# depending on the size of the disk. If they are not passed, -# choose none if QEMU can guess that the disk had 16 or fewer -# heads, large if QEMU can guess that the disk had 131072 or -# fewer tracks across all heads (i.e. cylinders*heads<131072), -# otherwise LBA. +# @auto: If cylinder/heads/sizes are passed, choose between none and +# LBA depending on the size of the disk. If they are not passed, +# choose none if QEMU can guess that the disk had 16 or fewer +# heads, large if QEMU can guess that the disk had 131072 or fewer +# tracks across all heads (i.e. cylinders*heads<131072), otherwise +# LBA. # # @none: The physical disk geometry is equal to the logical geometry. # # @lba: Assume 63 sectors per track and one of 16, 32, 64, 128 or 255 -# heads (if fewer than 255 are enough to cover the whole disk -# with 1024 cylinders/head). The number of cylinders/head is -# then computed based on the number of sectors and heads. +# heads (if fewer than 255 are enough to cover the whole disk with +# 1024 cylinders/head). The number of cylinders/head is then +# computed based on the number of sectors and heads. # -# @large: The number of cylinders per head is scaled down to 1024 -# by correspondingly scaling up the number of heads. +# @large: The number of cylinders per head is scaled down to 1024 by +# correspondingly scaling up the number of heads. # # @rechs: Same as @large, but first convert a 16-head geometry to -# 15-head, by proportionally scaling up the number of -# cylinders/head. +# 15-head, by proportionally scaling up the number of +# cylinders/head. # # Since: 2.0 ## @@ -51,9 +51,13 @@ # Type of Floppy drive to be emulated by the Floppy Disk Controller. # # @144: 1.44MB 3.5" drive +# # @288: 2.88MB 3.5" drive +# # @120: 1.2MB 5.25" drive +# # @none: No drive connected +# # @auto: Automatically determined by inserted media at boot # # Since: 2.6 @@ -68,8 +72,8 @@ # # @id: the identifier of the persistent reservation manager # -# @connected: true if the persistent reservation manager is connected to -# the underlying storage or helper +# @connected: true if the persistent reservation manager is connected +# to the underlying storage or helper # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -79,9 +83,11 @@ ## # @query-pr-managers: # -# Returns a list of information about each persistent reservation manager. +# Returns a list of information about each persistent reservation +# manager. # -# Returns: a list of @PRManagerInfo for each persistent reservation manager +# Returns: a list of @PRManagerInfo for each persistent reservation +# manager # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -98,13 +104,15 @@ # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8) # # @force: If true, eject regardless of whether the drive is locked. -# If not specified, the default value is false. +# If not specified, the default value is false. # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @device is deprecated. Use @id instead. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound # # Notes: Ejecting a device with no media results in success # @@ -123,32 +131,33 @@ ## # @blockdev-open-tray: # -# Opens a block device's tray. If there is a block driver state tree inserted as -# a medium, it will become inaccessible to the guest (but it will remain -# associated to the block device, so closing the tray will make it accessible -# again). +# Opens a block device's tray. If there is a block driver state tree +# inserted as a medium, it will become inaccessible to the guest (but +# it will remain associated to the block device, so closing the tray +# will make it accessible again). # # If the tray was already open before, this will be a no-op. # -# Once the tray opens, a DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED event is emitted. There are cases in -# which no such event will be generated, these include: +# Once the tray opens, a DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED event is emitted. There +# are cases in which no such event will be generated, these include: # -# - if the guest has locked the tray, @force is false and the guest does not -# respond to the eject request -# - if the BlockBackend denoted by @device does not have a guest device attached -# to it +# - if the guest has locked the tray, @force is false and the guest +# does not respond to the eject request +# - if the BlockBackend denoted by @device does not have a guest +# device attached to it # - if the guest device does not have an actual tray # # @device: Block device name # # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8) # -# @force: if false (the default), an eject request will be sent to -# the guest if it has locked the tray (and the tray will not be opened -# immediately); if true, the tray will be opened regardless of whether -# it is locked +# @force: if false (the default), an eject request will be sent to the +# guest if it has locked the tray (and the tray will not be opened +# immediately); if true, the tray will be opened regardless of +# whether it is locked # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @device is deprecated. Use @id instead. # # Since: 2.5 @@ -166,7 +175,6 @@ # "tray-open": true } } # # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-open-tray', 'data': { '*device': { 'type': 'str', 'features': [ 'deprecated' ] }, @@ -176,9 +184,9 @@ ## # @blockdev-close-tray: # -# Closes a block device's tray. If there is a block driver state tree associated -# with the block device (which is currently ejected), that tree will be loaded -# as the medium. +# Closes a block device's tray. If there is a block driver state tree +# associated with the block device (which is currently ejected), that +# tree will be loaded as the medium. # # If the tray was already closed before, this will be a no-op. # @@ -187,6 +195,7 @@ # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8) # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @device is deprecated. Use @id instead. # # Since: 2.5 @@ -204,7 +213,6 @@ # "tray-open": false } } # # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-close-tray', 'data': { '*device': { 'type': 'str', 'features': [ 'deprecated' ] }, @@ -213,11 +221,12 @@ ## # @blockdev-remove-medium: # -# Removes a medium (a block driver state tree) from a block device. That block -# device's tray must currently be open (unless there is no attached guest -# device). +# Removes a medium (a block driver state tree) from a block device. +# That block device's tray must currently be open (unless there is no +# attached guest device). # -# If the tray is open and there is no medium inserted, this will be a no-op. +# If the tray is open and there is no medium inserted, this will be a +# no-op. # # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device # @@ -247,7 +256,6 @@ # "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } } # # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-remove-medium', 'data': { 'id': 'str' } } @@ -255,9 +263,9 @@ ## # @blockdev-insert-medium: # -# Inserts a medium (a block driver state tree) into a block device. That block -# device's tray must currently be open (unless there is no attached guest -# device) and there must be no medium inserted already. +# Inserts a medium (a block driver state tree) into a block device. +# That block device's tray must currently be open (unless there is no +# attached guest device) and there must be no medium inserted already. # # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device # @@ -280,7 +288,6 @@ # "node-name": "node0" } } # # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-insert-medium', 'data': { 'id': 'str', @@ -306,30 +313,32 @@ ## # @blockdev-change-medium: # -# Changes the medium inserted into a block device by ejecting the current medium -# and loading a new image file which is inserted as the new medium (this command -# combines blockdev-open-tray, blockdev-remove-medium, blockdev-insert-medium -# and blockdev-close-tray). +# Changes the medium inserted into a block device by ejecting the +# current medium and loading a new image file which is inserted as the +# new medium (this command combines blockdev-open-tray, +# blockdev-remove-medium, blockdev-insert-medium and +# blockdev-close-tray). # # @device: Block device name # -# @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device -# (since: 2.8) +# @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8) # # @filename: filename of the new image to be loaded # -# @format: format to open the new image with (defaults to -# the probed format) +# @format: format to open the new image with (defaults to the probed +# format) # # @read-only-mode: change the read-only mode of the device; defaults -# to 'retain' +# to 'retain' # -# @force: if false (the default), an eject request through blockdev-open-tray -# will be sent to the guest if it has locked the tray (and the tray -# will not be opened immediately); if true, the tray will be opened -# regardless of whether it is locked. (since 7.1) +# @force: if false (the default), an eject request through +# blockdev-open-tray will be sent to the guest if it has locked +# the tray (and the tray will not be opened immediately); if true, +# the tray will be opened regardless of whether it is locked. +# (since 7.1) # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @device is deprecated. Use @id instead. # # Since: 2.5 @@ -363,7 +372,6 @@ # "read-only-mode": "read-only" } } # # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'blockdev-change-medium', 'data': { '*device': { 'type': 'str', 'features': [ 'deprecated' ] }, @@ -376,16 +384,17 @@ ## # @DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED: # -# Emitted whenever the tray of a removable device is moved by the guest or by -# HMP/QMP commands +# Emitted whenever the tray of a removable device is moved by the +# guest or by HMP/QMP commands # -# @device: Block device name. This is always present for compatibility -# reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image does not -# have a device name associated. +# @device: Block device name. This is always present for +# compatibility reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image +# does not have a device name associated. # # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device (since 2.8) # -# @tray-open: true if the tray has been opened or false if it has been closed +# @tray-open: true if the tray has been opened or false if it has been +# closed # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -397,7 +406,6 @@ # "tray-open": true # }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED', 'data': { 'device': 'str', 'id': 'str', 'tray-open': 'bool' } } @@ -421,7 +429,6 @@ # "connected": true # }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1519840375, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'PR_MANAGER_STATUS_CHANGED', 'data': { 'id': 'str', 'connected': 'bool' } } @@ -436,24 +443,25 @@ # # If two or more devices are members of the same group, the limits # will apply to the combined I/O of the whole group in a round-robin -# fashion. Therefore, setting new I/O limits to a device will affect +# fashion. Therefore, setting new I/O limits to a device will affect # the whole group. # # The name of the group can be specified using the 'group' parameter. # If the parameter is unset, it is assumed to be the current group of -# that device. If it's not in any group yet, the name of the device +# that device. If it's not in any group yet, the name of the device # will be used as the name for its group. # # The 'group' parameter can also be used to move a device to a -# different group. In this case the limits specified in the parameters -# will be applied to the new group only. +# different group. In this case the limits specified in the +# parameters will be applied to the new group only. # # I/O limits can be disabled by setting all of them to 0. In this case # the device will be removed from its group and the rest of its -# members will not be affected. The 'group' parameter is ignored. +# members will not be affected. The 'group' parameter is ignored. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If @device is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -504,37 +512,40 @@ # # Manage read, write and flush latency histograms for the device. # -# If only @id parameter is specified, remove all present latency histograms -# for the device. Otherwise, add/reset some of (or all) latency histograms. +# If only @id parameter is specified, remove all present latency +# histograms for the device. Otherwise, add/reset some of (or all) +# latency histograms. # # @id: The name or QOM path of the guest device. # # @boundaries: list of interval boundary values (see description in -# BlockLatencyHistogramInfo definition). If specified, all -# latency histograms are removed, and empty ones created for all -# io types with intervals corresponding to @boundaries (except for -# io types, for which specific boundaries are set through the -# following parameters). +# BlockLatencyHistogramInfo definition). If specified, all latency +# histograms are removed, and empty ones created for all io types +# with intervals corresponding to @boundaries (except for io +# types, for which specific boundaries are set through the +# following parameters). # # @boundaries-read: list of interval boundary values for read latency -# histogram. If specified, old read latency histogram is -# removed, and empty one created with intervals -# corresponding to @boundaries-read. The parameter has higher -# priority then @boundaries. +# histogram. If specified, old read latency histogram is removed, +# and empty one created with intervals corresponding to +# @boundaries-read. The parameter has higher priority then +# @boundaries. # -# @boundaries-write: list of interval boundary values for write latency -# histogram. +# @boundaries-write: list of interval boundary values for write +# latency histogram. # -# @boundaries-flush: list of interval boundary values for flush latency -# histogram. +# @boundaries-flush: list of interval boundary values for flush +# latency histogram. # -# Returns: error if device is not found or any boundary arrays are invalid. +# Returns: error if device is not found or any boundary arrays are +# invalid. # # Since: 4.0 # # Example: -# set new histograms for all io types with intervals -# [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf): +# +# set new histograms for all io types with intervals [0, 10), [10, +# 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf): # # -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set", # "arguments": { "id": "drive0", @@ -542,8 +553,9 @@ # <- { "return": {} } # # Example: -# set new histogram only for write, other histograms will remain -# not changed (or not created): +# +# set new histogram only for write, other histograms will remain not +# changed (or not created): # # -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set", # "arguments": { "id": "drive0", @@ -551,9 +563,10 @@ # <- { "return": {} } # # Example: -# set new histograms with the following intervals: -# read, flush: [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf) -# write: [0, 1000), [1000, 5000), [5000, +inf) +# +# set new histograms with the following intervals: read, flush: [0, +# 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf) write: [0, 1000), [1000, +# 5000), [5000, +inf) # # -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set", # "arguments": { "id": "drive0", @@ -562,6 +575,7 @@ # <- { "return": {} } # # Example: +# # remove all latency histograms: # # -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set", diff --git a/qapi/char.json b/qapi/char.json index c9431dd0a7..e413ac2b70 100644 --- a/qapi/char.json +++ b/qapi/char.json @@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ # # @filename: the filename of the character device # -# @frontend-open: shows whether the frontend device attached to this backend -# (eg. with the chardev=... option) is in open or closed state -# (since 2.1) +# @frontend-open: shows whether the frontend device attached to this +# backend (eg. with the chardev=... option) is in open or closed +# state (since 2.1) # -# Notes: @filename is encoded using the QEMU command line character device -# encoding. See the QEMU man page for details. +# Notes: @filename is encoded using the QEMU command line character +# device encoding. See the QEMU man page for details. # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-chardev', 'returns': ['ChardevInfo'], 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -106,7 +105,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-chardev-backends', 'returns': ['ChardevBackendInfo'] } @@ -135,11 +133,11 @@ # # @format: data encoding (default 'utf8'). # -# - base64: data must be base64 encoded text. Its binary -# decoding gets written. -# - utf8: data's UTF-8 encoding is written -# - data itself is always Unicode regardless of format, like -# any other string. +# - base64: data must be base64 encoded text. Its binary decoding +# gets written. +# - utf8: data's UTF-8 encoding is written +# - data itself is always Unicode regardless of format, like any +# other string. # # Returns: Nothing on success # @@ -152,7 +150,6 @@ # "data": "abcdefgh", # "format": "utf8" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'ringbuf-write', 'data': { 'device': 'str', @@ -170,14 +167,13 @@ # # @format: data encoding (default 'utf8'). # -# - base64: the data read is returned in base64 encoding. -# - utf8: the data read is interpreted as UTF-8. -# Bug: can screw up when the buffer contains invalid UTF-8 -# sequences, NUL characters, after the ring buffer lost -# data, and when reading stops because the size limit is -# reached. -# - The return value is always Unicode regardless of format, -# like any other string. +# - base64: the data read is returned in base64 encoding. +# - utf8: the data read is interpreted as UTF-8. +# Bug: can screw up when the buffer contains invalid UTF-8 +# sequences, NUL characters, after the ring buffer lost data, +# and when reading stops because the size limit is reached. +# - The return value is always Unicode regardless of format, like +# any other string. # # Returns: data read from the device # @@ -190,7 +186,6 @@ # "size": 1000, # "format": "utf8" } } # <- { "return": "abcdefgh" } -# ## { 'command': 'ringbuf-read', 'data': {'device': 'str', 'size': 'int', '*format': 'DataFormat'}, @@ -202,8 +197,9 @@ # Configuration shared across all chardev backends # # @logfile: The name of a logfile to save output -# @logappend: true to append instead of truncate -# (default to false to truncate) +# +# @logappend: true to append instead of truncate (default to false to +# truncate) # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -217,9 +213,11 @@ # Configuration info for file chardevs. # # @in: The name of the input file +# # @out: The name of the output file -# @append: Open the file in append mode (default false to -# truncate) (Since 2.6) +# +# @append: Open the file in append mode (default false to truncate) +# (Since 2.6) # # Since: 1.4 ## @@ -234,8 +232,8 @@ # # Configuration info for device and pipe chardevs. # -# @device: The name of the special file for the device, -# i.e. /dev/ttyS0 on Unix or COM1: on Windows +# @device: The name of the special file for the device, i.e. +# /dev/ttyS0 on Unix or COM1: on Windows # # Since: 1.4 ## @@ -248,29 +246,36 @@ # # Configuration info for (stream) socket chardevs. # -# @addr: socket address to listen on (server=true) -# or connect to (server=false) +# @addr: socket address to listen on (server=true) or connect to +# (server=false) +# # @tls-creds: the ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6) +# # @tls-authz: the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which -# the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This -# object is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted -# and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active. -# If missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0) +# the client's x509 distinguished name will be validated. This +# object is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and +# recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active. If +# missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0) +# # @server: create server socket (default: true) -# @wait: wait for incoming connection on server -# sockets (default: false). -# Silently ignored with server: false. This use is deprecated. +# +# @wait: wait for incoming connection on server sockets (default: +# false). Silently ignored with server: false. This use is +# deprecated. +# # @nodelay: set TCP_NODELAY socket option (default: false) -# @telnet: enable telnet protocol on server -# sockets (default: false) -# @tn3270: enable tn3270 protocol on server -# sockets (default: false) (Since: 2.10) -# @websocket: enable websocket protocol on server -# sockets (default: false) (Since: 3.1) -# @reconnect: For a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, -# then attempt a reconnect after the given number of seconds. -# Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0) -# (Since: 2.2) +# +# @telnet: enable telnet protocol on server sockets (default: false) +# +# @tn3270: enable tn3270 protocol on server sockets (default: false) +# (Since: 2.10) +# +# @websocket: enable websocket protocol on server sockets +# (default: false) (Since: 3.1) +# +# @reconnect: For a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then +# attempt a reconnect after the given number of seconds. Setting +# this to zero disables this function. (default: 0) (Since: 2.2) # # Since: 1.4 ## @@ -293,6 +298,7 @@ # Configuration info for datagram socket chardevs. # # @remote: remote address +# # @local: local address # # Since: 1.5 @@ -320,8 +326,8 @@ # # Configuration info for stdio chardevs. # -# @signal: Allow signals (such as SIGINT triggered by ^C) -# be delivered to qemu. Default: true. +# @signal: Allow signals (such as SIGINT triggered by ^C) be delivered +# to qemu. Default: true. # # Since: 1.5 ## @@ -377,8 +383,11 @@ # Configuration info for virtual console chardevs. # # @width: console width, in pixels +# # @height: console height, in pixels +# # @cols: console width, in chars +# # @rows: console height, in chars # # Since: 1.5 @@ -409,6 +418,7 @@ # Configuration info for qemu vdagent implementation. # # @mouse: enable/disable mouse, default is enabled. +# # @clipboard: enable/disable clipboard, default is disabled. # # Since: 6.1 @@ -423,20 +433,35 @@ # @ChardevBackendKind: # # @pipe: Since 1.5 +# # @udp: Since 1.5 +# # @mux: Since 1.5 +# # @msmouse: Since 1.5 +# # @wctablet: Since 2.9 +# # @braille: Since 1.5 +# # @testdev: Since 2.2 +# # @stdio: Since 1.5 +# # @console: Since 1.5 +# # @spicevmc: Since 1.5 +# # @spiceport: Since 1.5 +# # @qemu-vdagent: Since 6.1 +# # @dbus: Since 7.0 +# # @vc: v1.5 +# # @ringbuf: Since 1.6 +# # @memory: Since 1.5 # # Since: 1.4 @@ -617,8 +642,8 @@ # # Return info about the chardev backend just created. # -# @pty: name of the slave pseudoterminal device, present if -# and only if a chardev of type 'pty' was created +# @pty: name of the slave pseudoterminal device, present if and only +# if a chardev of type 'pty' was created # # Since: 1.4 ## @@ -631,6 +656,7 @@ # Add a character device backend # # @id: the chardev's ID, must be unique +# # @backend: backend type and parameters # # Returns: ChardevReturn. @@ -654,7 +680,6 @@ # "arguments" : { "id" : "baz", # "backend" : { "type" : "pty", "data" : {} } } } # <- { "return": { "pty" : "/dev/pty/42" } } -# ## { 'command': 'chardev-add', 'data': { 'id': 'str', @@ -667,6 +692,7 @@ # Change a character device backend # # @id: the chardev's ID, must exist +# # @backend: new backend type and parameters # # Returns: ChardevReturn. @@ -695,7 +721,6 @@ # "server" : true, # "wait" : false }}}} # <- {"return": {}} -# ## { 'command': 'chardev-change', 'data': { 'id': 'str', @@ -717,7 +742,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "chardev-remove", "arguments": { "id" : "foo" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'chardev-remove', 'data': { 'id': 'str' } } @@ -737,7 +761,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "chardev-send-break", "arguments": { "id" : "foo" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'chardev-send-break', 'data': { 'id': 'str' } } @@ -760,7 +783,6 @@ # <- { "event": "VSERPORT_CHANGE", # "data": { "id": "channel0", "open": true }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1401385907, "microseconds": 422329 } } -# ## { 'event': 'VSERPORT_CHANGE', 'data': { 'id': 'str', diff --git a/qapi/common.json b/qapi/common.json index 356db3f670..6fed9cde1a 100644 --- a/qapi/common.json +++ b/qapi/common.json @@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ # has a different meaning. # # @s: the string value +# # @n: no string value # # Since: 2.10 @@ -155,11 +156,11 @@ # # @preferred: set the preferred host nodes for allocation # -# @bind: a strict policy that restricts memory allocation to the -# host nodes specified +# @bind: a strict policy that restricts memory allocation to the host +# nodes specified # -# @interleave: memory allocations are interleaved across the set -# of host nodes specified +# @interleave: memory allocations are interleaved across the set of +# host nodes specified # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -169,17 +170,17 @@ ## # @NetFilterDirection: # -# Indicates whether a netfilter is attached to a netdev's transmit queue or -# receive queue or both. +# Indicates whether a netfilter is attached to a netdev's transmit +# queue or receive queue or both. # # @all: the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit -# queue of the netdev (default). +# queue of the netdev (default). # # @rx: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev, -# where it will receive packets sent to the netdev. +# where it will receive packets sent to the netdev. # # @tx: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev, -# where it will receive packets sent by the netdev. +# where it will receive packets sent by the netdev. # # Since: 2.5 ## diff --git a/qapi/compat.json b/qapi/compat.json index 39b52872d5..f4c19837eb 100644 --- a/qapi/compat.json +++ b/qapi/compat.json @@ -11,7 +11,9 @@ # Policy for handling "funny" input. # # @accept: Accept silently +# # @reject: Reject with an error +# # @crash: abort() the process # # Since: 6.0 @@ -25,6 +27,7 @@ # Policy for handling "funny" output. # # @accept: Pass on unchanged +# # @hide: Filter out # # Since: 6.0 @@ -47,11 +50,15 @@ # enumeration values. They behave the same as with policy @accept. # # @deprecated-input: how to handle deprecated input (default 'accept') -# @deprecated-output: how to handle deprecated output (default 'accept') +# +# @deprecated-output: how to handle deprecated output (default +# 'accept') +# # @unstable-input: how to handle unstable input (default 'accept') -# (since 6.2) +# (since 6.2) +# # @unstable-output: how to handle unstable output (default 'accept') -# (since 6.2) +# (since 6.2) # # Since: 6.0 ## diff --git a/qapi/control.json b/qapi/control.json index f83499280a..6a7c5af882 100644 --- a/qapi/control.json +++ b/qapi/control.json @@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ # Arguments: # # @enable: An optional list of QMPCapability values to enable. The -# client must not enable any capability that is not -# mentioned in the QMP greeting message. If the field is not -# provided, it means no QMP capabilities will be enabled. -# (since 2.12) +# client must not enable any capability that is not mentioned in +# the QMP greeting message. If the field is not provided, it +# means no QMP capabilities will be enabled. (since 2.12) # # Example: # @@ -25,12 +24,14 @@ # "arguments": { "enable": [ "oob" ] } } # <- { "return": {} } # -# Notes: This command is valid exactly when first connecting: it must be -# issued before any other command will be accepted, and will fail once the -# monitor is accepting other commands. (see qemu docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt) +# Notes: This command is valid exactly when first connecting: it must +# be issued before any other command will be accepted, and will +# fail once the monitor is accepting other commands. (see qemu +# docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt) # -# The QMP client needs to explicitly enable QMP capabilities, otherwise -# all the QMP capabilities will be turned off by default. +# The QMP client needs to explicitly enable QMP capabilities, +# otherwise all the QMP capabilities will be turned off by +# default. # # Since: 0.13 ## @@ -44,8 +45,8 @@ # Enumeration of capabilities to be advertised during initial client # connection, used for agreeing on particular QMP extension behaviors. # -# @oob: QMP ability to support out-of-band requests. -# (Please refer to qmp-spec.txt for more information on OOB) +# @oob: QMP ability to support out-of-band requests. (Please refer to +# qmp-spec.txt for more information on OOB) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -73,16 +74,16 @@ # # A description of QEMU's version. # -# @qemu: The version of QEMU. By current convention, a micro -# version of 50 signifies a development branch. A micro version -# greater than or equal to 90 signifies a release candidate for -# the next minor version. A micro version of less than 50 -# signifies a stable release. +# @qemu: The version of QEMU. By current convention, a micro version +# of 50 signifies a development branch. A micro version greater +# than or equal to 90 signifies a release candidate for the next +# minor version. A micro version of less than 50 signifies a +# stable release. # -# @package: QEMU will always set this field to an empty string. Downstream -# versions of QEMU should set this to a non-empty string. The -# exact format depends on the downstream however it highly -# recommended that a unique name is used. +# @package: QEMU will always set this field to an empty string. +# Downstream versions of QEMU should set this to a non-empty +# string. The exact format depends on the downstream however it +# highly recommended that a unique name is used. # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -94,7 +95,8 @@ # # Returns the current version of QEMU. # -# Returns: A @VersionInfo object describing the current version of QEMU. +# Returns: A @VersionInfo object describing the current version of +# QEMU. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -111,7 +113,6 @@ # "package":"" # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-version', 'returns': 'VersionInfo', 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -150,8 +151,8 @@ # ] # } # -# Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too long. -# +# Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too +# long. ## { 'command': 'query-commands', 'returns': ['CommandInfo'], 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -159,10 +160,10 @@ ## # @quit: # -# This command will cause the QEMU process to exit gracefully. While every -# attempt is made to send the QMP response before terminating, this is not -# guaranteed. When using this interface, a premature EOF would not be -# unexpected. +# This command will cause the QEMU process to exit gracefully. While +# every attempt is made to send the QMP response before terminating, +# this is not guaranteed. When using this interface, a premature EOF +# would not be unexpected. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -195,7 +196,7 @@ # @id: Name of the monitor # # @mode: Selects the monitor mode (default: readline in the system -# emulator, control in qemu-storage-daemon) +# emulator, control in qemu-storage-daemon) # # @pretty: Enables pretty printing (QMP only) # diff --git a/qapi/crypto.json b/qapi/crypto.json index 653e6e3f3d..fd3d46ebd1 100644 --- a/qapi/crypto.json +++ b/qapi/crypto.json @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ # # The type of network endpoint that will be using the credentials. # Most types of credential require different setup / structures -# depending on whether they will be used in a server versus a -# client. +# depending on whether they will be used in a server versus a client. # # @client: the network endpoint is acting as the client # @@ -29,7 +28,9 @@ # # The data format that the secret is provided in # -# @raw: raw bytes. When encoded in JSON only valid UTF-8 sequences can be used +# @raw: raw bytes. When encoded in JSON only valid UTF-8 sequences +# can be used +# # @base64: arbitrary base64 encoded binary data # # Since: 2.6 @@ -44,11 +45,17 @@ # The supported algorithms for computing content digests # # @md5: MD5. Should not be used in any new code, legacy compat only +# # @sha1: SHA-1. Should not be used in any new code, legacy compat only +# # @sha224: SHA-224. (since 2.7) +# # @sha256: SHA-256. Current recommended strong hash. +# # @sha384: SHA-384. (since 2.7) +# # @sha512: SHA-512. (since 2.7) +# # @ripemd160: RIPEMD-160. (since 2.7) # # Since: 2.6 @@ -63,16 +70,28 @@ # The supported algorithms for content encryption ciphers # # @aes-128: AES with 128 bit / 16 byte keys +# # @aes-192: AES with 192 bit / 24 byte keys +# # @aes-256: AES with 256 bit / 32 byte keys -# @des: DES with 56 bit / 8 byte keys. Do not use except in VNC. (since 6.1) +# +# @des: DES with 56 bit / 8 byte keys. Do not use except in VNC. +# (since 6.1) +# # @3des: 3DES(EDE) with 192 bit / 24 byte keys (since 2.9) +# # @cast5-128: Cast5 with 128 bit / 16 byte keys +# # @serpent-128: Serpent with 128 bit / 16 byte keys +# # @serpent-192: Serpent with 192 bit / 24 byte keys +# # @serpent-256: Serpent with 256 bit / 32 byte keys +# # @twofish-128: Twofish with 128 bit / 16 byte keys +# # @twofish-192: Twofish with 192 bit / 24 byte keys +# # @twofish-256: Twofish with 256 bit / 32 byte keys # # Since: 2.6 @@ -91,8 +110,11 @@ # The supported modes for content encryption ciphers # # @ecb: Electronic Code Book +# # @cbc: Cipher Block Chaining +# # @xts: XEX with tweaked code book and ciphertext stealing +# # @ctr: Counter (Since 2.8) # # Since: 2.6 @@ -104,15 +126,17 @@ ## # @QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm: # -# The supported algorithms for generating initialization -# vectors for full disk encryption. The 'plain' generator -# should not be used for disks with sector numbers larger -# than 2^32, except where compatibility with pre-existing -# Linux dm-crypt volumes is required. +# The supported algorithms for generating initialization vectors for +# full disk encryption. The 'plain' generator should not be used for +# disks with sector numbers larger than 2^32, except where +# compatibility with pre-existing Linux dm-crypt volumes is required. # # @plain: 64-bit sector number truncated to 32-bits +# # @plain64: 64-bit sector number -# @essiv: 64-bit sector number encrypted with a hash of the encryption key +# +# @essiv: 64-bit sector number encrypted with a hash of the encryption +# key # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -125,9 +149,10 @@ # # The supported full disk encryption formats # -# @qcow: QCow/QCow2 built-in AES-CBC encryption. Use only -# for liberating data from old images. -# @luks: LUKS encryption format. Recommended for new images +# @qcow: QCow/QCow2 built-in AES-CBC encryption. Use only for +# liberating data from old images. +# +# @luks: LUKS encryption format. Recommended for new images # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -138,8 +163,7 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockOptionsBase: # -# The common options that apply to all full disk -# encryption formats +# The common options that apply to all full disk encryption formats # # @format: the encryption format # @@ -154,8 +178,8 @@ # The options that apply to QCow/QCow2 AES-CBC encryption format # # @key-secret: the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the -# decryption key. Mandatory except when probing image for -# metadata only. +# decryption key. Mandatory except when probing image for +# metadata only. # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -168,8 +192,8 @@ # The options that apply to LUKS encryption format # # @key-secret: the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the -# decryption key. Mandatory except when probing image for -# metadata only. +# decryption key. Mandatory except when probing image for +# metadata only. # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -181,19 +205,23 @@ # # The options that apply to LUKS encryption format initialization # -# @cipher-alg: the cipher algorithm for data encryption -# Currently defaults to 'aes-256'. -# @cipher-mode: the cipher mode for data encryption -# Currently defaults to 'xts' -# @ivgen-alg: the initialization vector generator -# Currently defaults to 'plain64' -# @ivgen-hash-alg: the initialization vector generator hash -# Currently defaults to 'sha256' -# @hash-alg: the master key hash algorithm -# Currently defaults to 'sha256' -# @iter-time: number of milliseconds to spend in -# PBKDF passphrase processing. Currently defaults -# to 2000. (since 2.8) +# @cipher-alg: the cipher algorithm for data encryption Currently +# defaults to 'aes-256'. +# +# @cipher-mode: the cipher mode for data encryption Currently defaults +# to 'xts' +# +# @ivgen-alg: the initialization vector generator Currently defaults +# to 'plain64' +# +# @ivgen-hash-alg: the initialization vector generator hash Currently +# defaults to 'sha256' +# +# @hash-alg: the master key hash algorithm Currently defaults to +# 'sha256' +# +# @iter-time: number of milliseconds to spend in PBKDF passphrase +# processing. Currently defaults to 2000. (since 2.8) # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -209,8 +237,8 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockOpenOptions: # -# The options that are available for all encryption formats -# when opening an existing volume +# The options that are available for all encryption formats when +# opening an existing volume # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -223,8 +251,8 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockCreateOptions: # -# The options that are available for all encryption formats -# when initializing a new volume +# The options that are available for all encryption formats when +# initializing a new volume # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -237,8 +265,8 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockInfoBase: # -# The common information that applies to all full disk -# encryption formats +# The common information that applies to all full disk encryption +# formats # # @format: the encryption format # @@ -250,12 +278,14 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockInfoLUKSSlot: # -# Information about the LUKS block encryption key -# slot options +# Information about the LUKS block encryption key slot options # # @active: whether the key slot is currently in use +# # @key-offset: offset to the key material in bytes +# # @iters: number of PBKDF2 iterations for key material +# # @stripes: number of stripes for splitting key material # # Since: 2.7 @@ -272,13 +302,21 @@ # Information about the LUKS block encryption options # # @cipher-alg: the cipher algorithm for data encryption +# # @cipher-mode: the cipher mode for data encryption +# # @ivgen-alg: the initialization vector generator +# # @ivgen-hash-alg: the initialization vector generator hash +# # @hash-alg: the master key hash algorithm +# # @payload-offset: offset to the payload data in bytes +# # @master-key-iters: number of PBKDF2 iterations for key material +# # @uuid: unique identifier for the volume +# # @slots: information about each key slot # # Since: 2.7 @@ -312,7 +350,9 @@ # Defines state of keyslots that are affected by the update # # @active: The slots contain the given password and marked as active -# @inactive: The slots are erased (contain garbage) and marked as inactive +# +# @inactive: The slots are erased (contain garbage) and marked as +# inactive # # Since: 5.1 ## @@ -322,35 +362,34 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockAmendOptionsLUKS: # -# This struct defines the update parameters that activate/de-activate set -# of keyslots +# This struct defines the update parameters that activate/de-activate +# set of keyslots # # @state: the desired state of the keyslots # -# @new-secret: The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the password to be -# written into added active keyslots +# @new-secret: The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the password +# to be written into added active keyslots # -# @old-secret: Optional (for deactivation only) -# If given will deactivate all keyslots that -# match password located in QCryptoSecret with this ID +# @old-secret: Optional (for deactivation only) If given will +# deactivate all keyslots that match password located in +# QCryptoSecret with this ID # -# @iter-time: Optional (for activation only) -# Number of milliseconds to spend in -# PBKDF passphrase processing for the newly activated keyslot. -# Currently defaults to 2000. +# @iter-time: Optional (for activation only) Number of milliseconds to +# spend in PBKDF passphrase processing for the newly activated +# keyslot. Currently defaults to 2000. # -# @keyslot: Optional. ID of the keyslot to activate/deactivate. -# For keyslot activation, keyslot should not be active already -# (this is unsafe to update an active keyslot), -# but possible if 'force' parameter is given. -# If keyslot is not given, first free keyslot will be written. +# @keyslot: Optional. ID of the keyslot to activate/deactivate. For +# keyslot activation, keyslot should not be active already (this +# is unsafe to update an active keyslot), but possible if 'force' +# parameter is given. If keyslot is not given, first free keyslot +# will be written. # -# For keyslot deactivation, this parameter specifies the exact -# keyslot to deactivate +# For keyslot deactivation, this parameter specifies the exact +# keyslot to deactivate # -# @secret: Optional. The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the -# password to use to retrieve current master key. -# Defaults to the same secret that was used to open the image +# @secret: Optional. The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the +# password to use to retrieve current master key. Defaults to the +# same secret that was used to open the image # # Since: 5.1 ## @@ -365,8 +404,8 @@ ## # @QCryptoBlockAmendOptions: # -# The options that are available for all encryption formats -# when amending encryption settings +# The options that are available for all encryption formats when +# amending encryption settings # # Since: 5.1 ## @@ -381,22 +420,27 @@ # # Properties for objects of classes derived from secret-common. # -# @loaded: if true, the secret is loaded immediately when applying this option -# and will probably fail when processing the next option. Don't use; -# only provided for compatibility. (default: false) +# @loaded: if true, the secret is loaded immediately when applying +# this option and will probably fail when processing the next +# option. Don't use; only provided for compatibility. +# (default: false) # -# @format: the data format that the secret is provided in (default: raw) +# @format: the data format that the secret is provided in +# (default: raw) # -# @keyid: the name of another secret that should be used to decrypt the -# provided data. If not present, the data is assumed to be unencrypted. +# @keyid: the name of another secret that should be used to decrypt +# the provided data. If not present, the data is assumed to be +# unencrypted. # -# @iv: the random initialization vector used for encryption of this particular -# secret. Should be a base64 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV. Mandatory -# if @keyid is given. Ignored if @keyid is absent. +# @iv: the random initialization vector used for encryption of this +# particular secret. Should be a base64 encrypted string of the +# 16-byte IV. Mandatory if @keyid is given. Ignored if @keyid is +# absent. # # Features: -# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't make sense, -# and false is already the default. +# +# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't +# make sense, and false is already the default. # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -443,16 +487,17 @@ # Properties for objects of classes derived from tls-creds. # # @verify-peer: if true the peer credentials will be verified once the -# handshake is completed. This is a no-op for anonymous -# credentials. (default: true) +# handshake is completed. This is a no-op for anonymous +# credentials. (default: true) # # @dir: the path of the directory that contains the credential files # -# @endpoint: whether the QEMU network backend that uses the credentials will be -# acting as a client or as a server (default: client) +# @endpoint: whether the QEMU network backend that uses the +# credentials will be acting as a client or as a server +# (default: client) # # @priority: a gnutls priority string as described at -# https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html +# https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -467,13 +512,15 @@ # # Properties for tls-creds-anon objects. # -# @loaded: if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when applying this -# option and will ignore options that are processed later. Don't use; -# only provided for compatibility. (default: false) +# @loaded: if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when +# applying this option and will ignore options that are processed +# later. Don't use; only provided for compatibility. +# (default: false) # # Features: -# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't make sense, -# and false is already the default. +# +# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't +# make sense, and false is already the default. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -486,17 +533,19 @@ # # Properties for tls-creds-psk objects. # -# @loaded: if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when applying this -# option and will ignore options that are processed later. Don't use; -# only provided for compatibility. (default: false) +# @loaded: if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when +# applying this option and will ignore options that are processed +# later. Don't use; only provided for compatibility. +# (default: false) # -# @username: the username which will be sent to the server. For clients only. -# If absent, "qemu" is sent and the property will read back as an -# empty string. +# @username: the username which will be sent to the server. For +# clients only. If absent, "qemu" is sent and the property will +# read back as an empty string. # # Features: -# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't make sense, -# and false is already the default. +# +# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't +# make sense, and false is already the default. # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -510,22 +559,24 @@ # # Properties for tls-creds-x509 objects. # -# @loaded: if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when applying this -# option and will ignore options that are processed later. Don't use; -# only provided for compatibility. (default: false) +# @loaded: if true, the credentials are loaded immediately when +# applying this option and will ignore options that are processed +# later. Don't use; only provided for compatibility. +# (default: false) # # @sanity-check: if true, perform some sanity checks before using the -# credentials (default: true) +# credentials (default: true) # -# @passwordid: For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain -# sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted -# version by providing the @passwordid parameter. This provides -# the ID of a previously created secret object containing the -# password for decryption. +# @passwordid: For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which +# contain sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an +# encrypted version by providing the @passwordid parameter. This +# provides the ID of a previously created secret object containing +# the password for decryption. # # Features: -# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't make sense, -# and false is already the default. +# +# @deprecated: Member @loaded is deprecated. Setting true doesn't +# make sense, and false is already the default. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -564,6 +615,7 @@ # The padding algorithm for RSA. # # @raw: no padding used +# # @pkcs1: pkcs1#v1.5 # # Since: 7.1 @@ -578,6 +630,7 @@ # Specific parameters for RSA algorithm. # # @hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm +# # @padding-alg: QCryptoRSAPaddingAlgorithm # # Since: 7.1 diff --git a/qapi/cryptodev.json b/qapi/cryptodev.json index cf960ea81f..77f48a9c21 100644 --- a/qapi/cryptodev.json +++ b/qapi/cryptodev.json @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ # The supported algorithm types of a crypto device. # # @sym: symmetric encryption +# # @asym: asymmetric Encryption # # Since: 8.0 @@ -39,7 +40,9 @@ # The crypto device backend type # # @builtin: the QEMU builtin support +# # @vhost-user: vhost-user +# # @lkcf: Linux kernel cryptographic framework # # Since: 8.0 diff --git a/qapi/cxl.json b/qapi/cxl.json index 4be7d46041..b21c9b4c1c 100644 --- a/qapi/cxl.json +++ b/qapi/cxl.json @@ -8,26 +8,45 @@ ## # @CxlUncorErrorType: # -# Type of uncorrectable CXL error to inject. These errors are reported via -# an AER uncorrectable internal error with additional information logged at -# the CXL device. +# Type of uncorrectable CXL error to inject. These errors are +# reported via an AER uncorrectable internal error with additional +# information logged at the CXL device. +# +# @cache-data-parity: Data error such as data parity or data ECC error +# CXL.cache +# +# @cache-address-parity: Address parity or other errors associated +# with the address field on CXL.cache +# +# @cache-be-parity: Byte enable parity or other byte enable errors on +# CXL.cache # -# @cache-data-parity: Data error such as data parity or data ECC error CXL.cache -# @cache-address-parity: Address parity or other errors associated with the -# address field on CXL.cache -# @cache-be-parity: Byte enable parity or other byte enable errors on CXL.cache # @cache-data-ecc: ECC error on CXL.cache -# @mem-data-parity: Data error such as data parity or data ECC error on CXL.mem -# @mem-address-parity: Address parity or other errors associated with the -# address field on CXL.mem -# @mem-be-parity: Byte enable parity or other byte enable errors on CXL.mem. +# +# @mem-data-parity: Data error such as data parity or data ECC error +# on CXL.mem +# +# @mem-address-parity: Address parity or other errors associated with +# the address field on CXL.mem +# +# @mem-be-parity: Byte enable parity or other byte enable errors on +# CXL.mem. +# # @mem-data-ecc: Data ECC error on CXL.mem. +# # @reinit-threshold: REINIT threshold hit. +# # @rsvd-encoding: Received unrecognized encoding. +# # @poison-received: Received poison from the peer. -# @receiver-overflow: Buffer overflows (first 3 bits of header log indicate which) +# +# @receiver-overflow: Buffer overflows (first 3 bits of header log +# indicate which) +# # @internal: Component specific error +# # @cxl-ide-tx: Integrity and data encryption tx error. +# # @cxl-ide-rx: Integrity and data encryption rx error. # # Since: 8.0 @@ -58,6 +77,7 @@ # Record of a single error including header log. # # @type: Type of error +# # @header: 16 DWORD of header. # # Since: 8.0 @@ -72,10 +92,11 @@ ## # @cxl-inject-uncorrectable-errors: # -# Command to allow injection of multiple errors in one go. This allows testing -# of multiple header log handling in the OS. +# Command to allow injection of multiple errors in one go. This +# allows testing of multiple header log handling in the OS. # # @path: CXL Type 3 device canonical QOM path +# # @errors: Errors to inject # # Since: 8.0 @@ -90,10 +111,16 @@ # Type of CXL correctable error to inject # # @cache-data-ecc: Data ECC error on CXL.cache +# # @mem-data-ecc: Data ECC error on CXL.mem -# @crc-threshold: Component specific and applicable to 68 byte Flit mode only. +# +# @crc-threshold: Component specific and applicable to 68 byte Flit +# mode only. +# # @cache-poison-received: Received poison from a peer on CXL.cache. +# # @mem-poison-received: Received poison from a peer on CXL.mem +# # @physical: Received error indication from the physical layer. # # Since: 8.0 @@ -111,18 +138,17 @@ ## # @cxl-inject-correctable-error: # -# Command to inject a single correctable error. Multiple error injection -# of this error type is not interesting as there is no associated header log. -# These errors are reported via AER as a correctable internal error, with -# additional detail available from the CXL device. +# Command to inject a single correctable error. Multiple error +# injection of this error type is not interesting as there is no +# associated header log. These errors are reported via AER as a +# correctable internal error, with additional detail available from +# the CXL device. # # @path: CXL Type 3 device canonical QOM path +# # @type: Type of error. # # Since: 8.0 ## -{ 'command': 'cxl-inject-correctable-error', - 'data': { 'path': 'str', - 'type': 'CxlCorErrorType' - } -} +{'command': 'cxl-inject-correctable-error', + 'data': {'path': 'str', 'type': 'CxlCorErrorType'}} diff --git a/qapi/dump.json b/qapi/dump.json index 24af1df7db..4ae1f722a9 100644 --- a/qapi/dump.json +++ b/qapi/dump.json @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ # # @kdump-snappy: kdump-compressed format with snappy-compressed # -# @win-dmp: Windows full crashdump format, -# can be used instead of ELF converting (since 2.13) +# @win-dmp: Windows full crashdump format, can be used instead of ELF +# converting (since 2.13) # # Since: 2.0 ## @@ -32,47 +32,47 @@ ## # @dump-guest-memory: # -# Dump guest's memory to vmcore. It is a synchronous operation that can take -# very long depending on the amount of guest memory. +# Dump guest's memory to vmcore. It is a synchronous operation that +# can take very long depending on the amount of guest memory. # -# @paging: if true, do paging to get guest's memory mapping. This allows -# using gdb to process the core file. +# @paging: if true, do paging to get guest's memory mapping. This +# allows using gdb to process the core file. # -# IMPORTANT: this option can make QEMU allocate several gigabytes -# of RAM. This can happen for a large guest, or a -# malicious guest pretending to be large. +# IMPORTANT: this option can make QEMU allocate several gigabytes +# of RAM. This can happen for a large guest, or a malicious guest +# pretending to be large. # -# Also, paging=true has the following limitations: +# Also, paging=true has the following limitations: # -# 1. The guest may be in a catastrophic state or can have corrupted -# memory, which cannot be trusted -# 2. The guest can be in real-mode even if paging is enabled. For -# example, the guest uses ACPI to sleep, and ACPI sleep state -# goes in real-mode -# 3. Currently only supported on i386 and x86_64. +# 1. The guest may be in a catastrophic state or can have +# corrupted memory, which cannot be trusted +# 2. The guest can be in real-mode even if paging is enabled. For +# example, the guest uses ACPI to sleep, and ACPI sleep state +# goes in real-mode +# 3. Currently only supported on i386 and x86_64. # -# @protocol: the filename or file descriptor of the vmcore. The supported -# protocols are: +# @protocol: the filename or file descriptor of the vmcore. The +# supported protocols are: # -# 1. file: the protocol starts with "file:", and the following -# string is the file's path. -# 2. fd: the protocol starts with "fd:", and the following string -# is the fd's name. +# 1. file: the protocol starts with "file:", and the following +# string is the file's path. +# 2. fd: the protocol starts with "fd:", and the following string +# is the fd's name. # -# @detach: if true, QMP will return immediately rather than -# waiting for the dump to finish. The user can track progress -# using "query-dump". (since 2.6). +# @detach: if true, QMP will return immediately rather than waiting +# for the dump to finish. The user can track progress using +# "query-dump". (since 2.6). # # @begin: if specified, the starting physical address. # -# @length: if specified, the memory size, in bytes. If you don't -# want to dump all guest's memory, please specify the start @begin -# and @length +# @length: if specified, the memory size, in bytes. If you don't want +# to dump all guest's memory, please specify the start @begin and +# @length # -# @format: if specified, the format of guest memory dump. But non-elf -# format is conflict with paging and filter, ie. @paging, @begin and -# @length is not allowed to be specified with non-elf @format at the -# same time (since 2.0) +# @format: if specified, the format of guest memory dump. But non-elf +# format is conflict with paging and filter, ie. @paging, @begin +# and @length is not allowed to be specified with non-elf @format +# at the same time (since 2.0) # # Note: All boolean arguments default to false # @@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "dump-guest-memory", # "arguments": { "paging": false, "protocol": "fd:dump" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'dump-guest-memory', 'data': { 'paging': 'bool', 'protocol': 'str', '*detach': 'bool', @@ -142,7 +141,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "query-dump" } # <- { "return": { "status": "active", "completed": 1024000, # "total": 2048000 } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-dump', 'returns': 'DumpQueryResult' } @@ -153,9 +151,9 @@ # # @result: final dump status # -# @error: human-readable error string that provides -# hint on why dump failed. Only presents on failure. The -# user should not try to interpret the error string. +# @error: human-readable error string that provides hint on why dump +# failed. Only presents on failure. The user should not try to +# interpret the error string. # # Since: 2.6 # @@ -165,7 +163,6 @@ # "data": { "result": { "total": 1090650112, "status": "completed", # "completed": 1090650112 } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1648244171, "microseconds": 950316 } } -# ## { 'event': 'DUMP_COMPLETED' , 'data': { 'result': 'DumpQueryResult', '*error': 'str' } } @@ -186,8 +183,8 @@ # # Returns the available formats for dump-guest-memory # -# Returns: A @DumpGuestMemoryCapability object listing available formats for -# dump-guest-memory +# Returns: A @DumpGuestMemoryCapability object listing available +# formats for dump-guest-memory # # Since: 2.0 # @@ -196,7 +193,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "query-dump-guest-memory-capability" } # <- { "return": { "formats": # ["elf", "kdump-zlib", "kdump-lzo", "kdump-snappy"] } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-dump-guest-memory-capability', 'returns': 'DumpGuestMemoryCapability' } diff --git a/qapi/error.json b/qapi/error.json index 94a6502de9..135c1e8231 100644 --- a/qapi/error.json +++ b/qapi/error.json @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ # # QEMU error classes # -# @GenericError: this is used for errors that don't require a specific error -# class. This should be the default case for most errors +# @GenericError: this is used for errors that don't require a specific +# error class. This should be the default case for most errors # # @CommandNotFound: the requested command has not been found # @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ # @DeviceNotFound: the requested device has not been found # # @KVMMissingCap: the requested operation can't be fulfilled because a -# required KVM capability is missing +# required KVM capability is missing # # Since: 1.2 ## diff --git a/qapi/introspect.json b/qapi/introspect.json index 183148b2e9..9173e60fdd 100644 --- a/qapi/introspect.json +++ b/qapi/introspect.json @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ # alternate that includes the original type alongside something else. # # Returns: array of @SchemaInfo, where each element describes an -# entity in the ABI: command, event, type, ... +# entity in the ABI: command, event, type, ... # -# The order of the various SchemaInfo is unspecified; however, all -# names are guaranteed to be unique (no name will be duplicated with -# different meta-types). +# The order of the various SchemaInfo is unspecified; however, all +# names are guaranteed to be unique (no name will be duplicated +# with different meta-types). # # Note: the QAPI schema is also used to help define *internal* -# interfaces, by defining QAPI types. These are not part of the QMP -# wire ABI, and therefore not returned by this command. +# interfaces, by defining QAPI types. These are not part of the +# QMP wire ABI, and therefore not returned by this command. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -80,20 +80,18 @@ ## # @SchemaInfo: # -# @name: the entity's name, inherited from @base. -# The SchemaInfo is always referenced by this name. -# Commands and events have the name defined in the QAPI schema. -# Unlike command and event names, type names are not part of -# the wire ABI. Consequently, type names are meaningless -# strings here, although they are still guaranteed unique -# regardless of @meta-type. +# @name: the entity's name, inherited from @base. The SchemaInfo is +# always referenced by this name. Commands and events have the +# name defined in the QAPI schema. Unlike command and event +# names, type names are not part of the wire ABI. Consequently, +# type names are meaningless strings here, although they are still +# guaranteed unique regardless of @meta-type. # # @meta-type: the entity's meta type, inherited from @base. # # @features: names of features associated with the entity, in no -# particular order. -# (since 4.1 for object types, 4.2 for commands, 5.0 for -# the rest) +# particular order. (since 4.1 for object types, 4.2 for +# commands, 5.0 for the rest) # # Additional members depend on the value of @meta-type. # @@ -142,13 +140,15 @@ # # Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'enum'. # -# @members: the enum type's members, in no particular order -# (since 6.2). +# @members: the enum type's members, in no particular order (since +# 6.2). # -# @values: the enumeration type's member names, in no particular order. -# Redundant with @members. Just for backward compatibility. +# @values: the enumeration type's member names, in no particular +# order. Redundant with @members. Just for backward +# compatibility. # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @values is deprecated. Use @members instead. # # Values of this type are JSON string on the wire. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ # @name: the member's name, as defined in the QAPI schema. # # @features: names of features associated with the member, in no -# particular order. +# particular order. # # Since: 6.2 ## @@ -194,16 +194,16 @@ # # Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'object'. # -# @members: the object type's (non-variant) members, in no particular order. +# @members: the object type's (non-variant) members, in no particular +# order. # -# @tag: the name of the member serving as type tag. -# An element of @members with this name must exist. +# @tag: the name of the member serving as type tag. An element of +# @members with this name must exist. # -# @variants: variant members, i.e. additional members that -# depend on the type tag's value. Present exactly when -# @tag is present. The variants are in no particular order, -# and may even differ from the order of the values of the -# enum type of the @tag. +# @variants: variant members, i.e. additional members that depend on +# the type tag's value. Present exactly when @tag is present. +# The variants are in no particular order, and may even differ +# from the order of the values of the enum type of the @tag. # # Values of this type are JSON object on the wire. # @@ -223,16 +223,14 @@ # # @type: the name of the member's type. # -# @default: default when used as command parameter. -# If absent, the parameter is mandatory. -# If present, the value must be null. The parameter is -# optional, and behavior when it's missing is not specified -# here. -# Future extension: if present and non-null, the parameter -# is optional, and defaults to this value. +# @default: default when used as command parameter. If absent, the +# parameter is mandatory. If present, the value must be null. +# The parameter is optional, and behavior when it's missing is not +# specified here. Future extension: if present and non-null, the +# parameter is optional, and defaults to this value. # # @features: names of features associated with the member, in no -# particular order. (since 5.0) +# particular order. (since 5.0) # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -249,7 +247,7 @@ # @case: a value of the type tag. # # @type: the name of the object type that provides the variant members -# when the type tag has value @case. +# when the type tag has value @case. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -261,9 +259,9 @@ # # Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'alternate'. # -# @members: the alternate type's members, in no particular order. -# The members' wire encoding is distinct, see -# docs/devel/qapi-code-gen.txt section Alternate types. +# @members: the alternate type's members, in no particular order. The +# members' wire encoding is distinct, see +# docs/devel/qapi-code-gen.txt section Alternate types. # # On the wire, this can be any of the members. # @@ -290,14 +288,15 @@ # Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'command'. # # @arg-type: the name of the object type that provides the command's -# parameters. +# parameters. # # @ret-type: the name of the command's result type. # # @allow-oob: whether the command allows out-of-band execution, -# defaults to false (Since: 2.12) +# defaults to false (Since: 2.12) # -# TODO: @success-response (currently irrelevant, because it's QGA, not QMP) +# TODO: @success-response (currently irrelevant, because it's QGA, not +# QMP) # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -311,7 +310,7 @@ # Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'event'. # # @arg-type: the name of the object type that provides the event's -# parameters. +# parameters. # # Since: 2.5 ## diff --git a/qapi/job.json b/qapi/job.json index 9e29a796c5..7f0ba090de 100644 --- a/qapi/job.json +++ b/qapi/job.json @@ -20,13 +20,17 @@ # # @create: image creation job type, see "blockdev-create" (since 3.0) # -# @amend: image options amend job type, see "x-blockdev-amend" (since 5.1) +# @amend: image options amend job type, see "x-blockdev-amend" (since +# 5.1) # -# @snapshot-load: snapshot load job type, see "snapshot-load" (since 6.0) +# @snapshot-load: snapshot load job type, see "snapshot-load" (since +# 6.0) # -# @snapshot-save: snapshot save job type, see "snapshot-save" (since 6.0) +# @snapshot-save: snapshot save job type, see "snapshot-save" (since +# 6.0) # -# @snapshot-delete: snapshot delete job type, see "snapshot-delete" (since 6.0) +# @snapshot-delete: snapshot delete job type, see "snapshot-delete" +# (since 6.0) # # Since: 1.7 ## @@ -39,41 +43,42 @@ # # Indicates the present state of a given job in its lifetime. # -# @undefined: Erroneous, default state. Should not ever be visible. +# @undefined: Erroneous, default state. Should not ever be visible. # # @created: The job has been created, but not yet started. # # @running: The job is currently running. # -# @paused: The job is running, but paused. The pause may be requested by -# either the QMP user or by internal processes. +# @paused: The job is running, but paused. The pause may be requested +# by either the QMP user or by internal processes. # -# @ready: The job is running, but is ready for the user to signal completion. -# This is used for long-running jobs like mirror that are designed to -# run indefinitely. +# @ready: The job is running, but is ready for the user to signal +# completion. This is used for long-running jobs like mirror that +# are designed to run indefinitely. # -# @standby: The job is ready, but paused. This is nearly identical to @paused. -# The job may return to @ready or otherwise be canceled. +# @standby: The job is ready, but paused. This is nearly identical to +# @paused. The job may return to @ready or otherwise be canceled. # -# @waiting: The job is waiting for other jobs in the transaction to converge -# to the waiting state. This status will likely not be visible for -# the last job in a transaction. +# @waiting: The job is waiting for other jobs in the transaction to +# converge to the waiting state. This status will likely not be +# visible for the last job in a transaction. # -# @pending: The job has finished its work, but has finalization steps that it -# needs to make prior to completing. These changes will require -# manual intervention via @job-finalize if auto-finalize was set to -# false. These pending changes may still fail. +# @pending: The job has finished its work, but has finalization steps +# that it needs to make prior to completing. These changes will +# require manual intervention via @job-finalize if auto-finalize +# was set to false. These pending changes may still fail. # -# @aborting: The job is in the process of being aborted, and will finish with -# an error. The job will afterwards report that it is @concluded. -# This status may not be visible to the management process. +# @aborting: The job is in the process of being aborted, and will +# finish with an error. The job will afterwards report that it is +# @concluded. This status may not be visible to the management +# process. # -# @concluded: The job has finished all work. If auto-dismiss was set to false, -# the job will remain in the query list until it is dismissed via -# @job-dismiss. +# @concluded: The job has finished all work. If auto-dismiss was set +# to false, the job will remain in the query list until it is +# dismissed via @job-dismiss. # -# @null: The job is in the process of being dismantled. This state should not -# ever be visible externally. +# @null: The job is in the process of being dismantled. This state +# should not ever be visible externally. # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -112,6 +117,7 @@ # Emitted when a job transitions to a different status. # # @id: The job identifier +# # @status: The new job status # # Since: 3.0 @@ -125,12 +131,12 @@ # # Pause an active job. # -# This command returns immediately after marking the active job for pausing. -# Pausing an already paused job is an error. +# This command returns immediately after marking the active job for +# pausing. Pausing an already paused job is an error. # -# The job will pause as soon as possible, which means transitioning into the -# PAUSED state if it was RUNNING, or into STANDBY if it was READY. The -# corresponding JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event will be emitted. +# The job will pause as soon as possible, which means transitioning +# into the PAUSED state if it was RUNNING, or into STANDBY if it was +# READY. The corresponding JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event will be emitted. # # Cancelling a paused job automatically resumes it. # @@ -145,8 +151,8 @@ # # Resume a paused job. # -# This command returns immediately after resuming a paused job. Resuming an -# already running job is an error. +# This command returns immediately after resuming a paused job. +# Resuming an already running job is an error. # # @id: The job identifier. # @@ -161,11 +167,11 @@ # This command returns immediately after marking the active job for # cancellation. # -# The job will cancel as soon as possible and then emit a JOB_STATUS_CHANGE -# event. Usually, the status will change to ABORTING, but it is possible that -# a job successfully completes (e.g. because it was almost done and there was -# no opportunity to cancel earlier than completing the job) and transitions to -# PENDING instead. +# The job will cancel as soon as possible and then emit a +# JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event. Usually, the status will change to +# ABORTING, but it is possible that a job successfully completes (e.g. +# because it was almost done and there was no opportunity to cancel +# earlier than completing the job) and transitions to PENDING instead. # # @id: The job identifier. # @@ -187,12 +193,14 @@ ## # @job-dismiss: # -# Deletes a job that is in the CONCLUDED state. This command only needs to be -# run explicitly for jobs that don't have automatic dismiss enabled. +# Deletes a job that is in the CONCLUDED state. This command only +# needs to be run explicitly for jobs that don't have automatic +# dismiss enabled. # -# This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet reached its -# terminal state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make use of JOB_READY -# event, job-cancel or job-complete will still need to be used as appropriate. +# This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet +# reached its terminal state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make +# use of JOB_READY event, job-cancel or job-complete will still need +# to be used as appropriate. # # @id: The job identifier. # @@ -203,16 +211,17 @@ ## # @job-finalize: # -# Instructs all jobs in a transaction (or a single job if it is not part of any -# transaction) to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary cleanup. This -# command requires that all involved jobs are in the PENDING state. +# Instructs all jobs in a transaction (or a single job if it is not +# part of any transaction) to finalize any graph changes and do any +# necessary cleanup. This command requires that all involved jobs are +# in the PENDING state. # -# For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will force -# ALL jobs in the transaction to finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct -# a single member job to finalize. +# For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will +# force ALL jobs in the transaction to finalize, so it is only +# necessary to instruct a single member job to finalize. # -# @id: The identifier of any job in the transaction, or of a job that is not -# part of any transaction. +# @id: The identifier of any job in the transaction, or of a job that +# is not part of any transaction. # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -229,22 +238,22 @@ # # @status: Current job state/status # -# @current-progress: Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the -# value can only meaningfully be used for the ratio of -# @current-progress to @total-progress. The value is -# monotonically increasing. +# @current-progress: Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary +# and the value can only meaningfully be used for the ratio of +# @current-progress to @total-progress. The value is +# monotonically increasing. # -# @total-progress: Estimated @current-progress value at the completion of -# the job. This value can arbitrarily change while the -# job is running, in both directions. +# @total-progress: Estimated @current-progress value at the completion +# of the job. This value can arbitrarily change while the job is +# running, in both directions. # -# @error: If this field is present, the job failed; if it is -# still missing in the CONCLUDED state, this indicates -# successful completion. +# @error: If this field is present, the job failed; if it is still +# missing in the CONCLUDED state, this indicates successful +# completion. # -# The value is a human-readable error message to describe -# the reason for the job failure. It should not be parsed -# by applications. +# The value is a human-readable error message to describe the +# reason for the job failure. It should not be parsed by +# applications. # # Since: 3.0 ## diff --git a/qapi/machine-target.json b/qapi/machine-target.json index afc8c40894..3362f8dc3f 100644 --- a/qapi/machine-target.json +++ b/qapi/machine-target.json @@ -9,12 +9,13 @@ # # Virtual CPU model. # -# A CPU model consists of the name of a CPU definition, to which -# delta changes are applied (e.g. features added/removed). Most magic values +# A CPU model consists of the name of a CPU definition, to which delta +# changes are applied (e.g. features added/removed). Most magic values # that an architecture might require should be hidden behind the name. # However, if required, architectures can expose relevant properties. # # @name: the name of the CPU definition the model is based on +# # @props: a dictionary of QOM properties to be applied # # Since: 2.8 @@ -28,26 +29,28 @@ # # An enumeration of CPU model expansion types. # -# @static: Expand to a static CPU model, a combination of a static base -# model name and property delta changes. As the static base model will -# never change, the expanded CPU model will be the same, independent of -# QEMU version, machine type, machine options, and accelerator options. -# Therefore, the resulting model can be used by tooling without having -# to specify a compatibility machine - e.g. when displaying the "host" -# model. The @static CPU models are migration-safe. - -# @full: Expand all properties. The produced model is not guaranteed to be -# migration-safe, but allows tooling to get an insight and work with -# model details. -# -# Note: When a non-migration-safe CPU model is expanded in static mode, some -# features enabled by the CPU model may be omitted, because they can't be -# implemented by a static CPU model definition (e.g. cache info passthrough and -# PMU passthrough in x86). If you need an accurate representation of the -# features enabled by a non-migration-safe CPU model, use @full. If you need a -# static representation that will keep ABI compatibility even when changing QEMU -# version or machine-type, use @static (but keep in mind that some features may -# be omitted). +# @static: Expand to a static CPU model, a combination of a static +# base model name and property delta changes. As the static base +# model will never change, the expanded CPU model will be the +# same, independent of QEMU version, machine type, machine +# options, and accelerator options. Therefore, the resulting +# model can be used by tooling without having to specify a +# compatibility machine - e.g. when displaying the "host" model. +# The @static CPU models are migration-safe. +# +# @full: Expand all properties. The produced model is not guaranteed +# to be migration-safe, but allows tooling to get an insight and +# work with model details. +# +# Note: When a non-migration-safe CPU model is expanded in static +# mode, some features enabled by the CPU model may be omitted, +# because they can't be implemented by a static CPU model +# definition (e.g. cache info passthrough and PMU passthrough in +# x86). If you need an accurate representation of the features +# enabled by a non-migration-safe CPU model, use @full. If you +# need a static representation that will keep ABI compatibility +# even when changing QEMU version or machine-type, use @static +# (but keep in mind that some features may be omitted). # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -57,20 +60,22 @@ ## # @CpuModelCompareResult: # -# An enumeration of CPU model comparison results. The result is usually -# calculated using e.g. CPU features or CPU generations. +# An enumeration of CPU model comparison results. The result is +# usually calculated using e.g. CPU features or CPU generations. # # @incompatible: If model A is incompatible to model B, model A is not -# guaranteed to run where model B runs and the other way around. +# guaranteed to run where model B runs and the other way around. # -# @identical: If model A is identical to model B, model A is guaranteed to run -# where model B runs and the other way around. +# @identical: If model A is identical to model B, model A is +# guaranteed to run where model B runs and the other way around. # -# @superset: If model A is a superset of model B, model B is guaranteed to run -# where model A runs. There are no guarantees about the other way. +# @superset: If model A is a superset of model B, model B is +# guaranteed to run where model A runs. There are no guarantees +# about the other way. # -# @subset: If model A is a subset of model B, model A is guaranteed to run -# where model B runs. There are no guarantees about the other way. +# @subset: If model A is a subset of model B, model A is guaranteed to +# run where model B runs. There are no guarantees about the other +# way. # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -96,15 +101,16 @@ # The result of a CPU model comparison. # # @result: The result of the compare operation. -# @responsible-properties: List of properties that led to the comparison result -# not being identical. +# +# @responsible-properties: List of properties that led to the +# comparison result not being identical. # # @responsible-properties is a list of QOM property names that led to -# both CPUs not being detected as identical. For identical models, this -# list is empty. -# If a QOM property is read-only, that means there's no known way to make the -# CPU models identical. If the special property name "type" is included, the -# models are by definition not identical and cannot be made identical. +# both CPUs not being detected as identical. For identical models, +# this list is empty. If a QOM property is read-only, that means +# there's no known way to make the CPU models identical. If the +# special property name "type" is included, the models are by +# definition not identical and cannot be made identical. # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -117,38 +123,42 @@ # @query-cpu-model-comparison: # # Compares two CPU models, returning how they compare in a specific -# configuration. The results indicates how both models compare regarding -# runnability. This result can be used by tooling to make decisions if a -# certain CPU model will run in a certain configuration or if a compatible -# CPU model has to be created by baselining. +# configuration. The results indicates how both models compare +# regarding runnability. This result can be used by tooling to make +# decisions if a certain CPU model will run in a certain configuration +# or if a compatible CPU model has to be created by baselining. # -# Usually, a CPU model is compared against the maximum possible CPU model -# of a certain configuration (e.g. the "host" model for KVM). If that CPU -# model is identical or a subset, it will run in that configuration. +# Usually, a CPU model is compared against the maximum possible CPU +# model of a certain configuration (e.g. the "host" model for KVM). +# If that CPU model is identical or a subset, it will run in that +# configuration. # # The result returned by this command may be affected by: # -# * QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version. -# (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type. -# (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models -# may look different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for -# CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and -# global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using -# query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised. -# -# Some architectures may not support comparing CPU models. s390x supports -# comparing CPU models. -# -# Returns: a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if comparing CPU models is -# not supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model contains -# an unknown cpu definition name, unknown properties or properties -# with wrong types. +# * QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU +# version. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the +# machine-type. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, +# CPU models may look different depending on machine and accelerator +# options. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu +# option and global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. +# Using query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised. +# +# Some architectures may not support comparing CPU models. s390x +# supports comparing CPU models. +# +# Returns: a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if comparing CPU +# models is not supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model +# contains an unknown cpu definition name, unknown properties or +# properties with wrong types. # # Note: this command isn't specific to s390x, but is only implemented -# on this architecture currently. +# on this architecture currently. # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -160,38 +170,42 @@ ## # @query-cpu-model-baseline: # -# Baseline two CPU models, creating a compatible third model. The created -# model will always be a static, migration-safe CPU model (see "static" -# CPU model expansion for details). +# Baseline two CPU models, creating a compatible third model. The +# created model will always be a static, migration-safe CPU model (see +# "static" CPU model expansion for details). # -# This interface can be used by tooling to create a compatible CPU model out -# two CPU models. The created CPU model will be identical to or a subset of -# both CPU models when comparing them. Therefore, the created CPU model is -# guaranteed to run where the given CPU models run. +# This interface can be used by tooling to create a compatible CPU +# model out two CPU models. The created CPU model will be identical +# to or a subset of both CPU models when comparing them. Therefore, +# the created CPU model is guaranteed to run where the given CPU +# models run. # # The result returned by this command may be affected by: # -# * QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version. -# (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type. -# (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models -# may look different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for -# CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and -# global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using -# query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised. -# -# Some architectures may not support baselining CPU models. s390x supports -# baselining CPU models. -# -# Returns: a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if baselining CPU models is -# not supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model contains -# an unknown cpu definition name, unknown properties or properties -# with wrong types. +# * QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU +# version. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the +# machine-type. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, +# CPU models may look different depending on machine and accelerator +# options. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu +# option and global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. +# Using query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised. +# +# Some architectures may not support baselining CPU models. s390x +# supports baselining CPU models. +# +# Returns: a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if baselining CPU +# models is not supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model +# contains an unknown cpu definition name, unknown properties or +# properties with wrong types. # # Note: this command isn't specific to s390x, but is only implemented -# on this architecture currently. +# on this architecture currently. # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -219,33 +233,37 @@ ## # @query-cpu-model-expansion: # -# Expands a given CPU model (or a combination of CPU model + additional options) -# to different granularities, allowing tooling to get an understanding what a -# specific CPU model looks like in QEMU under a certain configuration. +# Expands a given CPU model (or a combination of CPU model + +# additional options) to different granularities, allowing tooling to +# get an understanding what a specific CPU model looks like in QEMU +# under a certain configuration. # # This interface can be used to query the "host" CPU model. # # The data returned by this command may be affected by: # -# * QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version. -# (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type. -# (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models -# may look different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for -# CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.) -# * "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and -# global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using -# query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised. -# -# Some architectures may not support all expansion types. s390x supports -# "full" and "static". Arm only supports "full". -# -# Returns: a CpuModelExpansionInfo. Returns an error if expanding CPU models is -# not supported, if the model cannot be expanded, if the model contains -# an unknown CPU definition name, unknown properties or properties -# with a wrong type. Also returns an error if an expansion type is -# not supported. +# * QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU +# version. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the +# machine-type. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, +# CPU models may look different depending on machine and accelerator +# options. (Except for CPU models reported as "static" in +# query-cpu-definitions.) +# * "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu +# option and global properties may affect expansion of CPU models. +# Using query-cpu-model-expansion while using these is not advised. +# +# Some architectures may not support all expansion types. s390x +# supports "full" and "static". Arm only supports "full". +# +# Returns: a CpuModelExpansionInfo. Returns an error if expanding CPU +# models is not supported, if the model cannot be expanded, if the +# model contains an unknown CPU definition name, unknown +# properties or properties with a wrong type. Also returns an +# error if an expansion type is not supported. # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -265,49 +283,48 @@ # @name: the name of the CPU definition # # @migration-safe: whether a CPU definition can be safely used for -# migration in combination with a QEMU compatibility machine -# when migrating between different QEMU versions and between -# hosts with different sets of (hardware or software) -# capabilities. If not provided, information is not available -# and callers should not assume the CPU definition to be -# migration-safe. (since 2.8) -# -# @static: whether a CPU definition is static and will not change depending on -# QEMU version, machine type, machine options and accelerator options. -# A static model is always migration-safe. (since 2.8) -# -# @unavailable-features: List of properties that prevent -# the CPU model from running in the current -# host. (since 2.8) -# @typename: Type name that can be used as argument to @device-list-properties, -# to introspect properties configurable using -cpu or -global. -# (since 2.9) -# -# @alias-of: Name of CPU model this model is an alias for. The target of the -# CPU model alias may change depending on the machine type. -# Management software is supposed to translate CPU model aliases -# in the VM configuration, because aliases may stop being -# migration-safe in the future (since 4.1) -# -# @deprecated: If true, this CPU model is deprecated and may be removed in -# in some future version of QEMU according to the QEMU deprecation -# policy. (since 5.2) -# -# @unavailable-features is a list of QOM property names that -# represent CPU model attributes that prevent the CPU from running. -# If the QOM property is read-only, that means there's no known -# way to make the CPU model run in the current host. Implementations -# that choose not to provide specific information return the -# property name "type". -# If the property is read-write, it means that it MAY be possible -# to run the CPU model in the current host if that property is -# changed. Management software can use it as hints to suggest or -# choose an alternative for the user, or just to generate meaningful -# error messages explaining why the CPU model can't be used. -# If @unavailable-features is an empty list, the CPU model is -# runnable using the current host and machine-type. -# If @unavailable-features is not present, runnability -# information for the CPU is not available. +# migration in combination with a QEMU compatibility machine when +# migrating between different QEMU versions and between hosts with +# different sets of (hardware or software) capabilities. If not +# provided, information is not available and callers should not +# assume the CPU definition to be migration-safe. (since 2.8) +# +# @static: whether a CPU definition is static and will not change +# depending on QEMU version, machine type, machine options and +# accelerator options. A static model is always migration-safe. +# (since 2.8) +# +# @unavailable-features: List of properties that prevent the CPU model +# from running in the current host. (since 2.8) +# +# @typename: Type name that can be used as argument to +# @device-list-properties, to introspect properties configurable +# using -cpu or -global. (since 2.9) +# +# @alias-of: Name of CPU model this model is an alias for. The target +# of the CPU model alias may change depending on the machine type. +# Management software is supposed to translate CPU model aliases +# in the VM configuration, because aliases may stop being +# migration-safe in the future (since 4.1) +# +# @deprecated: If true, this CPU model is deprecated and may be +# removed in in some future version of QEMU according to the QEMU +# deprecation policy. (since 5.2) +# +# @unavailable-features is a list of QOM property names that represent +# CPU model attributes that prevent the CPU from running. If the QOM +# property is read-only, that means there's no known way to make the +# CPU model run in the current host. Implementations that choose not +# to provide specific information return the property name "type". If +# the property is read-write, it means that it MAY be possible to run +# the CPU model in the current host if that property is changed. +# Management software can use it as hints to suggest or choose an +# alternative for the user, or just to generate meaningful error +# messages explaining why the CPU model can't be used. If +# @unavailable-features is an empty list, the CPU model is runnable +# using the current host and machine-type. If @unavailable-features +# is not present, runnability information for the CPU is not +# available. # # Since: 1.2 ## diff --git a/qapi/machine.json b/qapi/machine.json index fcd69965e5..37660d8f2a 100644 --- a/qapi/machine.json +++ b/qapi/machine.json @@ -14,17 +14,18 @@ # @SysEmuTarget: # # The comprehensive enumeration of QEMU system emulation ("softmmu") -# targets. Run "./configure --help" in the project root directory, and -# look for the \*-softmmu targets near the "--target-list" option. The -# individual target constants are not documented here, for the time -# being. +# targets. Run "./configure --help" in the project root directory, +# and look for the \*-softmmu targets near the "--target-list" option. +# The individual target constants are not documented here, for the +# time being. # # @rx: since 5.0 +# # @avr: since 5.1 # -# Notes: The resulting QMP strings can be appended to the "qemu-system-" -# prefix to produce the corresponding QEMU executable name. This -# is true even for "qemu-system-x86_64". +# Notes: The resulting QMP strings can be appended to the +# "qemu-system-" prefix to produce the corresponding QEMU +# executable name. This is true even for "qemu-system-x86_64". # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ ## # @CpuS390State: # -# An enumeration of cpu states that can be assumed by a virtual -# S390 CPU +# An enumeration of cpu states that can be assumed by a virtual S390 +# CPU # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -71,10 +72,10 @@ # @thread-id: ID of the underlying host thread # # @props: properties describing to which node/socket/core/thread -# virtual CPU belongs to, provided if supported by board +# virtual CPU belongs to, provided if supported by board # # @target: the QEMU system emulation target, which determines which -# additional fields will be listed (since 3.0) +# additional fields will be listed (since 3.0) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -139,21 +140,22 @@ # @is-default: whether the machine is default # # @cpu-max: maximum number of CPUs supported by the machine type -# (since 1.5) +# (since 1.5) # # @hotpluggable-cpus: cpu hotplug via -device is supported (since 2.7) # # @numa-mem-supported: true if '-numa node,mem' option is supported by -# the machine type and false otherwise (since 4.1) +# the machine type and false otherwise (since 4.1) # -# @deprecated: if true, the machine type is deprecated and may be removed -# in future versions of QEMU according to the QEMU deprecation -# policy (since 4.1) +# @deprecated: if true, the machine type is deprecated and may be +# removed in future versions of QEMU according to the QEMU +# deprecation policy (since 4.1) # -# @default-cpu-type: default CPU model typename if none is requested via -# the -cpu argument. (since 4.2) +# @default-cpu-type: default CPU model typename if none is requested +# via the -cpu argument. (since 4.2) # -# @default-ram-id: the default ID of initial RAM memory backend (since 5.2) +# @default-ram-id: the default ID of initial RAM memory backend (since +# 5.2) # # @acpi: machine type supports ACPI (since 8.0) # @@ -183,7 +185,7 @@ # Information describing the running machine parameters. # # @wakeup-suspend-support: true if the machine supports wake up from -# suspend +# suspend # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -233,7 +235,8 @@ # # Since: 0.14 # -# Notes: If no UUID was specified for the guest, a null UUID is returned. +# Notes: If no UUID was specified for the guest, a null UUID is +# returned. ## { 'struct': 'UuidInfo', 'data': {'UUID': 'str'} } @@ -250,7 +253,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-uuid" } # <- { "return": { "UUID": "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000" } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-uuid', 'returns': 'UuidInfo', 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -285,7 +287,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "system_reset" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'system_reset' } @@ -297,67 +298,65 @@ # Since: 0.14 # # Notes: A guest may or may not respond to this command. This command -# returning does not indicate that a guest has accepted the request or -# that it has shut down. Many guests will respond to this command by -# prompting the user in some way. +# returning does not indicate that a guest has accepted the +# request or that it has shut down. Many guests will respond to +# this command by prompting the user in some way. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "system_powerdown" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'system_powerdown' } ## # @system_wakeup: # -# Wake up guest from suspend. If the guest has wake-up from suspend +# Wake up guest from suspend. If the guest has wake-up from suspend # support enabled (wakeup-suspend-support flag from # query-current-machine), wake-up guest from suspend if the guest is -# in SUSPENDED state. Return an error otherwise. +# in SUSPENDED state. Return an error otherwise. # # Since: 1.1 # # Returns: nothing. # # Note: prior to 4.0, this command does nothing in case the guest -# isn't suspended. +# isn't suspended. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "system_wakeup" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'system_wakeup' } ## # @LostTickPolicy: # -# Policy for handling lost ticks in timer devices. Ticks end up getting -# lost when, for example, the guest is paused. -# -# @discard: throw away the missed ticks and continue with future injection -# normally. The guest OS will see the timer jump ahead by a -# potentially quite significant amount all at once, as if the -# intervening chunk of time had simply not existed; needless to -# say, such a sudden jump can easily confuse a guest OS which is -# not specifically prepared to deal with it. Assuming the guest -# OS can deal correctly with the time jump, the time in the guest -# and in the host should now match. -# -# @delay: continue to deliver ticks at the normal rate. The guest OS will -# not notice anything is amiss, as from its point of view time will -# have continued to flow normally. The time in the guest should now -# be behind the time in the host by exactly the amount of time during -# which ticks have been missed. -# -# @slew: deliver ticks at a higher rate to catch up with the missed ticks. -# The guest OS will not notice anything is amiss, as from its point -# of view time will have continued to flow normally. Once the timer -# has managed to catch up with all the missing ticks, the time in -# the guest and in the host should match. +# Policy for handling lost ticks in timer devices. Ticks end up +# getting lost when, for example, the guest is paused. +# +# @discard: throw away the missed ticks and continue with future +# injection normally. The guest OS will see the timer jump ahead +# by a potentially quite significant amount all at once, as if the +# intervening chunk of time had simply not existed; needless to +# say, such a sudden jump can easily confuse a guest OS which is +# not specifically prepared to deal with it. Assuming the guest +# OS can deal correctly with the time jump, the time in the guest +# and in the host should now match. +# +# @delay: continue to deliver ticks at the normal rate. The guest OS +# will not notice anything is amiss, as from its point of view +# time will have continued to flow normally. The time in the +# guest should now be behind the time in the host by exactly the +# amount of time during which ticks have been missed. +# +# @slew: deliver ticks at a higher rate to catch up with the missed +# ticks. The guest OS will not notice anything is amiss, as from +# its point of view time will have continued to flow normally. +# Once the timer has managed to catch up with all the missing +# ticks, the time in the guest and in the host should match. # # Since: 2.0 ## @@ -367,20 +366,21 @@ ## # @inject-nmi: # -# Injects a Non-Maskable Interrupt into the default CPU (x86/s390) or all CPUs (ppc64). -# The command fails when the guest doesn't support injecting. +# Injects a Non-Maskable Interrupt into the default CPU (x86/s390) or +# all CPUs (ppc64). The command fails when the guest doesn't support +# injecting. # # Returns: If successful, nothing # # Since: 0.14 # -# Note: prior to 2.1, this command was only supported for x86 and s390 VMs +# Note: prior to 2.1, this command was only supported for x86 and s390 +# VMs # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "inject-nmi" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'inject-nmi' } @@ -410,7 +410,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-kvm" } # <- { "return": { "enabled": true, "present": true } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-kvm', 'returns': 'KvmInfo' } @@ -435,7 +434,7 @@ ## # @NumaOptions: # -# A discriminated record of NUMA options. (for OptsVisitor) +# A discriminated record of NUMA options. (for OptsVisitor) # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -452,26 +451,25 @@ ## # @NumaNodeOptions: # -# Create a guest NUMA node. (for OptsVisitor) +# Create a guest NUMA node. (for OptsVisitor) # # @nodeid: NUMA node ID (increase by 1 from 0 if omitted) # -# @cpus: VCPUs belonging to this node (assign VCPUS round-robin -# if omitted) +# @cpus: VCPUs belonging to this node (assign VCPUS round-robin if +# omitted) # # @mem: memory size of this node; mutually exclusive with @memdev. -# Equally divide total memory among nodes if both @mem and @memdev are -# omitted. +# Equally divide total memory among nodes if both @mem and @memdev +# are omitted. # -# @memdev: memory backend object. If specified for one node, -# it must be specified for all nodes. +# @memdev: memory backend object. If specified for one node, it must +# be specified for all nodes. # -# @initiator: defined in ACPI 6.3 Chapter 5.2.27.3 Table 5-145, -# points to the nodeid which has the memory controller -# responsible for this NUMA node. This field provides -# additional information as to the initiator node that -# is closest (as in directly attached) to this node, and -# therefore has the best performance (since 5.0) +# @initiator: defined in ACPI 6.3 Chapter 5.2.27.3 Table 5-145, points +# to the nodeid which has the memory controller responsible for +# this NUMA node. This field provides additional information as +# to the initiator node that is closest (as in directly attached) +# to this node, and therefore has the best performance (since 5.0) # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -492,9 +490,9 @@ # # @dst: destination NUMA node. # -# @val: NUMA distance from source node to destination node. -# When a node is unreachable from another node, set the distance -# between them to 255. +# @val: NUMA distance from source node to destination node. When a +# node is unreachable from another node, set the distance between +# them to 255. # # Since: 2.10 ## @@ -509,13 +507,15 @@ # # Create a CXL Fixed Memory Window # -# @size: Size of the Fixed Memory Window in bytes. Must be a multiple -# of 256MiB. +# @size: Size of the Fixed Memory Window in bytes. Must be a multiple +# of 256MiB. +# # @interleave-granularity: Number of contiguous bytes for which -# accesses will go to a given interleave target. -# Accepted values [256, 512, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k] -# @targets: Target root bridge IDs from -device ...,id=<ID> for each root -# bridge. +# accesses will go to a given interleave target. Accepted values +# [256, 512, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k] +# +# @targets: Target root bridge IDs from -device ...,id=<ID> for each +# root bridge. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -553,10 +553,11 @@ # # Information about a X86 CPU feature word # -# @cpuid-input-eax: Input EAX value for CPUID instruction for that feature word +# @cpuid-input-eax: Input EAX value for CPUID instruction for that +# feature word # # @cpuid-input-ecx: Input ECX value for CPUID instruction for that -# feature word +# feature word # # @cpuid-register: Output register containing the feature bits # @@ -573,7 +574,8 @@ ## # @DummyForceArrays: # -# Not used by QMP; hack to let us use X86CPUFeatureWordInfoList internally +# Not used by QMP; hack to let us use X86CPUFeatureWordInfoList +# internally # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -583,8 +585,8 @@ ## # @NumaCpuOptions: # -# Option "-numa cpu" overrides default cpu to node mapping. -# It accepts the same set of cpu properties as returned by +# Option "-numa cpu" overrides default cpu to node mapping. It +# accepts the same set of cpu properties as returned by # query-hotpluggable-cpus[].props, where node-id could be used to # override default node mapping. # @@ -619,11 +621,11 @@ ## # @HmatLBDataType: # -# Data type in the System Locality Latency and Bandwidth -# Information Structure of HMAT (Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table) +# Data type in the System Locality Latency and Bandwidth Information +# Structure of HMAT (Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table) # -# For more information about @HmatLBDataType, see chapter -# 5.2.27.4: Table 5-146: Field "Data Type" of ACPI 6.3 spec. +# For more information about @HmatLBDataType, see chapter 5.2.27.4: +# Table 5-146: Field "Data Type" of ACPI 6.3 spec. # # @access-latency: access latency (nanoseconds) # @@ -646,28 +648,27 @@ ## # @NumaHmatLBOptions: # -# Set the system locality latency and bandwidth information -# between Initiator and Target proximity Domains. +# Set the system locality latency and bandwidth information between +# Initiator and Target proximity Domains. # -# For more information about @NumaHmatLBOptions, see chapter -# 5.2.27.4: Table 5-146 of ACPI 6.3 spec. +# For more information about @NumaHmatLBOptions, see chapter 5.2.27.4: +# Table 5-146 of ACPI 6.3 spec. # # @initiator: the Initiator Proximity Domain. # # @target: the Target Proximity Domain. # -# @hierarchy: the Memory Hierarchy. Indicates the performance -# of memory or side cache. +# @hierarchy: the Memory Hierarchy. Indicates the performance of +# memory or side cache. # -# @data-type: presents the type of data, access/read/write -# latency or hit latency. +# @data-type: presents the type of data, access/read/write latency or +# hit latency. # -# @latency: the value of latency from @initiator to @target -# proximity domain, the latency unit is "ns(nanosecond)". +# @latency: the value of latency from @initiator to @target proximity +# domain, the latency unit is "ns(nanosecond)". # # @bandwidth: the value of bandwidth between @initiator and @target -# proximity domain, the bandwidth unit is -# "Bytes per second". +# proximity domain, the bandwidth unit is "Bytes per second". # # Since: 5.0 ## @@ -689,8 +690,8 @@ # For more information of @HmatCacheAssociativity, see chapter # 5.2.27.5: Table 5-147 of ACPI 6.3 spec. # -# @none: None (no memory side cache in this proximity domain, -# or cache associativity unknown) +# @none: None (no memory side cache in this proximity domain, or cache +# associativity unknown) # # @direct: Direct Mapped # @@ -704,14 +705,14 @@ ## # @HmatCacheWritePolicy: # -# Cache write policy in the Memory Side Cache Information Structure -# of HMAT +# Cache write policy in the Memory Side Cache Information Structure of +# HMAT # -# For more information of @HmatCacheWritePolicy, see chapter -# 5.2.27.5: Table 5-147: Field "Cache Attributes" of ACPI 6.3 spec. +# For more information of @HmatCacheWritePolicy, see chapter 5.2.27.5: +# Table 5-147: Field "Cache Attributes" of ACPI 6.3 spec. # -# @none: None (no memory side cache in this proximity domain, -# or cache write policy unknown) +# @none: None (no memory side cache in this proximity domain, or cache +# write policy unknown) # # @write-back: Write Back (WB) # @@ -727,8 +728,8 @@ # # Set the memory side cache information for a given memory domain. # -# For more information of @NumaHmatCacheOptions, see chapter -# 5.2.27.5: Table 5-147: Field "Cache Attributes" of ACPI 6.3 spec. +# For more information of @NumaHmatCacheOptions, see chapter 5.2.27.5: +# Table 5-147: Field "Cache Attributes" of ACPI 6.3 spec. # # @node-id: the memory proximity domain to which the memory belongs. # @@ -737,7 +738,7 @@ # @level: the cache level described in this structure. # # @associativity: the cache associativity, -# none/direct-mapped/complex(complex cache indexing). +# none/direct-mapped/complex(complex cache indexing). # # @policy: the write policy, none/write-back/write-through. # @@ -766,7 +767,7 @@ # @filename: the file to save the memory to as binary data # # @cpu-index: the index of the virtual CPU to use for translating the -# virtual address (defaults to CPU 0) +# virtual address (defaults to CPU 0) # # Returns: Nothing on success # @@ -781,7 +782,6 @@ # "size": 100, # "filename": "/tmp/virtual-mem-dump" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'memsave', 'data': {'val': 'int', 'size': 'int', 'filename': 'str', '*cpu-index': 'int'} } @@ -810,7 +810,6 @@ # "size": 100, # "filename": "/tmp/physical-mem-dump" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'pmemsave', 'data': {'val': 'int', 'size': 'int', 'filename': 'str'} } @@ -832,11 +831,11 @@ # # @share: whether memory is private to QEMU or shared (since 6.1) # -# @reserve: whether swap space (or huge pages) was reserved if applicable. -# This corresponds to the user configuration and not the actual -# behavior implemented in the OS to perform the reservation. -# For example, Linux will never reserve swap space for shared -# file mappings. (since 6.1) +# @reserve: whether swap space (or huge pages) was reserved if +# applicable. This corresponds to the user configuration and not +# the actual behavior implemented in the OS to perform the +# reservation. For example, Linux will never reserve swap space +# for shared file mappings. (since 6.1) # # @host-nodes: host nodes for its memory policy # @@ -890,29 +889,34 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-memdev', 'returns': ['Memdev'], 'allow-preconfig': true } ## # @CpuInstanceProperties: # -# List of properties to be used for hotplugging a CPU instance, -# it should be passed by management with device_add command when -# a CPU is being hotplugged. +# List of properties to be used for hotplugging a CPU instance, it +# should be passed by management with device_add command when a CPU is +# being hotplugged. # # @node-id: NUMA node ID the CPU belongs to +# # @socket-id: socket number within node/board the CPU belongs to +# # @die-id: die number within socket the CPU belongs to (since 4.1) -# @cluster-id: cluster number within die the CPU belongs to (since 7.1) +# +# @cluster-id: cluster number within die the CPU belongs to (since +# 7.1) +# # @core-id: core number within cluster the CPU belongs to +# # @thread-id: thread number within core the CPU belongs to # -# Note: currently there are 6 properties that could be present -# but management should be prepared to pass through other -# properties with device_add command to allow for future -# interface extension. This also requires the filed names to be kept in -# sync with the properties passed to -device/device_add. +# Note: currently there are 6 properties that could be present but +# management should be prepared to pass through other properties +# with device_add command to allow for future interface extension. +# This also requires the filed names to be kept in sync with the +# properties passed to -device/device_add. # # Since: 2.7 ## @@ -930,10 +934,14 @@ # @HotpluggableCPU: # # @type: CPU object type for usage with device_add command +# # @props: list of properties to be used for hotplugging CPU -# @vcpus-count: number of logical VCPU threads @HotpluggableCPU provides -# @qom-path: link to existing CPU object if CPU is present or -# omitted if CPU is not present. +# +# @vcpus-count: number of logical VCPU threads @HotpluggableCPU +# provides +# +# @qom-path: link to existing CPU object if CPU is present or omitted +# if CPU is not present. # # Since: 2.7 ## @@ -956,7 +964,8 @@ # # Examples: # -# For pseries machine type started with -smp 2,cores=2,maxcpus=4 -cpu POWER8: +# For pseries machine type started with -smp 2,cores=2,maxcpus=4 -cpu +# POWER8: # # -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" } # <- {"return": [ @@ -981,8 +990,8 @@ # } # ]} # -# For s390x-virtio-ccw machine type started with -smp 1,maxcpus=2 -cpu qemu -# (Since: 2.11): +# For s390x-virtio-ccw machine type started with -smp 1,maxcpus=2 -cpu +# qemu (Since: 2.11): # # -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" } # <- {"return": [ @@ -996,7 +1005,6 @@ # "props": { "core-id": 0 } # } # ]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-hotpluggable-cpus', 'returns': ['HotpluggableCPU'], 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -1004,9 +1012,8 @@ ## # @set-numa-node: # -# Runtime equivalent of '-numa' CLI option, available at -# preconfigure stage to configure numa mapping before initializing -# machine. +# Runtime equivalent of '-numa' CLI option, available at preconfigure +# stage to configure numa mapping before initializing machine. # # Since: 3.0 ## @@ -1020,21 +1027,22 @@ # # Request the balloon driver to change its balloon size. # -# @value: the target logical size of the VM in bytes. -# We can deduce the size of the balloon using this formula: +# @value: the target logical size of the VM in bytes. We can deduce +# the size of the balloon using this formula: # -# logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size +# logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size # -# From it we have: balloon_size = vm_ram_size - @value +# From it we have: balloon_size = vm_ram_size - @value # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the KVM -# kernel module cannot support it, KVMMissingCap -# - If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the +# KVM kernel module cannot support it, KVMMissingCap +# - If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive # -# Notes: This command just issues a request to the guest. When it returns, -# the balloon size may not have changed. A guest can change the balloon -# size independent of this command. +# Notes: This command just issues a request to the guest. When it +# returns, the balloon size may not have changed. A guest can +# change the balloon size independent of this command. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -1044,7 +1052,6 @@ # <- { "return": {} } # # With a 2.5GiB guest this command inflated the ballon to 3GiB. -# ## { 'command': 'balloon', 'data': {'value': 'int'} } @@ -1053,8 +1060,8 @@ # # Information about the guest balloon device. # -# @actual: the logical size of the VM in bytes -# Formula used: logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size +# @actual: the logical size of the VM in bytes Formula used: +# logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -1065,10 +1072,11 @@ # # Return information about the balloon device. # -# Returns: - @BalloonInfo on success -# - If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the KVM -# kernel module cannot support it, KVMMissingCap -# - If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive +# Returns: +# - @BalloonInfo on success +# - If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the +# KVM kernel module cannot support it, KVMMissingCap +# - If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -1079,18 +1087,18 @@ # "actual": 1073741824 # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-balloon', 'returns': 'BalloonInfo' } ## # @BALLOON_CHANGE: # -# Emitted when the guest changes the actual BALLOON level. This value is -# equivalent to the @actual field return by the 'query-balloon' command +# Emitted when the guest changes the actual BALLOON level. This value +# is equivalent to the @actual field return by the 'query-balloon' +# command # -# @actual: the logical size of the VM in bytes -# Formula used: logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size +# @actual: the logical size of the VM in bytes Formula used: +# logical_vm_size = vm_ram_size - balloon_size # # Note: this event is rate-limited. # @@ -1101,7 +1109,6 @@ # <- { "event": "BALLOON_CHANGE", # "data": { "actual": 944766976 }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267020223, "microseconds": 435656 } } -# ## { 'event': 'BALLOON_CHANGE', 'data': { 'actual': 'int' } } @@ -1112,11 +1119,11 @@ # Actual memory information in bytes. # # @base-memory: size of "base" memory specified with command line -# option -m. +# option -m. # -# @plugged-memory: size of memory that can be hot-unplugged. This field -# is omitted if target doesn't support memory hotplug -# (i.e. CONFIG_MEM_DEVICE not defined at build time). +# @plugged-memory: size of memory that can be hot-unplugged. This +# field is omitted if target doesn't support memory hotplug (i.e. +# CONFIG_MEM_DEVICE not defined at build time). # # Since: 2.11 ## @@ -1126,8 +1133,8 @@ ## # @query-memory-size-summary: # -# Return the amount of initially allocated and present hotpluggable (if -# enabled) memory in bytes. +# Return the amount of initially allocated and present hotpluggable +# (if enabled) memory in bytes. # # Example: # @@ -1157,7 +1164,8 @@ # # @hotplugged: true if device was hotplugged # -# @hotpluggable: true if device if could be added/removed while machine is running +# @hotpluggable: true if device if could be added/removed while +# machine is running # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -1374,16 +1382,15 @@ # "slot": 0}, # "type": "dimm" # } ] } -# ## { 'command': 'query-memory-devices', 'returns': ['MemoryDeviceInfo'] } ## # @MEMORY_DEVICE_SIZE_CHANGE: # -# Emitted when the size of a memory device changes. Only emitted for memory -# devices that can actually change the size (e.g., virtio-mem due to guest -# action). +# Emitted when the size of a memory device changes. Only emitted for +# memory devices that can actually change the size (e.g., virtio-mem +# due to guest action). # # @id: device's ID # @@ -1401,7 +1408,6 @@ # "data": { "id": "vm0", "size": 1073741824, # "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[2]" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1588168529, "microseconds": 201316 } } -# ## { 'event': 'MEMORY_DEVICE_SIZE_CHANGE', 'data': { '*id': 'str', 'size': 'size', 'qom-path' : 'str'} } @@ -1416,8 +1422,9 @@ # @msg: Informative message # # Features: -# @deprecated: This event is deprecated. Use @DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR -# instead. +# +# @deprecated: This event is deprecated. Use +# @DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR instead. # # Since: 2.4 # @@ -1428,7 +1435,6 @@ # "msg": "acpi: device unplug for unsupported device" # }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'MEM_UNPLUG_ERROR', 'data': { 'device': 'str', 'msg': 'str' }, @@ -1445,13 +1451,15 @@ # # @menu: Whether to show a boot menu # -# @splash: The name of the file to be passed to the firmware as logo picture, if @menu is true. +# @splash: The name of the file to be passed to the firmware as logo +# picture, if @menu is true. # # @splash-time: How long to show the logo picture, in milliseconds # # @reboot-timeout: Timeout before guest reboots after boot fails # -# @strict: Whether to attempt booting from devices not included in the boot order +# @strict: Whether to attempt booting from devices not included in the +# boot order # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -1467,8 +1475,8 @@ ## # @SMPConfiguration: # -# Schema for CPU topology configuration. A missing value lets -# QEMU figure out a suitable value based on the ones that are provided. +# Schema for CPU topology configuration. A missing value lets QEMU +# figure out a suitable value based on the ones that are provided. # # @cpus: number of virtual CPUs in the virtual machine # @@ -1476,13 +1484,15 @@ # # @dies: number of dies per socket in the CPU topology # -# @clusters: number of clusters per die in the CPU topology (since 7.0) +# @clusters: number of clusters per die in the CPU topology (since +# 7.0) # # @cores: number of cores per cluster in the CPU topology # # @threads: number of threads per core in the CPU topology # -# @maxcpus: maximum number of hotpluggable virtual CPUs in the virtual machine +# @maxcpus: maximum number of hotpluggable virtual CPUs in the virtual +# machine # # Since: 6.1 ## @@ -1501,6 +1511,7 @@ # Query interrupt statistics # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: interrupt statistics @@ -1517,6 +1528,7 @@ # Query TCG compiler statistics # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: TCG compiler statistics @@ -1534,6 +1546,7 @@ # Query NUMA topology information # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: topology information @@ -1550,6 +1563,7 @@ # Query TCG opcode counters # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: TCG opcode counters @@ -1567,6 +1581,7 @@ # Query TCG profiling information # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: profile information @@ -1584,6 +1599,7 @@ # Query system ramblock information # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: system ramblock information @@ -1600,6 +1616,7 @@ # Query RDMA state # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: RDMA state @@ -1616,6 +1633,7 @@ # Query information on the registered ROMS # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: registered ROMs @@ -1632,6 +1650,7 @@ # Query information on the USB devices # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: USB device information @@ -1682,10 +1701,10 @@ # Since: 7.2 # # Example: +# # -> { "execute": "dumpdtb" } # "arguments": { "filename": "fdt.dtb" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'dumpdtb', 'data': { 'filename': 'str' }, diff --git a/qapi/migration.json b/qapi/migration.json index 11c09800c2..952d3e2c9a 100644 --- a/qapi/migration.json +++ b/qapi/migration.json @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ # # @transferred: amount of bytes already transferred to the target VM # -# @remaining: amount of bytes remaining to be transferred to the target VM +# @remaining: amount of bytes remaining to be transferred to the +# target VM # # @total: total amount of bytes involved in the migration process # @@ -28,37 +29,39 @@ # # @normal-bytes: number of normal bytes sent (since 1.2) # -# @dirty-pages-rate: number of pages dirtied by second by the -# guest (since 1.3) +# @dirty-pages-rate: number of pages dirtied by second by the guest +# (since 1.3) # -# @mbps: throughput in megabits/sec. (since 1.6) +# @mbps: throughput in megabits/sec. (since 1.6) # -# @dirty-sync-count: number of times that dirty ram was synchronized (since 2.1) +# @dirty-sync-count: number of times that dirty ram was synchronized +# (since 2.1) # -# @postcopy-requests: The number of page requests received from the destination -# (since 2.7) +# @postcopy-requests: The number of page requests received from the +# destination (since 2.7) # # @page-size: The number of bytes per page for the various page-based -# statistics (since 2.10) +# statistics (since 2.10) # # @multifd-bytes: The number of bytes sent through multifd (since 3.0) # # @pages-per-second: the number of memory pages transferred per second -# (Since 4.0) +# (Since 4.0) # # @precopy-bytes: The number of bytes sent in the pre-copy phase -# (since 7.0). +# (since 7.0). # # @downtime-bytes: The number of bytes sent while the guest is paused -# (since 7.0). +# (since 7.0). # # @postcopy-bytes: The number of bytes sent during the post-copy phase -# (since 7.0). +# (since 7.0). +# +# @dirty-sync-missed-zero-copy: Number of times dirty RAM +# synchronization could not avoid copying dirty pages. This is +# between 0 and @dirty-sync-count * @multifd-channels. (since +# 7.1) # -# @dirty-sync-missed-zero-copy: Number of times dirty RAM synchronization could -# not avoid copying dirty pages. This is between -# 0 and @dirty-sync-count * @multifd-channels. -# (since 7.1) # Since: 0.14 ## { 'struct': 'MigrationStats', @@ -105,7 +108,8 @@ # # @pages: amount of pages compressed and transferred to the target VM # -# @busy: count of times that no free thread was available to compress data +# @busy: count of times that no free thread was available to compress +# data # # @busy-rate: rate of thread busy # @@ -134,26 +138,29 @@ # # @active: in the process of doing migration. # -# @postcopy-active: like active, but now in postcopy mode. (since 2.5) +# @postcopy-active: like active, but now in postcopy mode. (since +# 2.5) # -# @postcopy-paused: during postcopy but paused. (since 3.0) +# @postcopy-paused: during postcopy but paused. (since 3.0) # -# @postcopy-recover: trying to recover from a paused postcopy. (since 3.0) +# @postcopy-recover: trying to recover from a paused postcopy. (since +# 3.0) # # @completed: migration is finished. # # @failed: some error occurred during migration process. # -# @colo: VM is in the process of fault tolerance, VM can not get into this -# state unless colo capability is enabled for migration. (since 2.8) +# @colo: VM is in the process of fault tolerance, VM can not get into +# this state unless colo capability is enabled for migration. +# (since 2.8) # -# @pre-switchover: Paused before device serialisation. (since 2.11) +# @pre-switchover: Paused before device serialisation. (since 2.11) # -# @device: During device serialisation when pause-before-switchover is enabled -# (since 2.11) +# @device: During device serialisation when pause-before-switchover is +# enabled (since 2.11) # -# @wait-unplug: wait for device unplug request by guest OS to be completed. -# (since 4.2) +# @wait-unplug: wait for device unplug request by guest OS to be +# completed. (since 4.2) # # Since: 2.3 ## @@ -167,7 +174,8 @@ # # Detailed VFIO devices migration statistics # -# @transferred: amount of bytes transferred to the target VM by VFIO devices +# @transferred: amount of bytes transferred to the target VM by VFIO +# devices # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -180,67 +188,67 @@ # Information about current migration process. # # @status: @MigrationStatus describing the current migration status. -# If this field is not returned, no migration process -# has been initiated +# If this field is not returned, no migration process has been +# initiated # -# @ram: @MigrationStats containing detailed migration -# status, only returned if status is 'active' or -# 'completed'(since 1.2) +# @ram: @MigrationStats containing detailed migration status, only +# returned if status is 'active' or 'completed'(since 1.2) # -# @disk: @MigrationStats containing detailed disk migration -# status, only returned if status is 'active' and it is a block -# migration +# @disk: @MigrationStats containing detailed disk migration status, +# only returned if status is 'active' and it is a block migration # # @xbzrle-cache: @XBZRLECacheStats containing detailed XBZRLE -# migration statistics, only returned if XBZRLE feature is on and -# status is 'active' or 'completed' (since 1.2) +# migration statistics, only returned if XBZRLE feature is on and +# status is 'active' or 'completed' (since 1.2) # # @total-time: total amount of milliseconds since migration started. -# If migration has ended, it returns the total migration -# time. (since 1.2) +# If migration has ended, it returns the total migration time. +# (since 1.2) # -# @downtime: only present when migration finishes correctly -# total downtime in milliseconds for the guest. -# (since 1.3) +# @downtime: only present when migration finishes correctly total +# downtime in milliseconds for the guest. (since 1.3) # -# @expected-downtime: only present while migration is active -# expected downtime in milliseconds for the guest in last walk -# of the dirty bitmap. (since 1.3) +# @expected-downtime: only present while migration is active expected +# downtime in milliseconds for the guest in last walk of the dirty +# bitmap. (since 1.3) # # @setup-time: amount of setup time in milliseconds *before* the -# iterations begin but *after* the QMP command is issued. This is designed -# to provide an accounting of any activities (such as RDMA pinning) which -# may be expensive, but do not actually occur during the iterative -# migration rounds themselves. (since 1.6) +# iterations begin but *after* the QMP command is issued. This is +# designed to provide an accounting of any activities (such as +# RDMA pinning) which may be expensive, but do not actually occur +# during the iterative migration rounds themselves. (since 1.6) # # @cpu-throttle-percentage: percentage of time guest cpus are being -# throttled during auto-converge. This is only present when auto-converge -# has started throttling guest cpus. (Since 2.7) +# throttled during auto-converge. This is only present when +# auto-converge has started throttling guest cpus. (Since 2.7) # # @error-desc: the human readable error description string, when -# @status is 'failed'. Clients should not attempt to parse the -# error strings. (Since 2.7) +# @status is 'failed'. Clients should not attempt to parse the +# error strings. (Since 2.7) # -# @postcopy-blocktime: total time when all vCPU were blocked during postcopy -# live migration. This is only present when the postcopy-blocktime -# migration capability is enabled. (Since 3.0) +# @postcopy-blocktime: total time when all vCPU were blocked during +# postcopy live migration. This is only present when the +# postcopy-blocktime migration capability is enabled. (Since 3.0) # -# @postcopy-vcpu-blocktime: list of the postcopy blocktime per vCPU. This is -# only present when the postcopy-blocktime migration capability -# is enabled. (Since 3.0) +# @postcopy-vcpu-blocktime: list of the postcopy blocktime per vCPU. +# This is only present when the postcopy-blocktime migration +# capability is enabled. (Since 3.0) # -# @compression: migration compression statistics, only returned if compression -# feature is on and status is 'active' or 'completed' (Since 3.1) +# @compression: migration compression statistics, only returned if +# compression feature is on and status is 'active' or 'completed' +# (Since 3.1) # -# @socket-address: Only used for tcp, to know what the real port is (Since 4.0) +# @socket-address: Only used for tcp, to know what the real port is +# (Since 4.0) # -# @vfio: @VfioStats containing detailed VFIO devices migration statistics, -# only returned if VFIO device is present, migration is supported by all -# VFIO devices and status is 'active' or 'completed' (since 5.2) +# @vfio: @VfioStats containing detailed VFIO devices migration +# statistics, only returned if VFIO device is present, migration +# is supported by all VFIO devices and status is 'active' or +# 'completed' (since 5.2) # -# @blocked-reasons: A list of reasons an outgoing migration is blocked. -# Present and non-empty when migration is blocked. -# (since 6.0) +# @blocked-reasons: A list of reasons an outgoing migration is +# blocked. Present and non-empty when migration is blocked. +# (since 6.0) # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -264,7 +272,7 @@ ## # @query-migrate: # -# Returns information about current migration process. If migration +# Returns information about current migration process. If migration # is active there will be another json-object with RAM migration # status and if block migration is active another one with block # migration status. @@ -381,7 +389,6 @@ # } # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-migrate', 'returns': 'MigrationInfo' } @@ -390,95 +397,98 @@ # # Migration capabilities enumeration # -# @xbzrle: Migration supports xbzrle (Xor Based Zero Run Length Encoding). -# This feature allows us to minimize migration traffic for certain work -# loads, by sending compressed difference of the pages -# -# @rdma-pin-all: Controls whether or not the entire VM memory footprint is -# mlock()'d on demand or all at once. Refer to docs/rdma.txt for usage. -# Disabled by default. (since 2.0) -# -# @zero-blocks: During storage migration encode blocks of zeroes efficiently. This -# essentially saves 1MB of zeroes per block on the wire. Enabling requires -# source and target VM to support this feature. To enable it is sufficient -# to enable the capability on the source VM. The feature is disabled by -# default. (since 1.6) -# -# @compress: Use multiple compression threads to accelerate live migration. -# This feature can help to reduce the migration traffic, by sending -# compressed pages. Please note that if compress and xbzrle are both -# on, compress only takes effect in the ram bulk stage, after that, -# it will be disabled and only xbzrle takes effect, this can help to -# minimize migration traffic. The feature is disabled by default. -# (since 2.4 ) -# -# @events: generate events for each migration state change -# (since 2.4 ) -# -# @auto-converge: If enabled, QEMU will automatically throttle down the guest -# to speed up convergence of RAM migration. (since 1.6) -# -# @postcopy-ram: Start executing on the migration target before all of RAM has -# been migrated, pulling the remaining pages along as needed. The -# capacity must have the same setting on both source and target -# or migration will not even start. NOTE: If the migration fails during -# postcopy the VM will fail. (since 2.6) -# -# @x-colo: If enabled, migration will never end, and the state of the VM on the -# primary side will be migrated continuously to the VM on secondary -# side, this process is called COarse-Grain LOck Stepping (COLO) for -# Non-stop Service. (since 2.8) -# -# @release-ram: if enabled, qemu will free the migrated ram pages on the source -# during postcopy-ram migration. (since 2.9) +# @xbzrle: Migration supports xbzrle (Xor Based Zero Run Length +# Encoding). This feature allows us to minimize migration traffic +# for certain work loads, by sending compressed difference of the +# pages +# +# @rdma-pin-all: Controls whether or not the entire VM memory +# footprint is mlock()'d on demand or all at once. Refer to +# docs/rdma.txt for usage. Disabled by default. (since 2.0) +# +# @zero-blocks: During storage migration encode blocks of zeroes +# efficiently. This essentially saves 1MB of zeroes per block on +# the wire. Enabling requires source and target VM to support +# this feature. To enable it is sufficient to enable the +# capability on the source VM. The feature is disabled by default. +# (since 1.6) +# +# @compress: Use multiple compression threads to accelerate live +# migration. This feature can help to reduce the migration +# traffic, by sending compressed pages. Please note that if +# compress and xbzrle are both on, compress only takes effect in +# the ram bulk stage, after that, it will be disabled and only +# xbzrle takes effect, this can help to minimize migration +# traffic. The feature is disabled by default. (since 2.4 ) +# +# @events: generate events for each migration state change (since 2.4 +# ) +# +# @auto-converge: If enabled, QEMU will automatically throttle down +# the guest to speed up convergence of RAM migration. (since 1.6) +# +# @postcopy-ram: Start executing on the migration target before all of +# RAM has been migrated, pulling the remaining pages along as +# needed. The capacity must have the same setting on both source +# and target or migration will not even start. NOTE: If the +# migration fails during postcopy the VM will fail. (since 2.6) +# +# @x-colo: If enabled, migration will never end, and the state of the +# VM on the primary side will be migrated continuously to the VM +# on secondary side, this process is called COarse-Grain LOck +# Stepping (COLO) for Non-stop Service. (since 2.8) +# +# @release-ram: if enabled, qemu will free the migrated ram pages on +# the source during postcopy-ram migration. (since 2.9) # # @block: If enabled, QEMU will also migrate the contents of all block -# devices. Default is disabled. A possible alternative uses -# mirror jobs to a builtin NBD server on the destination, which -# offers more flexibility. -# (Since 2.10) +# devices. Default is disabled. A possible alternative uses +# mirror jobs to a builtin NBD server on the destination, which +# offers more flexibility. (Since 2.10) # # @return-path: If enabled, migration will use the return path even -# for precopy. (since 2.10) +# for precopy. (since 2.10) # -# @pause-before-switchover: Pause outgoing migration before serialising device -# state and before disabling block IO (since 2.11) +# @pause-before-switchover: Pause outgoing migration before +# serialising device state and before disabling block IO (since +# 2.11) # # @multifd: Use more than one fd for migration (since 4.0) # # @dirty-bitmaps: If enabled, QEMU will migrate named dirty bitmaps. -# (since 2.12) +# (since 2.12) # # @postcopy-blocktime: Calculate downtime for postcopy live migration -# (since 3.0) +# (since 3.0) # -# @late-block-activate: If enabled, the destination will not activate block -# devices (and thus take locks) immediately at the end of migration. -# (since 3.0) +# @late-block-activate: If enabled, the destination will not activate +# block devices (and thus take locks) immediately at the end of +# migration. (since 3.0) # -# @x-ignore-shared: If enabled, QEMU will not migrate shared memory (since 4.0) +# @x-ignore-shared: If enabled, QEMU will not migrate shared memory +# (since 4.0) # # @validate-uuid: Send the UUID of the source to allow the destination -# to ensure it is the same. (since 4.2) -# -# @background-snapshot: If enabled, the migration stream will be a snapshot -# of the VM exactly at the point when the migration -# procedure starts. The VM RAM is saved with running VM. -# (since 6.0) -# -# @zero-copy-send: Controls behavior on sending memory pages on migration. -# When true, enables a zero-copy mechanism for sending -# memory pages, if host supports it. -# Requires that QEMU be permitted to use locked memory -# for guest RAM pages. -# (since 7.1) -# @postcopy-preempt: If enabled, the migration process will allow postcopy -# requests to preempt precopy stream, so postcopy requests -# will be handled faster. This is a performance feature and -# should not affect the correctness of postcopy migration. -# (since 7.1) +# to ensure it is the same. (since 4.2) +# +# @background-snapshot: If enabled, the migration stream will be a +# snapshot of the VM exactly at the point when the migration +# procedure starts. The VM RAM is saved with running VM. (since +# 6.0) +# +# @zero-copy-send: Controls behavior on sending memory pages on +# migration. When true, enables a zero-copy mechanism for sending +# memory pages, if host supports it. Requires that QEMU be +# permitted to use locked memory for guest RAM pages. (since 7.1) +# +# @postcopy-preempt: If enabled, the migration process will allow +# postcopy requests to preempt precopy stream, so postcopy +# requests will be handled faster. This is a performance feature +# and should not affect the correctness of postcopy migration. +# (since 7.1) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Members @x-colo and @x-ignore-shared are experimental. # # Since: 1.2 @@ -522,7 +532,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "migrate-set-capabilities" , "arguments": # { "capabilities": [ { "capability": "xbzrle", "state": true } ] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'migrate-set-capabilities', 'data': { 'capabilities': ['MigrationCapabilityStatus'] } } @@ -549,7 +558,6 @@ # {"state": false, "capability": "postcopy-ram"}, # {"state": false, "capability": "x-colo"} # ]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-migrate-capabilities', 'returns': ['MigrationCapabilityStatus']} @@ -559,7 +567,9 @@ # An enumeration of multifd compression methods. # # @none: no compression. +# # @zlib: use zlib compression method. +# # @zstd: use zstd compression method. # # Since: 5.0 @@ -571,8 +581,8 @@ ## # @BitmapMigrationBitmapAliasTransform: # -# @persistent: If present, the bitmap will be made persistent -# or transient depending on this parameter. +# @persistent: If present, the bitmap will be made persistent or +# transient depending on this parameter. # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -587,10 +597,10 @@ # @name: The name of the bitmap. # # @alias: An alias name for migration (for example the bitmap name on -# the opposite site). +# the opposite site). # -# @transform: Allows the modification of the migrated bitmap. -# (since 6.0) +# @transform: Allows the modification of the migrated bitmap. (since +# 6.0) # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -609,8 +619,8 @@ # # @node-name: A block node name. # -# @alias: An alias block node name for migration (for example the -# node name on the opposite site). +# @alias: An alias block node name for migration (for example the node +# name on the opposite site). # # @bitmaps: Mappings for the bitmaps on this node. # @@ -628,156 +638,149 @@ # # Migration parameters enumeration # -# @announce-initial: Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first -# announce (Since 4.0) +# @announce-initial: Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending +# the first announce (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-max: Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the -# announcement (Since 4.0) +# @announce-max: Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in +# the announcement (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-rounds: Number of self-announce packets sent after migration -# (Since 4.0) +# @announce-rounds: Number of self-announce packets sent after +# migration (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-step: Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent -# packets in the announcement (Since 4.0) +# @announce-step: Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between +# subsequent packets in the announcement (Since 4.0) # -# @compress-level: Set the compression level to be used in live migration, -# the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, where 0 means -# no compression, 1 means the best compression speed, and 9 means best -# compression ratio which will consume more CPU. +# @compress-level: Set the compression level to be used in live +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. # -# @compress-threads: Set compression thread count to be used in live migration, -# the compression thread count is an integer between 1 and 255. +# @compress-threads: Set compression thread count to be used in live +# migration, the compression thread count is an integer between 1 +# and 255. # -# @compress-wait-thread: Controls behavior when all compression threads are -# currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free -# compression thread to become available; otherwise, -# send the page uncompressed. (Since 3.1) +# @compress-wait-thread: Controls behavior when all compression +# threads are currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free +# compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page +# uncompressed. (Since 3.1) # -# @decompress-threads: Set decompression thread count to be used in live -# migration, the decompression thread count is an integer between 1 -# and 255. Usually, decompression is at least 4 times as fast as -# compression, so set the decompress-threads to the number about 1/4 -# of compress-threads is adequate. +# @decompress-threads: Set decompression thread count to be used in +# live migration, the decompression thread count is an integer +# between 1 and 255. Usually, decompression is at least 4 times as +# fast as compression, so set the decompress-threads to the number +# about 1/4 of compress-threads is adequate. # -# @throttle-trigger-threshold: The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and bytes_xfer_period -# to trigger throttling. It is expressed as percentage. -# The default value is 50. (Since 5.0) +# @throttle-trigger-threshold: The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and +# bytes_xfer_period to trigger throttling. It is expressed as +# percentage. The default value is 50. (Since 5.0) # -# @cpu-throttle-initial: Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled -# when migration auto-converge is activated. The -# default value is 20. (Since 2.7) +# @cpu-throttle-initial: Initial percentage of time guest cpus are +# throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. The +# default value is 20. (Since 2.7) # # @cpu-throttle-increment: throttle percentage increase each time -# auto-converge detects that migration is not making -# progress. The default value is 10. (Since 2.7) -# -# @cpu-throttle-tailslow: Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage -# At the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very -# sensitive to CPU percentage while the @cpu-throttle -# -increment is excessive usually at tail stage. -# If this parameter is true, we will compute the ideal -# CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may exactly make -# the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. Then we -# will choose a smaller throttle increment between the -# one specified by @cpu-throttle-increment and the one -# generated by ideal CPU percentage. -# Therefore, it is compatible to traditional throttling, -# meanwhile the throttle increment won't be excessive -# at tail stage. -# The default value is false. (Since 5.1) -# -# @tls-creds: ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials for -# establishing a TLS connection over the migration data channel. -# On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials must -# be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the -# credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. Setting this -# will enable TLS for all migrations. The default is unset, -# resulting in unsecured migration at the QEMU level. (Since 2.7) -# -# @tls-hostname: hostname of the target host for the migration. This is -# required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the -# migration URI does not already include a hostname. For -# example if using fd: or exec: based migration, the -# hostname must be provided so that the server's x509 -# certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) -# -# @tls-authz: ID of the 'authz' object subclass that provides access control -# checking of the TLS x509 certificate distinguished name. -# This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted -# and recreated on the fly while the migration server is active. -# If missing, it will default to denying access (Since 4.0) -# -# @max-bandwidth: to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in -# bytes per second. (Since 2.8) -# -# @downtime-limit: set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum -# downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8) -# -# @x-checkpoint-delay: The delay time (in ms) between two COLO checkpoints in -# periodic mode. (Since 2.8) +# auto-converge detects that migration is not making progress. +# The default value is 10. (Since 2.7) +# +# @cpu-throttle-tailslow: Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage At +# the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very sensitive to CPU +# percentage while the @cpu-throttle -increment is excessive +# usually at tail stage. If this parameter is true, we will +# compute the ideal CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may +# exactly make the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. +# Then we will choose a smaller throttle increment between the one +# specified by @cpu-throttle-increment and the one generated by +# ideal CPU percentage. Therefore, it is compatible to +# traditional throttling, meanwhile the throttle increment won't +# be excessive at tail stage. The default value is false. (Since +# 5.1) +# +# @tls-creds: ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials +# for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data +# channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials +# must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the +# credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. Setting this will +# enable TLS for all migrations. The default is unset, resulting +# in unsecured migration at the QEMU level. (Since 2.7) +# +# @tls-hostname: hostname of the target host for the migration. This +# is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the +# migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example +# if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be +# provided so that the server's x509 certificate identity can be +# validated. (Since 2.7) +# +# @tls-authz: ID of the 'authz' object subclass that provides access +# control checking of the TLS x509 certificate distinguished name. +# This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted +# and recreated on the fly while the migration server is active. +# If missing, it will default to denying access (Since 4.0) +# +# @max-bandwidth: to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed +# in bytes per second. (Since 2.8) +# +# @downtime-limit: set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. +# maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8) +# +# @x-checkpoint-delay: The delay time (in ms) between two COLO +# checkpoints in periodic mode. (Since 2.8) # # @block-incremental: Affects how much storage is migrated when the -# block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire -# storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at -# the destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is -# migrated and the destination must already have access to the -# same backing chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10) +# block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire +# storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the +# destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated +# and the destination must already have access to the same backing +# chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10) # # @multifd-channels: Number of channels used to migrate data in -# parallel. This is the same number that the -# number of sockets used for migration. The -# default value is 2 (since 4.0) +# parallel. This is the same number that the number of sockets +# used for migration. The default value is 2 (since 4.0) # # @xbzrle-cache-size: cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration. It -# needs to be a multiple of the target page size -# and a power of 2 -# (Since 2.11) +# needs to be a multiple of the target page size and a power of 2 +# (Since 2.11) # -# @max-postcopy-bandwidth: Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy. -# Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. -# (Since 3.0) +# @max-postcopy-bandwidth: Background transfer bandwidth during +# postcopy. Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. +# (Since 3.0) # -# @max-cpu-throttle: maximum cpu throttle percentage. -# Defaults to 99. (Since 3.1) +# @max-cpu-throttle: maximum cpu throttle percentage. Defaults to 99. +# (Since 3.1) # -# @multifd-compression: Which compression method to use. -# Defaults to none. (Since 5.0) +# @multifd-compression: Which compression method to use. Defaults to +# none. (Since 5.0) # # @multifd-zlib-level: Set the compression level to be used in live -# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 -# and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best -# compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which -# will consume more CPU. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) # # @multifd-zstd-level: Set the compression level to be used in live -# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 -# and 20, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best -# compression speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which -# will consume more CPU. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) -# +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 20, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) # # @block-bitmap-mapping: Maps block nodes and bitmaps on them to -# aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such -# aliases may for example be the corresponding names on the -# opposite site. -# The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily -# complete: On the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps -# on unmapped nodes will be ignored. On the destination, -# encountering an unmapped alias in the incoming migration -# stream will result in a report, and all further bitmap -# migration data will then be discarded. -# Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it -# does not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement -# regarding the number of bitmaps received, or how they are -# named, or on which nodes they are placed. -# By default (when this parameter has never been set), bitmap -# names are mapped to themselves. Nodes are mapped to their -# block device name if there is one, and to their node name -# otherwise. (Since 5.2) +# aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such aliases +# may for example be the corresponding names on the opposite site. +# The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily complete: On +# the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps on unmapped nodes +# will be ignored. On the destination, encountering an unmapped +# alias in the incoming migration stream will result in a report, +# and all further bitmap migration data will then be discarded. +# Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it does +# not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement regarding +# the number of bitmaps received, or how they are named, or on +# which nodes they are placed. By default (when this parameter +# has never been set), bitmap names are mapped to themselves. +# Nodes are mapped to their block device name if there is one, and +# to their node name otherwise. (Since 5.2) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-checkpoint-delay is experimental. # # Since: 2.4 @@ -802,151 +805,142 @@ ## # @MigrateSetParameters: # -# @announce-initial: Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first -# announce (Since 4.0) +# @announce-initial: Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending +# the first announce (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-max: Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the -# announcement (Since 4.0) +# @announce-max: Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in +# the announcement (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-rounds: Number of self-announce packets sent after migration -# (Since 4.0) +# @announce-rounds: Number of self-announce packets sent after +# migration (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-step: Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent -# packets in the announcement (Since 4.0) +# @announce-step: Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between +# subsequent packets in the announcement (Since 4.0) # # @compress-level: compression level # # @compress-threads: compression thread count # -# @compress-wait-thread: Controls behavior when all compression threads are -# currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free -# compression thread to become available; otherwise, -# send the page uncompressed. (Since 3.1) +# @compress-wait-thread: Controls behavior when all compression +# threads are currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free +# compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page +# uncompressed. (Since 3.1) # # @decompress-threads: decompression thread count # -# @throttle-trigger-threshold: The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and bytes_xfer_period -# to trigger throttling. It is expressed as percentage. -# The default value is 50. (Since 5.0) +# @throttle-trigger-threshold: The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and +# bytes_xfer_period to trigger throttling. It is expressed as +# percentage. The default value is 50. (Since 5.0) # # @cpu-throttle-initial: Initial percentage of time guest cpus are -# throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. -# The default value is 20. (Since 2.7) +# throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. The +# default value is 20. (Since 2.7) # # @cpu-throttle-increment: throttle percentage increase each time -# auto-converge detects that migration is not making -# progress. The default value is 10. (Since 2.7) -# -# @cpu-throttle-tailslow: Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage -# At the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very -# sensitive to CPU percentage while the @cpu-throttle -# -increment is excessive usually at tail stage. -# If this parameter is true, we will compute the ideal -# CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may exactly make -# the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. Then we -# will choose a smaller throttle increment between the -# one specified by @cpu-throttle-increment and the one -# generated by ideal CPU percentage. -# Therefore, it is compatible to traditional throttling, -# meanwhile the throttle increment won't be excessive -# at tail stage. -# The default value is false. (Since 5.1) +# auto-converge detects that migration is not making progress. +# The default value is 10. (Since 2.7) +# +# @cpu-throttle-tailslow: Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage At +# the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very sensitive to CPU +# percentage while the @cpu-throttle -increment is excessive +# usually at tail stage. If this parameter is true, we will +# compute the ideal CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may +# exactly make the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. +# Then we will choose a smaller throttle increment between the one +# specified by @cpu-throttle-increment and the one generated by +# ideal CPU percentage. Therefore, it is compatible to +# traditional throttling, meanwhile the throttle increment won't +# be excessive at tail stage. The default value is false. (Since +# 5.1) # # @tls-creds: ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials -# for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data -# channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials -# must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the -# credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. Setting this -# to a non-empty string enables TLS for all migrations. -# An empty string means that QEMU will use plain text mode for -# migration, rather than TLS (Since 2.9) -# Previously (since 2.7), this was reported by omitting -# tls-creds instead. -# -# @tls-hostname: hostname of the target host for the migration. This -# is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the -# migration URI does not already include a hostname. For -# example if using fd: or exec: based migration, the -# hostname must be provided so that the server's x509 -# certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) -# An empty string means that QEMU will use the hostname -# associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since 2.9) -# Previously (since 2.7), this was reported by omitting -# tls-hostname instead. -# -# @max-bandwidth: to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in -# bytes per second. (Since 2.8) -# -# @downtime-limit: set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum -# downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8) -# -# @x-checkpoint-delay: the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. (Since 2.8) +# for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data +# channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials +# must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the +# credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. Setting this to a +# non-empty string enables TLS for all migrations. An empty +# string means that QEMU will use plain text mode for migration, +# rather than TLS (Since 2.9) Previously (since 2.7), this was +# reported by omitting tls-creds instead. +# +# @tls-hostname: hostname of the target host for the migration. This +# is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the +# migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example +# if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be +# provided so that the server's x509 certificate identity can be +# validated. (Since 2.7) An empty string means that QEMU will use +# the hostname associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since +# 2.9) Previously (since 2.7), this was reported by omitting +# tls-hostname instead. +# +# @max-bandwidth: to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed +# in bytes per second. (Since 2.8) +# +# @downtime-limit: set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. +# maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8) +# +# @x-checkpoint-delay: the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. +# (Since 2.8) # # @block-incremental: Affects how much storage is migrated when the -# block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire -# storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at -# the destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is -# migrated and the destination must already have access to the -# same backing chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10) +# block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire +# storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the +# destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated +# and the destination must already have access to the same backing +# chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10) # # @multifd-channels: Number of channels used to migrate data in -# parallel. This is the same number that the -# number of sockets used for migration. The -# default value is 2 (since 4.0) +# parallel. This is the same number that the number of sockets +# used for migration. The default value is 2 (since 4.0) # # @xbzrle-cache-size: cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration. It -# needs to be a multiple of the target page size -# and a power of 2 -# (Since 2.11) +# needs to be a multiple of the target page size and a power of 2 +# (Since 2.11) # -# @max-postcopy-bandwidth: Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy. -# Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. -# (Since 3.0) +# @max-postcopy-bandwidth: Background transfer bandwidth during +# postcopy. Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. +# (Since 3.0) # -# @max-cpu-throttle: maximum cpu throttle percentage. -# The default value is 99. (Since 3.1) +# @max-cpu-throttle: maximum cpu throttle percentage. The default +# value is 99. (Since 3.1) # -# @multifd-compression: Which compression method to use. -# Defaults to none. (Since 5.0) +# @multifd-compression: Which compression method to use. Defaults to +# none. (Since 5.0) # # @multifd-zlib-level: Set the compression level to be used in live -# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 -# and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best -# compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which -# will consume more CPU. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) # # @multifd-zstd-level: Set the compression level to be used in live -# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 -# and 20, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best -# compression speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which -# will consume more CPU. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 20, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) # # @block-bitmap-mapping: Maps block nodes and bitmaps on them to -# aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such -# aliases may for example be the corresponding names on the -# opposite site. -# The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily -# complete: On the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps -# on unmapped nodes will be ignored. On the destination, -# encountering an unmapped alias in the incoming migration -# stream will result in a report, and all further bitmap -# migration data will then be discarded. -# Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it -# does not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement -# regarding the number of bitmaps received, or how they are -# named, or on which nodes they are placed. -# By default (when this parameter has never been set), bitmap -# names are mapped to themselves. Nodes are mapped to their -# block device name if there is one, and to their node name -# otherwise. (Since 5.2) +# aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such aliases +# may for example be the corresponding names on the opposite site. +# The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily complete: On +# the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps on unmapped nodes +# will be ignored. On the destination, encountering an unmapped +# alias in the incoming migration stream will result in a report, +# and all further bitmap migration data will then be discarded. +# Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it does +# not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement regarding +# the number of bitmaps received, or how they are named, or on +# which nodes they are placed. By default (when this parameter +# has never been set), bitmap names are mapped to themselves. +# Nodes are mapped to their block device name if there is one, and +# to their node name otherwise. (Since 5.2) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-checkpoint-delay is experimental. # # TODO: either fuse back into MigrationParameters, or make -# MigrationParameters members mandatory +# MigrationParameters members mandatory # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -992,7 +986,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "migrate-set-parameters" , # "arguments": { "compress-level": 1 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'migrate-set-parameters', 'boxed': true, 'data': 'MigrateSetParameters' } @@ -1002,149 +995,140 @@ # # The optional members aren't actually optional. # -# @announce-initial: Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the -# first announce (Since 4.0) +# @announce-initial: Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending +# the first announce (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-max: Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the -# announcement (Since 4.0) +# @announce-max: Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in +# the announcement (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-rounds: Number of self-announce packets sent after migration -# (Since 4.0) +# @announce-rounds: Number of self-announce packets sent after +# migration (Since 4.0) # -# @announce-step: Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent -# packets in the announcement (Since 4.0) +# @announce-step: Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between +# subsequent packets in the announcement (Since 4.0) # # @compress-level: compression level # # @compress-threads: compression thread count # -# @compress-wait-thread: Controls behavior when all compression threads are -# currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free -# compression thread to become available; otherwise, -# send the page uncompressed. (Since 3.1) +# @compress-wait-thread: Controls behavior when all compression +# threads are currently busy. If true (default), wait for a free +# compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page +# uncompressed. (Since 3.1) # # @decompress-threads: decompression thread count # -# @throttle-trigger-threshold: The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and bytes_xfer_period -# to trigger throttling. It is expressed as percentage. -# The default value is 50. (Since 5.0) +# @throttle-trigger-threshold: The ratio of bytes_dirty_period and +# bytes_xfer_period to trigger throttling. It is expressed as +# percentage. The default value is 50. (Since 5.0) # # @cpu-throttle-initial: Initial percentage of time guest cpus are -# throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. -# (Since 2.7) +# throttled when migration auto-converge is activated. (Since +# 2.7) # # @cpu-throttle-increment: throttle percentage increase each time -# auto-converge detects that migration is not making -# progress. (Since 2.7) -# -# @cpu-throttle-tailslow: Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage -# At the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very -# sensitive to CPU percentage while the @cpu-throttle -# -increment is excessive usually at tail stage. -# If this parameter is true, we will compute the ideal -# CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may exactly make -# the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. Then we -# will choose a smaller throttle increment between the -# one specified by @cpu-throttle-increment and the one -# generated by ideal CPU percentage. -# Therefore, it is compatible to traditional throttling, -# meanwhile the throttle increment won't be excessive -# at tail stage. -# The default value is false. (Since 5.1) +# auto-converge detects that migration is not making progress. +# (Since 2.7) +# +# @cpu-throttle-tailslow: Make CPU throttling slower at tail stage At +# the tail stage of throttling, the Guest is very sensitive to CPU +# percentage while the @cpu-throttle -increment is excessive +# usually at tail stage. If this parameter is true, we will +# compute the ideal CPU percentage used by the Guest, which may +# exactly make the dirty rate match the dirty rate threshold. +# Then we will choose a smaller throttle increment between the one +# specified by @cpu-throttle-increment and the one generated by +# ideal CPU percentage. Therefore, it is compatible to +# traditional throttling, meanwhile the throttle increment won't +# be excessive at tail stage. The default value is false. (Since +# 5.1) # # @tls-creds: ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials -# for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data -# channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials -# must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the -# credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. -# An empty string means that QEMU will use plain text mode for -# migration, rather than TLS (Since 2.7) -# Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting tls-creds instead. -# -# @tls-hostname: hostname of the target host for the migration. This -# is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the -# migration URI does not already include a hostname. For -# example if using fd: or exec: based migration, the -# hostname must be provided so that the server's x509 -# certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) -# An empty string means that QEMU will use the hostname -# associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since 2.9) -# Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting tls-hostname instead. -# -# @tls-authz: ID of the 'authz' object subclass that provides access control -# checking of the TLS x509 certificate distinguished name. (Since -# 4.0) -# -# @max-bandwidth: to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in -# bytes per second. (Since 2.8) -# -# @downtime-limit: set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum -# downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8) -# -# @x-checkpoint-delay: the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. (Since 2.8) +# for establishing a TLS connection over the migration data +# channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the credentials +# must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the +# credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. An empty string +# means that QEMU will use plain text mode for migration, rather +# than TLS (Since 2.7) Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting +# tls-creds instead. +# +# @tls-hostname: hostname of the target host for the migration. This +# is required when using x509 based TLS credentials and the +# migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example +# if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be +# provided so that the server's x509 certificate identity can be +# validated. (Since 2.7) An empty string means that QEMU will use +# the hostname associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since +# 2.9) Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting tls-hostname instead. +# +# @tls-authz: ID of the 'authz' object subclass that provides access +# control checking of the TLS x509 certificate distinguished name. +# (Since 4.0) +# +# @max-bandwidth: to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed +# in bytes per second. (Since 2.8) +# +# @downtime-limit: set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. +# maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since 2.8) +# +# @x-checkpoint-delay: the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. +# (Since 2.8) # # @block-incremental: Affects how much storage is migrated when the -# block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire -# storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at -# the destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is -# migrated and the destination must already have access to the -# same backing chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10) +# block migration capability is enabled. When false, the entire +# storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the +# destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated +# and the destination must already have access to the same backing +# chain as was used on the source. (since 2.10) # # @multifd-channels: Number of channels used to migrate data in -# parallel. This is the same number that the -# number of sockets used for migration. -# The default value is 2 (since 4.0) +# parallel. This is the same number that the number of sockets +# used for migration. The default value is 2 (since 4.0) # # @xbzrle-cache-size: cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration. It -# needs to be a multiple of the target page size -# and a power of 2 -# (Since 2.11) +# needs to be a multiple of the target page size and a power of 2 +# (Since 2.11) # -# @max-postcopy-bandwidth: Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy. -# Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. -# (Since 3.0) +# @max-postcopy-bandwidth: Background transfer bandwidth during +# postcopy. Defaults to 0 (unlimited). In bytes per second. +# (Since 3.0) # -# @max-cpu-throttle: maximum cpu throttle percentage. -# Defaults to 99. -# (Since 3.1) +# @max-cpu-throttle: maximum cpu throttle percentage. Defaults to 99. +# (Since 3.1) # -# @multifd-compression: Which compression method to use. -# Defaults to none. (Since 5.0) +# @multifd-compression: Which compression method to use. Defaults to +# none. (Since 5.0) # # @multifd-zlib-level: Set the compression level to be used in live -# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 -# and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best -# compression speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which -# will consume more CPU. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 9, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) # # @multifd-zstd-level: Set the compression level to be used in live -# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 -# and 20, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best -# compression speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which -# will consume more CPU. -# Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) +# migration, the compression level is an integer between 0 and 20, +# where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression +# speed, and 20 means best compression ratio which will consume +# more CPU. Defaults to 1. (Since 5.0) # # @block-bitmap-mapping: Maps block nodes and bitmaps on them to -# aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such -# aliases may for example be the corresponding names on the -# opposite site. -# The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily -# complete: On the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps -# on unmapped nodes will be ignored. On the destination, -# encountering an unmapped alias in the incoming migration -# stream will result in a report, and all further bitmap -# migration data will then be discarded. -# Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it -# does not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement -# regarding the number of bitmaps received, or how they are -# named, or on which nodes they are placed. -# By default (when this parameter has never been set), bitmap -# names are mapped to themselves. Nodes are mapped to their -# block device name if there is one, and to their node name -# otherwise. (Since 5.2) +# aliases for the purpose of dirty bitmap migration. Such aliases +# may for example be the corresponding names on the opposite site. +# The mapping must be one-to-one, but not necessarily complete: On +# the source, unmapped bitmaps and all bitmaps on unmapped nodes +# will be ignored. On the destination, encountering an unmapped +# alias in the incoming migration stream will result in a report, +# and all further bitmap migration data will then be discarded. +# Note that the destination does not know about bitmaps it does +# not receive, so there is no limitation or requirement regarding +# the number of bitmaps received, or how they are named, or on +# which nodes they are placed. By default (when this parameter +# has never been set), bitmap names are mapped to themselves. +# Nodes are mapped to their block device name if there is one, and +# to their node name otherwise. (Since 5.2) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-checkpoint-delay is experimental. # # Since: 2.4 @@ -1201,7 +1185,6 @@ # "downtime-limit": 300 # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-migrate-parameters', 'returns': 'MigrationParameters' } @@ -1209,9 +1192,9 @@ ## # @migrate-start-postcopy: # -# Followup to a migration command to switch the migration to postcopy mode. -# The postcopy-ram capability must be set on both source and destination -# before the original migration command. +# Followup to a migration command to switch the migration to postcopy +# mode. The postcopy-ram capability must be set on both source and +# destination before the original migration command. # # Since: 2.5 # @@ -1219,7 +1202,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "migrate-start-postcopy" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'migrate-start-postcopy' } @@ -1237,7 +1219,6 @@ # <- {"timestamp": {"seconds": 1432121972, "microseconds": 744001}, # "event": "MIGRATION", # "data": {"status": "completed"} } -# ## { 'event': 'MIGRATION', 'data': {'status': 'MigrationStatus'}} @@ -1245,8 +1226,8 @@ ## # @MIGRATION_PASS: # -# Emitted from the source side of a migration at the start of each pass -# (when it syncs the dirty bitmap) +# Emitted from the source side of a migration at the start of each +# pass (when it syncs the dirty bitmap) # # @pass: An incrementing count (starting at 1 on the first pass) # @@ -1256,7 +1237,6 @@ # # <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1449669631, "microseconds": 239225}, # "event": "MIGRATION_PASS", "data": {"pass": 2} } -# ## { 'event': 'MIGRATION_PASS', 'data': { 'pass': 'int' } } @@ -1268,7 +1248,8 @@ # # @checkpoint-ready: Secondary VM (SVM) is ready for checkpointing # -# @checkpoint-request: Primary VM (PVM) tells SVM to prepare for checkpointing +# @checkpoint-request: Primary VM (PVM) tells SVM to prepare for +# checkpointing # # @checkpoint-reply: SVM gets PVM's checkpoint request # @@ -1316,7 +1297,8 @@ # # @completed: finish the process of failover # -# @relaunch: restart the failover process, from 'none' -> 'completed' (Since 2.9) +# @relaunch: restart the failover process, from 'none' -> 'completed' +# (Since 2.9) # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -1339,7 +1321,6 @@ # # <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 2032141960, "microseconds": 417172}, # "event": "COLO_EXIT", "data": {"mode": "primary", "reason": "request" } } -# ## { 'event': 'COLO_EXIT', 'data': {'mode': 'COLOMode', 'reason': 'COLOExitReason' } } @@ -1349,9 +1330,9 @@ # # The reason for a COLO exit. # -# @none: failover has never happened. This state does not occur -# in the COLO_EXIT event, and is only visible in the result of -# query-colo-status. +# @none: failover has never happened. This state does not occur in +# the COLO_EXIT event, and is only visible in the result of +# query-colo-status. # # @request: COLO exit is due to an external request. # @@ -1367,12 +1348,14 @@ ## # @x-colo-lost-heartbeat: # -# Tell qemu that heartbeat is lost, request it to do takeover procedures. -# If this command is sent to the PVM, the Primary side will exit COLO mode. -# If sent to the Secondary, the Secondary side will run failover work, -# then takes over server operation to become the service VM. +# Tell qemu that heartbeat is lost, request it to do takeover +# procedures. If this command is sent to the PVM, the Primary side +# will exit COLO mode. If sent to the Secondary, the Secondary side +# will run failover work, then takes over server operation to become +# the service VM. # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is experimental. # # Since: 2.8 @@ -1381,7 +1364,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "x-colo-lost-heartbeat" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'x-colo-lost-heartbeat', 'features': [ 'unstable' ] } @@ -1393,7 +1375,8 @@ # # Returns: nothing on success # -# Notes: This command succeeds even if there is no migration process running. +# Notes: This command succeeds even if there is no migration process +# running. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -1401,7 +1384,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "migrate_cancel" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'migrate_cancel' } @@ -1435,8 +1417,8 @@ # # @inc: incremental disk copy migration # -# @detach: this argument exists only for compatibility reasons and -# is ignored by QEMU +# @detach: this argument exists only for compatibility reasons and is +# ignored by QEMU # # @resume: resume one paused migration, default "off". (since 3.0) # @@ -1446,19 +1428,19 @@ # # Notes: # -# 1. The 'query-migrate' command should be used to check migration's progress -# and final result (this information is provided by the 'status' member) +# 1. The 'query-migrate' command should be used to check migration's +# progress and final result (this information is provided by the +# 'status' member) # # 2. All boolean arguments default to false # -# 3. The user Monitor's "detach" argument is invalid in QMP and should not -# be used +# 3. The user Monitor's "detach" argument is invalid in QMP and should +# not be used # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "migrate", "arguments": { "uri": "tcp:0:4446" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'migrate', 'data': {'uri': 'str', '*blk': 'bool', '*inc': 'bool', @@ -1467,11 +1449,11 @@ ## # @migrate-incoming: # -# Start an incoming migration, the qemu must have been started -# with -incoming defer +# Start an incoming migration, the qemu must have been started with +# -incoming defer # # @uri: The Uniform Resource Identifier identifying the source or -# address to listen on +# address to listen on # # Returns: nothing on success # @@ -1479,12 +1461,12 @@ # # Notes: # -# 1. It's a bad idea to use a string for the uri, but it needs to stay -# compatible with -incoming and the format of the uri is already exposed -# above libvirt. +# 1. It's a bad idea to use a string for the uri, but it needs +# to stay compatible with -incoming and the format of the uri +# is already exposed above libvirt. # -# 2. QEMU must be started with -incoming defer to allow migrate-incoming to -# be used. +# 2. QEMU must be started with -incoming defer to allow +# migrate-incoming to be used. # # 3. The uri format is the same as for -incoming # @@ -1493,22 +1475,21 @@ # -> { "execute": "migrate-incoming", # "arguments": { "uri": "tcp::4446" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'migrate-incoming', 'data': {'uri': 'str' } } ## # @xen-save-devices-state: # -# Save the state of all devices to file. The RAM and the block devices -# of the VM are not saved by this command. +# Save the state of all devices to file. The RAM and the block +# devices of the VM are not saved by this command. # # @filename: the file to save the state of the devices to as binary -# data. See xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the binary -# format. +# data. See xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the +# binary format. # -# @live: Optional argument to ask QEMU to treat this command as part of a live -# migration. Default to true. (since 2.11) +# @live: Optional argument to ask QEMU to treat this command as part +# of a live migration. Default to true. (since 2.11) # # Returns: Nothing on success # @@ -1519,7 +1500,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "xen-save-devices-state", # "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/save" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'xen-save-devices-state', 'data': {'filename': 'str', '*live':'bool' } } @@ -1540,19 +1520,18 @@ # -> { "execute": "xen-set-global-dirty-log", # "arguments": { "enable": true } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'xen-set-global-dirty-log', 'data': { 'enable': 'bool' } } ## # @xen-load-devices-state: # -# Load the state of all devices from file. The RAM and the block devices -# of the VM are not loaded by this command. +# Load the state of all devices from file. The RAM and the block +# devices of the VM are not loaded by this command. # # @filename: the file to load the state of the devices from as binary -# data. See xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the binary -# format. +# data. See xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the +# binary format. # # Since: 2.7 # @@ -1561,7 +1540,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "xen-load-devices-state", # "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/resume" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'xen-load-devices-state', 'data': {'filename': 'str'} } @@ -1574,8 +1552,8 @@ # # @primary: true for primary or false for secondary. # -# @failover: true to do failover, false to stop. but cannot be -# specified if 'enable' is true. default value is false. +# @failover: true to do failover, false to stop. but cannot be +# specified if 'enable' is true. default value is false. # # Returns: nothing. # @@ -1598,8 +1576,8 @@ # # @error: true if an error happened, false if replication is normal. # -# @desc: the human readable error description string, when -# @error is 'true'. +# @desc: the human readable error description string, when @error is +# 'true'. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -1647,12 +1625,12 @@ # # The result format for 'query-colo-status'. # -# @mode: COLO running mode. If COLO is running, this field will return -# 'primary' or 'secondary'. +# @mode: COLO running mode. If COLO is running, this field will +# return 'primary' or 'secondary'. # -# @last-mode: COLO last running mode. If COLO is running, this field -# will return same like mode field, after failover we can -# use this field to get last colo mode. (since 4.0) +# @last-mode: COLO last running mode. If COLO is running, this field +# will return same like mode field, after failover we can use this +# field to get last colo mode. (since 4.0) # # @reason: describes the reason for the COLO exit. # @@ -1720,9 +1698,9 @@ # @UNPLUG_PRIMARY: # # Emitted from source side of a migration when migration state is -# WAIT_UNPLUG. Device was unplugged by guest operating system. -# Device resources in QEMU are kept on standby to be able to re-plug it in case -# of migration failure. +# WAIT_UNPLUG. Device was unplugged by guest operating system. Device +# resources in QEMU are kept on standby to be able to re-plug it in +# case of migration failure. # # @device-id: QEMU device id of the unplugged device # @@ -1733,7 +1711,6 @@ # <- { "event": "UNPLUG_PRIMARY", # "data": { "device-id": "hostdev0" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'UNPLUG_PRIMARY', 'data': { 'device-id': 'str' } } @@ -1761,7 +1738,8 @@ # # @measuring: the dirtyrate thread is measuring. # -# @measured: the dirtyrate thread has measured and results are available. +# @measured: the dirtyrate thread has measured and results are +# available. # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -1789,24 +1767,24 @@ # # Information about current dirty page rate of vm. # -# @dirty-rate: an estimate of the dirty page rate of the VM in units of -# MB/s, present only when estimating the rate has completed. +# @dirty-rate: an estimate of the dirty page rate of the VM in units +# of MB/s, present only when estimating the rate has completed. # # @status: status containing dirtyrate query status includes -# 'unstarted' or 'measuring' or 'measured' +# 'unstarted' or 'measuring' or 'measured' # # @start-time: start time in units of second for calculation # # @calc-time: time in units of second for sample dirty pages # -# @sample-pages: page count per GB for sample dirty pages -# the default value is 512 (since 6.1) +# @sample-pages: page count per GB for sample dirty pages the default +# value is 512 (since 6.1) # # @mode: mode containing method of calculate dirtyrate includes -# 'page-sampling' and 'dirty-ring' (Since 6.2) +# 'page-sampling' and 'dirty-ring' (Since 6.2) # -# @vcpu-dirty-rate: dirtyrate for each vcpu if dirty-ring -# mode specified (Since 6.2) +# @vcpu-dirty-rate: dirtyrate for each vcpu if dirty-ring mode +# specified (Since 6.2) # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -1826,11 +1804,11 @@ # # @calc-time: time in units of second for sample dirty pages # -# @sample-pages: page count per GB for sample dirty pages -# the default value is 512 (since 6.1) +# @sample-pages: page count per GB for sample dirty pages the default +# value is 512 (since 6.1) # -# @mode: mechanism of calculating dirtyrate includes -# 'page-sampling' and 'dirty-ring' (Since 6.1) +# @mode: mechanism of calculating dirtyrate includes 'page-sampling' +# and 'dirty-ring' (Since 6.1) # # Since: 5.2 # @@ -1839,7 +1817,6 @@ # -> {"execute": "calc-dirty-rate", "arguments": {"calc-time": 1, # 'sample-pages': 512} } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'calc-dirty-rate', 'data': {'calc-time': 'int64', '*sample-pages': 'int', @@ -1862,12 +1839,11 @@ # @cpu-index: index of a virtual CPU. # # @limit-rate: upper limit of dirty page rate (MB/s) for a virtual -# CPU, 0 means unlimited. +# CPU, 0 means unlimited. # # @current-rate: current dirty page rate (MB/s) for a virtual CPU. # # Since: 7.1 -# ## { 'struct': 'DirtyLimitInfo', 'data': { 'cpu-index': 'int', @@ -1879,9 +1855,9 @@ # # Set the upper limit of dirty page rate for virtual CPUs. # -# Requires KVM with accelerator property "dirty-ring-size" set. -# A virtual CPU's dirty page rate is a measure of its memory load. -# To observe dirty page rates, use @calc-dirty-rate. +# Requires KVM with accelerator property "dirty-ring-size" set. A +# virtual CPU's dirty page rate is a measure of its memory load. To +# observe dirty page rates, use @calc-dirty-rate. # # @cpu-index: index of a virtual CPU, default is all. # @@ -1895,7 +1871,6 @@ # "arguments": { "dirty-rate": 200, # "cpu-index": 1 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'set-vcpu-dirty-limit', 'data': { '*cpu-index': 'int', @@ -1907,7 +1882,7 @@ # Cancel the upper limit of dirty page rate for virtual CPUs. # # Cancel the dirty page limit for the vCPU which has been set with -# set-vcpu-dirty-limit command. Note that this command requires +# set-vcpu-dirty-limit command. Note that this command requires # support from dirty ring, same as the "set-vcpu-dirty-limit". # # @cpu-index: index of a virtual CPU, default is all. @@ -1919,7 +1894,6 @@ # -> {"execute": "cancel-vcpu-dirty-limit"}, # "arguments": { "cpu-index": 1 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'cancel-vcpu-dirty-limit', 'data': { '*cpu-index': 'int'} } @@ -1927,7 +1901,8 @@ ## # @query-vcpu-dirty-limit: # -# Returns information about virtual CPU dirty page rate limits, if any. +# Returns information about virtual CPU dirty page rate limits, if +# any. # # Since: 7.1 # @@ -1937,7 +1912,6 @@ # <- {"return": [ # { "limit-rate": 60, "current-rate": 3, "cpu-index": 0}, # { "limit-rate": 60, "current-rate": 3, "cpu-index": 1}]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-vcpu-dirty-limit', 'returns': [ 'DirtyLimitInfo' ] } @@ -1977,20 +1951,24 @@ # Save a VM snapshot # # @job-id: identifier for the newly created job +# # @tag: name of the snapshot to create +# # @vmstate: block device node name to save vmstate to +# # @devices: list of block device node names to save a snapshot to # # Applications should not assume that the snapshot save is complete -# when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used -# to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that arise. +# when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used +# to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that +# arise. # -# Note that execution of the guest CPUs may be stopped during the -# time it takes to save the snapshot. A future version of QEMU -# may ensure CPUs are executing continuously. +# Note that execution of the guest CPUs may be stopped during the time +# it takes to save the snapshot. A future version of QEMU may ensure +# CPUs are executing continuously. # -# It is strongly recommended that @devices contain all writable -# block device nodes if a consistent snapshot is required. +# It is strongly recommended that @devices contain all writable block +# device nodes if a consistent snapshot is required. # # If @tag already exists, an error will be reported # @@ -2047,20 +2025,24 @@ # Load a VM snapshot # # @job-id: identifier for the newly created job +# # @tag: name of the snapshot to load. +# # @vmstate: block device node name to load vmstate from +# # @devices: list of block device node names to load a snapshot from # # Applications should not assume that the snapshot load is complete -# when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used -# to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that arise. +# when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used +# to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that +# arise. # # Note that execution of the guest CPUs will be stopped during the # time it takes to load the snapshot. # -# It is strongly recommended that @devices contain all writable -# block device nodes that can have changed since the original -# @snapshot-save command execution. +# It is strongly recommended that @devices contain all writable block +# device nodes that can have changed since the original @snapshot-save +# command execution. # # Returns: nothing # @@ -2115,12 +2097,15 @@ # Delete a VM snapshot # # @job-id: identifier for the newly created job +# # @tag: name of the snapshot to delete. +# # @devices: list of block device node names to delete a snapshot from # # Applications should not assume that the snapshot delete is complete -# when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used -# to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that arise. +# when this command returns. The job commands / events must be used +# to determine completion and to fetch details of any errors that +# arise. # # Returns: nothing # diff --git a/qapi/misc-target.json b/qapi/misc-target.json index bf04042f45..88291453ba 100644 --- a/qapi/misc-target.json +++ b/qapi/misc-target.json @@ -5,10 +5,9 @@ ## # @rtc-reset-reinjection: # -# This command will reset the RTC interrupt reinjection backlog. -# Can be used if another mechanism to synchronize guest time -# is in effect, for example QEMU guest agent's guest-set-time -# command. +# This command will reset the RTC interrupt reinjection backlog. Can +# be used if another mechanism to synchronize guest time is in effect, +# for example QEMU guest agent's guest-set-time command. # # Since: 2.1 # @@ -16,7 +15,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "rtc-reset-reinjection" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'rtc-reset-reinjection', 'if': 'TARGET_I386' } @@ -28,17 +26,19 @@ # # @uninit: The guest is uninitialized. # -# @launch-update: The guest is currently being launched; plaintext data and -# register state is being imported. +# @launch-update: The guest is currently being launched; plaintext +# data and register state is being imported. # -# @launch-secret: The guest is currently being launched; ciphertext data -# is being imported. +# @launch-secret: The guest is currently being launched; ciphertext +# data is being imported. # # @running: The guest is fully launched or migrated in. # -# @send-update: The guest is currently being migrated out to another machine. +# @send-update: The guest is currently being migrated out to another +# machine. # -# @receive-update: The guest is currently being migrated from another machine. +# @receive-update: The guest is currently being migrated from another +# machine. # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -95,7 +95,6 @@ # <- { "return": { "enabled": true, "api-major" : 0, "api-minor" : 0, # "build-id" : 0, "policy" : 0, "state" : "running", # "handle" : 1 } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-sev', 'returns': 'SevInfo', 'if': 'TARGET_I386' } @@ -125,7 +124,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-sev-launch-measure" } # <- { "return": { "data": "4l8LXeNlSPUDlXPJG5966/8%YZ" } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-sev-launch-measure', 'returns': 'SevLaunchMeasureInfo', 'if': 'TARGET_I386' } @@ -133,8 +131,8 @@ ## # @SevCapability: # -# The struct describes capability for a Secure Encrypted Virtualization -# feature. +# The struct describes capability for a Secure Encrypted +# Virtualization feature. # # @pdh: Platform Diffie-Hellman key (base64 encoded) # @@ -144,8 +142,8 @@ # # @cbitpos: C-bit location in page table entry # -# @reduced-phys-bits: Number of physical Address bit reduction when SEV is -# enabled +# @reduced-phys-bits: Number of physical Address bit reduction when +# SEV is enabled # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -160,8 +158,8 @@ ## # @query-sev-capabilities: # -# This command is used to get the SEV capabilities, and is supported on AMD -# X86 platforms only. +# This command is used to get the SEV capabilities, and is supported +# on AMD X86 platforms only. # # Returns: SevCapability objects. # @@ -173,7 +171,6 @@ # <- { "return": { "pdh": "8CCDD8DDD", "cert-chain": "888CCCDDDEE", # "cpu0-id": "2lvmGwo+...61iEinw==", # "cbitpos": 47, "reduced-phys-bits": 1}} -# ## { 'command': 'query-sev-capabilities', 'returns': 'SevCapability', 'if': 'TARGET_I386' } @@ -216,7 +213,7 @@ # supported on AMD X86 platforms only. # # @mnonce: a random 16 bytes value encoded in base64 (it will be -# included in report) +# included in report) # # Returns: SevAttestationReport objects. # @@ -227,7 +224,6 @@ # -> { "execute" : "query-sev-attestation-report", # "arguments": { "mnonce": "aaaaaaa" } } # <- { "return" : { "data": "aaaaaaaabbbddddd"} } -# ## { 'command': 'query-sev-attestation-report', 'data': { 'mnonce': 'str' }, @@ -250,7 +246,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "dump-skeys", # "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/skeys" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'dump-skeys', 'data': { 'filename': 'str' }, @@ -260,18 +255,18 @@ # @GICCapability: # # The struct describes capability for a specific GIC (Generic -# Interrupt Controller) version. These bits are not only decided by -# QEMU/KVM software version, but also decided by the hardware that -# the program is running upon. +# Interrupt Controller) version. These bits are not only decided by +# QEMU/KVM software version, but also decided by the hardware that the +# program is running upon. # -# @version: version of GIC to be described. Currently, only 2 and 3 -# are supported. +# @version: version of GIC to be described. Currently, only 2 and 3 +# are supported. # # @emulated: whether current QEMU/hardware supports emulated GIC -# device in user space. +# device in user space. # -# @kernel: whether current QEMU/hardware supports hardware -# accelerated GIC device in kernel. +# @kernel: whether current QEMU/hardware supports hardware accelerated +# GIC device in kernel. # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -284,7 +279,7 @@ ## # @query-gic-capabilities: # -# This command is ARM-only. It will return a list of GICCapability +# This command is ARM-only. It will return a list of GICCapability # objects that describe its capability bits. # # Returns: a list of GICCapability objects. @@ -296,7 +291,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "query-gic-capabilities" } # <- { "return": [{ "version": 2, "emulated": true, "kernel": false }, # { "version": 3, "emulated": false, "kernel": true } ] } -# ## { 'command': 'query-gic-capabilities', 'returns': ['GICCapability'], 'if': 'TARGET_ARM' } @@ -357,7 +351,6 @@ # "flc": true, # "sections": [{"node": 0, "size": 67108864}, # {"node": 1, "size": 29360128}]} } -# ## { 'command': 'query-sgx', 'returns': 'SGXInfo', 'if': 'TARGET_I386' } @@ -377,7 +370,6 @@ # "flc": true, # "section" : [{"node": 0, "size": 67108864}, # {"node": 1, "size": 29360128}]} } -# ## { 'command': 'query-sgx-capabilities', 'returns': 'SGXInfo', 'if': 'TARGET_I386' } @@ -470,7 +462,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'xen-event-list', 'returns': ['EvtchnInfo'], @@ -483,7 +474,8 @@ # # @port: The port number # -# Returns: - Nothing on success. +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success. # # Since: 8.0 # @@ -491,7 +483,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "xen-event-inject", "arguments": { "port": 1 } } # <- { "return": { } } -# ## { 'command': 'xen-event-inject', 'data': { 'port': 'uint32' }, diff --git a/qapi/misc.json b/qapi/misc.json index 4afaee7fe7..ff070ec828 100644 --- a/qapi/misc.json +++ b/qapi/misc.json @@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ ## # @add_client: # -# Allow client connections for VNC, Spice and socket based -# character devices to be passed in to QEMU via SCM_RIGHTS. +# Allow client connections for VNC, Spice and socket based character +# devices to be passed in to QEMU via SCM_RIGHTS. # -# If the FD associated with @fdname is not a socket, the command will fail and -# the FD will be closed. +# If the FD associated with @fdname is not a socket, the command will +# fail and the FD will be closed. # -# @protocol: protocol name. Valid names are "vnc", "spice", "@dbus-display" or -# the name of a character device (eg. from -chardev id=XXXX) +# @protocol: protocol name. Valid names are "vnc", "spice", +# "@dbus-display" or the name of a character device (eg. from +# -chardev id=XXXX) # # @fdname: file descriptor name previously passed via 'getfd' command # -# @skipauth: whether to skip authentication. Only applies -# to "vnc" and "spice" protocols +# @skipauth: whether to skip authentication. Only applies to "vnc" +# and "spice" protocols # -# @tls: whether to perform TLS. Only applies to the "spice" -# protocol +# @tls: whether to perform TLS. Only applies to the "spice" protocol # # Returns: nothing on success. # @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "add_client", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc", # "fdname": "myclient" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'add_client', 'data': { 'protocol': 'str', 'fdname': 'str', '*skipauth': 'bool', @@ -67,7 +66,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-name" } # <- { "return": { "name": "qemu-name" } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-name', 'returns': 'NameInfo', 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -80,17 +78,17 @@ # # @thread-id: ID of the underlying host thread # -# @poll-max-ns: maximum polling time in ns, 0 means polling is disabled -# (since 2.9) +# @poll-max-ns: maximum polling time in ns, 0 means polling is +# disabled (since 2.9) # -# @poll-grow: how many ns will be added to polling time, 0 means that it's not -# configured (since 2.9) +# @poll-grow: how many ns will be added to polling time, 0 means that +# it's not configured (since 2.9) # -# @poll-shrink: how many ns will be removed from polling time, 0 means that -# it's not configured (since 2.9) +# @poll-shrink: how many ns will be removed from polling time, 0 means +# that it's not configured (since 2.9) # -# @aio-max-batch: maximum number of requests in a batch for the AIO engine, -# 0 means that the engine will use its default (since 6.1) +# @aio-max-batch: maximum number of requests in a batch for the AIO +# engine, 0 means that the engine will use its default (since 6.1) # # Since: 2.0 ## @@ -107,9 +105,9 @@ # # Returns a list of information about each iothread. # -# Note: this list excludes the QEMU main loop thread, which is not declared -# using the -object iothread command-line option. It is always the main thread -# of the process. +# Note: this list excludes the QEMU main loop thread, which is not +# declared using the -object iothread command-line option. It is +# always the main thread of the process. # # Returns: a list of @IOThreadInfo for each iothread # @@ -129,7 +127,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-iothreads', 'returns': ['IOThreadInfo'], 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -141,16 +138,15 @@ # # Since: 0.14 # -# Notes: This function will succeed even if the guest is already in the stopped -# state. In "inmigrate" state, it will ensure that the guest -# remains paused once migration finishes, as if the -S option was -# passed on the command line. +# Notes: This function will succeed even if the guest is already in +# the stopped state. In "inmigrate" state, it will ensure that +# the guest remains paused once migration finishes, as if the -S +# option was passed on the command line. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "stop" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'stop' } @@ -163,17 +159,16 @@ # # Returns: If successful, nothing # -# Notes: This command will succeed if the guest is currently running. It -# will also succeed if the guest is in the "inmigrate" state; in -# this case, the effect of the command is to make sure the guest -# starts once migration finishes, removing the effect of the -S -# command line option if it was passed. +# Notes: This command will succeed if the guest is currently running. +# It will also succeed if the guest is in the "inmigrate" state; +# in this case, the effect of the command is to make sure the +# guest starts once migration finishes, removing the effect of the +# -S command line option if it was passed. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "cont" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'cont' } @@ -182,13 +177,14 @@ # # Exit from "preconfig" state # -# This command makes QEMU exit the preconfig state and proceed with -# VM initialization using configuration data provided on the command line -# and via the QMP monitor during the preconfig state. The command is only -# available during the preconfig state (i.e. when the --preconfig command -# line option was in use). +# This command makes QEMU exit the preconfig state and proceed with VM +# initialization using configuration data provided on the command line +# and via the QMP monitor during the preconfig state. The command is +# only available during the preconfig state (i.e. when the --preconfig +# command line option was in use). # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is experimental. # # Since: 3.0 @@ -199,7 +195,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "x-exit-preconfig" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'x-exit-preconfig', 'allow-preconfig': true, 'features': [ 'unstable' ] } @@ -214,35 +209,33 @@ # @cpu-index: The CPU to use for commands that require an implicit CPU # # Features: +# # @savevm-monitor-nodes: If present, HMP command savevm only snapshots -# monitor-owned nodes if they have no parents. -# This allows the use of 'savevm' with -# -blockdev. (since 4.2) +# monitor-owned nodes if they have no parents. This allows the +# use of 'savevm' with -blockdev. (since 4.2) # # Returns: the output of the command as a string # # Since: 0.14 # # Notes: This command only exists as a stop-gap. Its use is highly -# discouraged. The semantics of this command are not -# guaranteed: this means that command names, arguments and -# responses can change or be removed at ANY time. Applications -# that rely on long term stability guarantees should NOT -# use this command. +# discouraged. The semantics of this command are not guaranteed: +# this means that command names, arguments and responses can +# change or be removed at ANY time. Applications that rely on +# long term stability guarantees should NOT use this command. # -# Known limitations: +# Known limitations: # -# * This command is stateless, this means that commands that depend -# on state information (such as getfd) might not work +# * This command is stateless, this means that commands that +# depend on state information (such as getfd) might not work # -# * Commands that prompt the user for data don't currently work +# * Commands that prompt the user for data don't currently work # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "human-monitor-command", # "arguments": { "command-line": "info kvm" } } # <- { "return": "kvm support: enabled\r\n" } -# ## { 'command': 'human-monitor-command', 'data': {'command-line': 'str', '*cpu-index': 'int'}, @@ -260,18 +253,16 @@ # # Since: 0.14 # -# Notes: If @fdname already exists, the file descriptor assigned to -# it will be closed and replaced by the received file -# descriptor. +# Notes: If @fdname already exists, the file descriptor assigned to it +# will be closed and replaced by the received file descriptor. # -# The 'closefd' command can be used to explicitly close the -# file descriptor when it is no longer needed. +# The 'closefd' command can be used to explicitly close the file +# descriptor when it is no longer needed. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "getfd", "arguments": { "fdname": "fd1" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'getfd', 'data': {'fdname': 'str'}, 'if': 'CONFIG_POSIX' } @@ -291,18 +282,16 @@ # # Since: 8.0 # -# Notes: If @fdname already exists, the file descriptor assigned to -# it will be closed and replaced by the received file -# descriptor. +# Notes: If @fdname already exists, the file descriptor assigned to it +# will be closed and replaced by the received file descriptor. # -# The 'closefd' command can be used to explicitly close the -# file descriptor when it is no longer needed. +# The 'closefd' command can be used to explicitly close the file +# descriptor when it is no longer needed. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "get-win32-socket", "arguments": { "info": "abcd123..", fdname": "skclient" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'get-win32-socket', 'data': {'info': 'str', 'fdname': 'str'}, 'if': 'CONFIG_WIN32' } @@ -321,7 +310,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "closefd", "arguments": { "fdname": "fd1" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'closefd', 'data': {'fdname': 'str'} } @@ -332,8 +320,8 @@ # # @fdset-id: The ID of the fd set that @fd was added to. # -# @fd: The file descriptor that was received via SCM rights and -# added to the fd set. +# @fd: The file descriptor that was received via SCM rights and added +# to the fd set. # # Since: 1.2 ## @@ -348,13 +336,14 @@ # # @opaque: A free-form string that can be used to describe the fd. # -# Returns: - @AddfdInfo on success -# - If file descriptor was not received, GenericError -# - If @fdset-id is a negative value, GenericError +# Returns: +# - @AddfdInfo on success +# - If file descriptor was not received, GenericError +# - If @fdset-id is a negative value, GenericError # # Notes: The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections. # -# If @fdset-id is not specified, a new fd set will be created. +# If @fdset-id is not specified, a new fd set will be created. # # Since: 1.2 # @@ -362,7 +351,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "add-fd", "arguments": { "fdset-id": 1 } } # <- { "return": { "fdset-id": 1, "fd": 3 } } -# ## { 'command': 'add-fd', 'data': { '*fdset-id': 'int', @@ -378,21 +366,21 @@ # # @fd: The file descriptor that is to be removed. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If @fdset-id or @fd is not found, GenericError +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If @fdset-id or @fd is not found, GenericError # # Since: 1.2 # # Notes: The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections. # -# If @fd is not specified, all file descriptors in @fdset-id -# will be removed. +# If @fd is not specified, all file descriptors in @fdset-id will be +# removed. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "remove-fd", "arguments": { "fdset-id": 1, "fd": 3 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'remove-fd', 'data': {'fdset-id': 'int', '*fd': 'int'} } @@ -465,7 +453,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-fdsets', 'returns': ['FdsetInfo'] } @@ -481,7 +468,7 @@ # @number: accepts a number # # @size: accepts a number followed by an optional suffix (K)ilo, -# (M)ega, (G)iga, (T)era +# (M)ega, (G)iga, (T)era # # Since: 1.5 ## @@ -512,7 +499,8 @@ ## # @CommandLineOptionInfo: # -# Details about a command line option, including its list of parameter details +# Details about a command line option, including its list of parameter +# details # # @option: option name # @@ -530,8 +518,9 @@ # # @option: option name # -# Returns: list of @CommandLineOptionInfo for all options (or for the given -# @option). Returns an error if the given @option doesn't exist. +# Returns: list of @CommandLineOptionInfo for all options (or for the +# given @option). Returns an error if the given @option doesn't +# exist. # # Since: 1.5 # @@ -555,26 +544,25 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## {'command': 'query-command-line-options', - 'data': { '*option': 'str' }, + 'data': {'*option': 'str'}, 'returns': ['CommandLineOptionInfo'], - 'allow-preconfig': true } + 'allow-preconfig': true} ## # @RTC_CHANGE: # # Emitted when the guest changes the RTC time. # -# @offset: offset in seconds between base RTC clock (as specified -# by -rtc base), and new RTC clock value +# @offset: offset in seconds between base RTC clock (as specified by +# -rtc base), and new RTC clock value # # @qom-path: path to the RTC object in the QOM tree # -# Note: This event is rate-limited. -# It is not guaranteed that the RTC in the system implements -# this event, or even that the system has an RTC at all. +# Note: This event is rate-limited. It is not guaranteed that the RTC +# in the system implements this event, or even that the system has +# an RTC at all. # # Since: 0.13 # @@ -593,10 +581,11 @@ # Emitted when the client of a TYPE_VFIO_USER_SERVER closes the # communication channel # -# @vfu-id: ID of the TYPE_VFIO_USER_SERVER object. It is the last component -# of @vfu-qom-path referenced below +# @vfu-id: ID of the TYPE_VFIO_USER_SERVER object. It is the last +# component of @vfu-qom-path referenced below # -# @vfu-qom-path: path to the TYPE_VFIO_USER_SERVER object in the QOM tree +# @vfu-qom-path: path to the TYPE_VFIO_USER_SERVER object in the QOM +# tree # # @dev-id: ID of attached PCI device # @@ -612,7 +601,6 @@ # "dev-id": "sas1", # "dev-qom-path": "/machine/peripheral/sas1" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'VFU_CLIENT_HANGUP', 'data': { 'vfu-id': 'str', 'vfu-qom-path': 'str', diff --git a/qapi/net.json b/qapi/net.json index 3606d9d27f..db67501308 100644 --- a/qapi/net.json +++ b/qapi/net.json @@ -18,21 +18,20 @@ # # @up: true to set the link status to be up # -# Returns: Nothing on success -# If @name is not a valid network device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: Nothing on success If @name is not a valid network device, +# DeviceNotFound # # Since: 0.14 # -# Notes: Not all network adapters support setting link status. This command -# will succeed even if the network adapter does not support link status -# notification. +# Notes: Not all network adapters support setting link status. This +# command will succeed even if the network adapter does not +# support link status notification. # # Example: # # -> { "execute": "set_link", # "arguments": { "name": "e1000.0", "up": false } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'set_link', 'data': {'name': 'str', 'up': 'bool'} } @@ -45,8 +44,8 @@ # # Since: 0.14 # -# Returns: Nothing on success -# If @type is not a valid network backend, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: Nothing on success If @type is not a valid network backend, +# DeviceNotFound # # Example: # @@ -54,7 +53,6 @@ # "arguments": { "type": "user", "id": "netdev1", # "dnssearch": [ { "str": "example.org" } ] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'netdev_add', 'data': 'Netdev', 'boxed': true, 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -66,8 +64,8 @@ # # @id: the name of the network backend to remove # -# Returns: Nothing on success -# If @id is not a valid network backend, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: Nothing on success If @id is not a valid network backend, +# DeviceNotFound # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -75,7 +73,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "netdev_del", "arguments": { "id": "netdev1" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'netdev_del', 'data': {'id': 'str'}, 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -108,25 +105,23 @@ ## # @NetdevUserOptions: # -# Use the user mode network stack which requires no administrator privilege to -# run. +# Use the user mode network stack which requires no administrator +# privilege to run. # # @hostname: client hostname reported by the builtin DHCP server # # @restrict: isolate the guest from the host # -# @ipv4: whether to support IPv4, default true for enabled -# (since 2.6) +# @ipv4: whether to support IPv4, default true for enabled (since 2.6) # -# @ipv6: whether to support IPv6, default true for enabled -# (since 2.6) +# @ipv6: whether to support IPv6, default true for enabled (since 2.6) # # @ip: legacy parameter, use net= instead # -# @net: IP network address that the guest will see, in the -# form addr[/netmask] The netmask is optional, and can be -# either in the form a.b.c.d or as a number of valid top-most -# bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24. +# @net: IP network address that the guest will see, in the form +# addr[/netmask] The netmask is optional, and can be either in the +# form a.b.c.d or as a number of valid top-most bits. Default is +# 10.0.2.0/24. # # @host: guest-visible address of the host # @@ -135,34 +130,34 @@ # @bootfile: BOOTP filename, for use with tftp= # # @dhcpstart: the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can -# assign +# assign # # @dns: guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver # -# @dnssearch: list of DNS suffixes to search, passed as DHCP option -# to the guest +# @dnssearch: list of DNS suffixes to search, passed as DHCP option to +# the guest # # @domainname: guest-visible domain name of the virtual nameserver -# (since 3.0) +# (since 3.0) # -# @ipv6-prefix: IPv6 network prefix (default is fec0::) (since -# 2.6). The network prefix is given in the usual -# hexadecimal IPv6 address notation. +# @ipv6-prefix: IPv6 network prefix (default is fec0::) (since 2.6). +# The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal IPv6 +# address notation. # -# @ipv6-prefixlen: IPv6 network prefix length (default is 64) -# (since 2.6) +# @ipv6-prefixlen: IPv6 network prefix length (default is 64) (since +# 2.6) # # @ipv6-host: guest-visible IPv6 address of the host (since 2.6) # -# @ipv6-dns: guest-visible IPv6 address of the virtual -# nameserver (since 2.6) +# @ipv6-dns: guest-visible IPv6 address of the virtual nameserver +# (since 2.6) # # @smb: root directory of the built-in SMB server # # @smbserver: IP address of the built-in SMB server # # @hostfwd: redirect incoming TCP or UDP host connections to guest -# endpoints +# endpoints # # @guestfwd: forward guest TCP connections # @@ -205,7 +200,7 @@ # @fd: file descriptor of an already opened tap # # @fds: multiple file descriptors of already opened multiqueue capable -# tap +# tap # # @script: script to initialize the interface # @@ -215,7 +210,7 @@ # # @helper: command to execute to configure bridge # -# @sndbuf: send buffer limit. Understands [TGMKkb] suffixes. +# @sndbuf: send buffer limit. Understands [TGMKkb] suffixes. # # @vnet_hdr: enable the IFF_VNET_HDR flag on the tap interface # @@ -224,14 +219,14 @@ # @vhostfd: file descriptor of an already opened vhost net device # # @vhostfds: file descriptors of multiple already opened vhost net -# devices +# devices # # @vhostforce: vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests # # @queues: number of queues to be created for multiqueue capable tap # -# @poll-us: maximum number of microseconds that could -# be spent on busy polling for tap (since 2.7) +# @poll-us: maximum number of microseconds that could be spent on busy +# polling for tap (since 2.7) # # Since: 1.2 ## @@ -303,9 +298,8 @@ # # @counter: have sequence counter # -# @pincounter: pin sequence counter to zero - -# workaround for buggy implementations or -# networks with packet reorder +# @pincounter: pin sequence counter to zero - workaround for buggy +# implementations or networks with packet reorder # # @txcookie: 32 or 64 bit transmit cookie # @@ -313,11 +307,11 @@ # # @txsession: 32 bit transmit session # -# @rxsession: 32 bit receive session - if not specified -# set to the same value as transmit +# @rxsession: 32 bit receive session - if not specified set to the +# same value as transmit # -# @offset: additional offset - allows the insertion of -# additional application-specific data before the packet payload +# @offset: additional offset - allows the insertion of additional +# application-specific data before the packet payload # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -382,7 +376,9 @@ # Connect two or more net clients through a software hub. # # @hubid: hub identifier number -# @netdev: used to connect hub to a netdev instead of a device (since 2.12) +# +# @netdev: used to connect hub to a netdev instead of a device (since +# 2.12) # # Since: 1.2 ## @@ -396,12 +392,12 @@ # # Connect a client to a netmap-enabled NIC or to a VALE switch port # -# @ifname: Either the name of an existing network interface supported by -# netmap, or the name of a VALE port (created on the fly). -# A VALE port name is in the form 'valeXXX:YYY', where XXX and -# YYY are non-negative integers. XXX identifies a switch and -# YYY identifies a port of the switch. VALE ports having the -# same XXX are therefore connected to the same switch. +# @ifname: Either the name of an existing network interface supported +# by netmap, or the name of a VALE port (created on the fly). A +# VALE port name is in the form 'valeXXX:YYY', where XXX and YYY +# are non-negative integers. XXX identifies a switch and YYY +# identifies a port of the switch. VALE ports having the same XXX +# are therefore connected to the same switch. # # @devname: path of the netmap device (default: '/dev/netmap'). # @@ -422,7 +418,7 @@ # @vhostforce: vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests (default: false). # # @queues: number of queues to be created for multiqueue vhost-user -# (default: 1) (Since 2.5) +# (default: 1) (Since 2.5) # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -437,21 +433,21 @@ # # Vhost-vdpa network backend # -# vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with the virtio -# specifications with a vendor specific control path. +# vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with the +# virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path. # -# @vhostdev: path of vhost-vdpa device -# (default:'/dev/vhost-vdpa-0') +# @vhostdev: path of vhost-vdpa device (default:'/dev/vhost-vdpa-0') # # @vhostfd: file descriptor of an already opened vhost vdpa device # # @queues: number of queues to be created for multiqueue vhost-vdpa -# (default: 1) +# (default: 1) # -# @x-svq: Start device with (experimental) shadow virtqueue. (Since 7.1) -# (default: false) +# @x-svq: Start device with (experimental) shadow virtqueue. (Since +# 7.1) (default: false) # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-svq is experimental. # # Since: 5.1 @@ -472,31 +468,28 @@ # interfaces that are in host mode and also with the host. # # @start-address: The starting IPv4 address to use for the interface. -# Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). Must be -# specified along with @end-address and @subnet-mask. -# This address is used as the gateway address. The -# subsequent address up to and including end-address are -# placed in the DHCP pool. +# Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). Must be specified +# along with @end-address and @subnet-mask. This address is used +# as the gateway address. The subsequent address up to and +# including end-address are placed in the DHCP pool. # # @end-address: The DHCP IPv4 range end address to use for the -# interface. Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). -# Must be specified along with @start-address and -# @subnet-mask. +# interface. Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). Must be +# specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. # -# @subnet-mask: The IPv4 subnet mask to use on the interface. Must -# be specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. +# @subnet-mask: The IPv4 subnet mask to use on the interface. Must be +# specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. # -# @isolated: Enable isolation for this interface. Interface isolation -# ensures that vmnet interface is not able to communicate -# with any other vmnet interfaces. Only communication with -# host is allowed. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. +# @isolated: Enable isolation for this interface. Interface isolation +# ensures that vmnet interface is not able to communicate with any +# other vmnet interfaces. Only communication with host is +# allowed. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. # # @net-uuid: The identifier (UUID) to uniquely identify the isolated -# network vmnet interface should be added to. If -# set, no DHCP service is provided for this interface and -# network communication is allowed only with other interfaces -# added to this network identified by the UUID. Requires -# at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. +# network vmnet interface should be added to. If set, no DHCP +# service is provided for this interface and network communication +# is allowed only with other interfaces added to this network +# identified by the UUID. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -515,34 +508,33 @@ # vmnet (shared mode) network backend. # # Allows traffic originating from the vmnet interface to reach the -# Internet through a network address translator (NAT). -# The vmnet interface can communicate with the host and with -# other shared mode interfaces on the same subnet. If no DHCP -# settings, subnet mask and IPv6 prefix specified, the interface can -# communicate with any of other interfaces in shared mode. +# Internet through a network address translator (NAT). The vmnet +# interface can communicate with the host and with other shared mode +# interfaces on the same subnet. If no DHCP settings, subnet mask and +# IPv6 prefix specified, the interface can communicate with any of +# other interfaces in shared mode. # # @start-address: The starting IPv4 address to use for the interface. -# Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). Must be -# specified along with @end-address and @subnet-mask. -# This address is used as the gateway address. The -# subsequent address up to and including end-address are -# placed in the DHCP pool. +# Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). Must be specified +# along with @end-address and @subnet-mask. This address is used +# as the gateway address. The subsequent address up to and +# including end-address are placed in the DHCP pool. # # @end-address: The DHCP IPv4 range end address to use for the -# interface. Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). -# Must be specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. +# interface. Must be in the private IP range (RFC 1918). Must be +# specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. # -# @subnet-mask: The IPv4 subnet mask to use on the interface. Must -# be specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. +# @subnet-mask: The IPv4 subnet mask to use on the interface. Must be +# specified along with @start-address and @subnet-mask. # -# @isolated: Enable isolation for this interface. Interface isolation -# ensures that vmnet interface is not able to communicate -# with any other vmnet interfaces. Only communication with -# host is allowed. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. +# @isolated: Enable isolation for this interface. Interface isolation +# ensures that vmnet interface is not able to communicate with any +# other vmnet interfaces. Only communication with host is +# allowed. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. # -# @nat66-prefix: The IPv6 prefix to use into guest network. Must be a -# unique local address i.e. start with fd00::/8 and have -# length of 64. +# @nat66-prefix: The IPv6 prefix to use into guest network. Must be a +# unique local address i.e. start with fd00::/8 and have length of +# 64. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -564,10 +556,10 @@ # # @ifname: The name of the physical interface to be bridged. # -# @isolated: Enable isolation for this interface. Interface isolation -# ensures that vmnet interface is not able to communicate -# with any other vmnet interfaces. Only communication with -# host is allowed. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. +# @isolated: Enable isolation for this interface. Interface isolation +# ensures that vmnet interface is not able to communicate with any +# other vmnet interfaces. Only communication with host is +# allowed. Requires at least macOS Big Sur 11.0. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -582,13 +574,14 @@ # # Configuration info for stream socket netdev # -# @addr: socket address to listen on (server=true) -# or connect to (server=false) +# @addr: socket address to listen on (server=true) or connect to +# (server=false) +# # @server: create server socket (default: false) -# @reconnect: For a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, -# then attempt a reconnect after the given number of seconds. -# Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0) -# (since 8.0) +# +# @reconnect: For a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then +# attempt a reconnect after the given number of seconds. Setting +# this to zero disables this function. (default: 0) (since 8.0) # # Only SocketAddress types 'unix', 'inet' and 'fd' are supported. # @@ -606,13 +599,14 @@ # Configuration info for datagram socket netdev. # # @remote: remote address +# # @local: local address # # Only SocketAddress types 'unix', 'inet' and 'fd' are supported. # -# If remote address is present and it's a multicast address, local address -# is optional. Otherwise local address is required and remote address is -# optional. +# If remote address is present and it's a multicast address, local +# address is optional. Otherwise local address is required and remote +# address is optional. # # .. table:: Valid parameters combination table # :widths: auto @@ -764,9 +758,9 @@ # @name: net client name # # Returns: list of @RxFilterInfo for all NICs (or for the given NIC). -# Returns an error if the given @name doesn't exist, or given -# NIC doesn't support rx-filter querying, or given net client -# isn't a NIC. +# Returns an error if the given @name doesn't exist, or given NIC +# doesn't support rx-filter querying, or given net client isn't a +# NIC. # # Since: 1.6 # @@ -798,7 +792,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-rx-filter', 'data': { '*name': 'str' }, @@ -807,8 +800,8 @@ ## # @NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED: # -# Emitted once until the 'query-rx-filter' command is executed, the first event -# will always be emitted +# Emitted once until the 'query-rx-filter' command is executed, the +# first event will always be emitted # # @name: net client name # @@ -822,7 +815,6 @@ # "data": { "name": "vnet0", # "path": "/machine/peripheral/vnet0/virtio-backend" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1368697518, "microseconds": 326866 } } -# ## { 'event': 'NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED', 'data': { '*name': 'str', 'path': 'str' } } @@ -833,7 +825,7 @@ # Parameters for self-announce timers # # @initial: Initial delay (in ms) before sending the first GARP/RARP -# announcement +# announcement # # @max: Maximum delay (in ms) between GARP/RARP announcement packets # @@ -841,12 +833,12 @@ # # @step: Delay increase (in ms) after each self-announcement attempt # -# @interfaces: An optional list of interface names, which restricts the -# announcement to the listed interfaces. (Since 4.1) +# @interfaces: An optional list of interface names, which restricts +# the announcement to the listed interfaces. (Since 4.1) # # @id: A name to be used to identify an instance of announce-timers -# and to allow it to modified later. Not for use as -# part of the migration parameters. (Since 4.1) +# and to allow it to modified later. Not for use as part of the +# migration parameters. (Since 4.1) # # Since: 4.0 ## @@ -862,8 +854,9 @@ ## # @announce-self: # -# Trigger generation of broadcast RARP frames to update network switches. -# This can be useful when network bonds fail-over the active slave. +# Trigger generation of broadcast RARP frames to update network +# switches. This can be useful when network bonds fail-over the +# active slave. # # Example: # @@ -881,9 +874,10 @@ ## # @FAILOVER_NEGOTIATED: # -# Emitted when VIRTIO_NET_F_STANDBY was enabled during feature negotiation. -# Failover primary devices which were hidden (not hotplugged when requested) -# before will now be hotplugged by the virtio-net standby device. +# Emitted when VIRTIO_NET_F_STANDBY was enabled during feature +# negotiation. Failover primary devices which were hidden (not +# hotplugged when requested) before will now be hotplugged by the +# virtio-net standby device. # # @device-id: QEMU device id of the unplugged device # @@ -894,7 +888,6 @@ # <- { "event": "FAILOVER_NEGOTIATED", # "data": { "device-id": "net1" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1368697518, "microseconds": 326866 } } -# ## { 'event': 'FAILOVER_NEGOTIATED', 'data': {'device-id': 'str'} } @@ -905,6 +898,7 @@ # Emitted when the netdev stream backend is connected # # @netdev-id: QEMU netdev id that is connected +# # @addr: The destination address # # Since: 7.2 @@ -921,7 +915,6 @@ # "data": { "netdev-id": "netdev0", # "addr": { "path": "/tmp/qemu0", "type": "unix" } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1666269706, "microseconds": 413651 } } -# ## { 'event': 'NETDEV_STREAM_CONNECTED', 'data': { 'netdev-id': 'str', @@ -941,7 +934,6 @@ # <- { 'event': 'NETDEV_STREAM_DISCONNECTED', # 'data': {'netdev-id': 'netdev0'}, # 'timestamp': {'seconds': 1663330937, 'microseconds': 526695} } -# ## { 'event': 'NETDEV_STREAM_DISCONNECTED', 'data': { 'netdev-id': 'str' } } diff --git a/qapi/pci.json b/qapi/pci.json index ee7c659fec..086c773052 100644 --- a/qapi/pci.json +++ b/qapi/pci.json @@ -29,8 +29,9 @@ # # @bar: the index of the Base Address Register for this region # -# @type: - 'io' if the region is a PIO region -# - 'memory' if the region is a MMIO region +# @type: +# - 'io' if the region is a PIO region +# - 'memory' if the region is a MMIO region # # @size: memory size # @@ -49,21 +50,21 @@ # # Information about a bus of a PCI Bridge device # -# @number: primary bus interface number. This should be the number of the -# bus the device resides on. +# @number: primary bus interface number. This should be the number of +# the bus the device resides on. # -# @secondary: secondary bus interface number. This is the number of the -# main bus for the bridge +# @secondary: secondary bus interface number. This is the number of +# the main bus for the bridge # # @subordinate: This is the highest number bus that resides below the -# bridge. +# bridge. # # @io_range: The PIO range for all devices on this bridge # # @memory_range: The MMIO range for all devices on this bridge # -# @prefetchable_range: The range of prefetchable MMIO for all devices on -# this bridge +# @prefetchable_range: The range of prefetchable MMIO for all devices +# on this bridge # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -145,8 +146,8 @@ # # @regions: a list of the PCI I/O regions associated with the device # -# Notes: the contents of @class_info.desc are not stable and should only be -# treated as informational. +# Notes: the contents of @class_info.desc are not stable and should +# only be treated as informational. # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -174,10 +175,10 @@ # # Return information about the PCI bus topology of the guest. # -# Returns: a list of @PciInfo for each PCI bus. Each bus is -# represented by a json-object, which has a key with a json-array of -# all PCI devices attached to it. Each device is represented by a -# json-object. +# Returns: a list of @PciInfo for each PCI bus. Each bus is +# represented by a json-object, which has a key with a json-array +# of all PCI devices attached to it. Each device is represented +# by a json-object. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -310,7 +311,7 @@ # ] # } # -# Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too long. -# +# Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too +# long. ## { 'command': 'query-pci', 'returns': ['PciInfo'] } diff --git a/qapi/qapi-schema.json b/qapi/qapi-schema.json index bb7217da26..31e0b36454 100644 --- a/qapi/qapi-schema.json +++ b/qapi/qapi-schema.json @@ -5,17 +5,20 @@ # # This document describes all commands currently supported by QMP. # -# Most of the time their usage is exactly the same as in the user Monitor, this -# means that any other document which also describe commands (the manpage, -# QEMU's manual, etc) can and should be consulted. +# Most of the time their usage is exactly the same as in the user +# Monitor, this means that any other document which also describe +# commands (the manpage, QEMU's manual, etc) can and should be +# consulted. # -# QMP has two types of commands: regular and query commands. Regular commands -# usually change the Virtual Machine's state someway, while query commands just -# return information. The sections below are divided accordingly. +# QMP has two types of commands: regular and query commands. Regular +# commands usually change the Virtual Machine's state someway, while +# query commands just return information. The sections below are +# divided accordingly. # -# It's important to observe that all communication examples are formatted in -# a reader-friendly way, so that they're easier to understand. However, in real -# protocol usage, they're emitted as a single line. +# It's important to observe that all communication examples are +# formatted in a reader-friendly way, so that they're easier to +# understand. However, in real protocol usage, they're emitted as a +# single line. # # Also, the following notation is used to denote data flow: # @@ -26,8 +29,8 @@ # -> data issued by the Client # <- Server data response # -# Please, refer to the QMP specification (docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt) for -# detailed information on the Server command and response formats. +# Please, refer to the QMP specification (docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt) +# for detailed information on the Server command and response formats. ## { 'include': 'pragma.json' } diff --git a/qapi/qdev.json b/qapi/qdev.json index f309facf8d..2d73b27c2a 100644 --- a/qapi/qdev.json +++ b/qapi/qdev.json @@ -17,11 +17,12 @@ # # @typename: the type name of a device # -# Returns: a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing a devices properties +# Returns: a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing a devices +# properties # -# Note: objects can create properties at runtime, for example to describe -# links between different devices and/or objects. These properties -# are not included in the output of this command. +# Note: objects can create properties at runtime, for example to +# describe links between different devices and/or objects. These +# properties are not included in the output of this command. # # Since: 1.2 ## @@ -41,12 +42,14 @@ # @id: the device's ID, must be unique # # Features: -# @json-cli: If present, the "-device" command line option supports JSON -# syntax with a structure identical to the arguments of this -# command. -# @json-cli-hotplug: If present, the "-device" command line option supports JSON -# syntax without the reference counting leak that broke -# hot-unplug +# +# @json-cli: If present, the "-device" command line option supports +# JSON syntax with a structure identical to the arguments of this +# command. +# +# @json-cli-hotplug: If present, the "-device" command line option +# supports JSON syntax without the reference counting leak that +# broke hot-unplug # # Notes: # @@ -68,9 +71,9 @@ # <- { "return": {} } # # TODO: This command effectively bypasses QAPI completely due to its -# "additional arguments" business. It shouldn't have been added to -# the schema in this form. It should be qapified properly, or -# replaced by a properly qapified command. +# "additional arguments" business. It shouldn't have been added +# to the schema in this form. It should be qapified properly, or +# replaced by a properly qapified command. # # Since: 0.13 ## @@ -86,17 +89,18 @@ # # @id: the device's ID or QOM path # -# Returns: Nothing on success -# If @id is not a valid device, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: Nothing on success If @id is not a valid device, +# DeviceNotFound # -# Notes: When this command completes, the device may not be removed from the -# guest. Hot removal is an operation that requires guest cooperation. -# This command merely requests that the guest begin the hot removal -# process. Completion of the device removal process is signaled with a -# DEVICE_DELETED event. Guest reset will automatically complete removal -# for all devices. If a guest-side error in the hot removal process is -# detected, the device will not be removed and a DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR -# event is sent. Some errors cannot be detected. +# Notes: When this command completes, the device may not be removed +# from the guest. Hot removal is an operation that requires guest +# cooperation. This command merely requests that the guest begin +# the hot removal process. Completion of the device removal +# process is signaled with a DEVICE_DELETED event. Guest reset +# will automatically complete removal for all devices. If a +# guest-side error in the hot removal process is detected, the +# device will not be removed and a DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR event +# is sent. Some errors cannot be detected. # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -109,16 +113,16 @@ # -> { "execute": "device_del", # "arguments": { "id": "/machine/peripheral-anon/device[0]" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'device_del', 'data': {'id': 'str'} } ## # @DEVICE_DELETED: # -# Emitted whenever the device removal completion is acknowledged by the guest. -# At this point, it's safe to reuse the specified device ID. Device removal can -# be initiated by the guest or by HMP/QMP commands. +# Emitted whenever the device removal completion is acknowledged by +# the guest. At this point, it's safe to reuse the specified device +# ID. Device removal can be initiated by the guest or by HMP/QMP +# commands. # # @device: the device's ID if it has one # @@ -132,7 +136,6 @@ # "data": { "device": "virtio-net-pci-0", # "path": "/machine/peripheral/virtio-net-pci-0" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } } -# ## { 'event': 'DEVICE_DELETED', 'data': { '*device': 'str', 'path': 'str' } } @@ -140,7 +143,8 @@ ## # @DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR: # -# Emitted when a device hot unplug fails due to a guest reported error. +# Emitted when a device hot unplug fails due to a guest reported +# error. # # @device: the device's ID if it has one # @@ -154,7 +158,6 @@ # "data": { "device": "core1", # "path": "/machine/peripheral/core1" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1615570772, "microseconds": 202844 } } -# ## { 'event': 'DEVICE_UNPLUG_GUEST_ERROR', 'data': { '*device': 'str', 'path': 'str' } } diff --git a/qapi/qom.json b/qapi/qom.json index 2a3891e3cb..f61badaba4 100644 --- a/qapi/qom.json +++ b/qapi/qom.json @@ -18,17 +18,20 @@ # # @name: the name of the property # -# @type: the type of the property. This will typically come in one of four -# forms: +# @type: the type of the property. This will typically come in one of +# four forms: # -# 1) A primitive type such as 'u8', 'u16', 'bool', 'str', or 'double'. -# These types are mapped to the appropriate JSON type. +# 1) A primitive type such as 'u8', 'u16', 'bool', 'str', or +# 'double'. These types are mapped to the appropriate JSON +# type. # -# 2) A child type in the form 'child<subtype>' where subtype is a qdev -# device type name. Child properties create the composition tree. +# 2) A child type in the form 'child<subtype>' where subtype is a +# qdev device type name. Child properties create the +# composition tree. # -# 3) A link type in the form 'link<subtype>' where subtype is a qdev -# device type name. Link properties form the device model graph. +# 3) A link type in the form 'link<subtype>' where subtype is a +# qdev device type name. Link properties form the device model +# graph. # # @description: if specified, the description of the property. # @@ -45,14 +48,14 @@ ## # @qom-list: # -# This command will list any properties of a object given a path in the object -# model. +# This command will list any properties of a object given a path in +# the object model. # -# @path: the path within the object model. See @qom-get for a description of -# this parameter. +# @path: the path within the object model. See @qom-get for a +# description of this parameter. # -# Returns: a list of @ObjectPropertyInfo that describe the properties of the -# object. +# Returns: a list of @ObjectPropertyInfo that describe the properties +# of the object. # # Since: 1.2 # @@ -64,7 +67,6 @@ # { "name": "parallel0", "type": "child<chardev-vc>" }, # { "name": "serial0", "type": "child<chardev-vc>" }, # { "name": "mon0", "type": "child<chardev-stdio>" } ] } -# ## { 'command': 'qom-list', 'data': { 'path': 'str' }, @@ -74,32 +76,31 @@ ## # @qom-get: # -# This command will get a property from a object model path and return the -# value. +# This command will get a property from a object model path and return +# the value. # -# @path: The path within the object model. There are two forms of supported -# paths--absolute and partial paths. +# @path: The path within the object model. There are two forms of +# supported paths--absolute and partial paths. # -# Absolute paths are derived from the root object and can follow child<> -# or link<> properties. Since they can follow link<> properties, they -# can be arbitrarily long. Absolute paths look like absolute filenames -# and are prefixed with a leading slash. +# Absolute paths are derived from the root object and can follow +# child<> or link<> properties. Since they can follow link<> +# properties, they can be arbitrarily long. Absolute paths look +# like absolute filenames and are prefixed with a leading slash. # -# Partial paths look like relative filenames. They do not begin -# with a prefix. The matching rules for partial paths are subtle but -# designed to make specifying objects easy. At each level of the -# composition tree, the partial path is matched as an absolute path. -# The first match is not returned. At least two matches are searched -# for. A successful result is only returned if only one match is -# found. If more than one match is found, a flag is return to -# indicate that the match was ambiguous. +# Partial paths look like relative filenames. They do not begin +# with a prefix. The matching rules for partial paths are subtle +# but designed to make specifying objects easy. At each level of +# the composition tree, the partial path is matched as an absolute +# path. The first match is not returned. At least two matches +# are searched for. A successful result is only returned if only +# one match is found. If more than one match is found, a flag is +# return to indicate that the match was ambiguous. # # @property: The property name to read # -# Returns: The property value. The type depends on the property -# type. child<> and link<> properties are returned as #str -# pathnames. All integer property types (u8, u16, etc) are -# returned as #int. +# Returns: The property value. The type depends on the property type. +# child<> and link<> properties are returned as #str pathnames. +# All integer property types (u8, u16, etc) are returned as #int. # # Since: 1.2 # @@ -118,7 +119,6 @@ # "arguments": { "path": "unattached/sysbus", # "property": "type" } } # <- { "return": "System" } -# ## { 'command': 'qom-get', 'data': { 'path': 'str', 'property': 'str' }, @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ # # @property: the property name to set # -# @value: a value who's type is appropriate for the property type. See @qom-get -# for a description of type mapping. +# @value: a value who's type is appropriate for the property type. +# See @qom-get for a description of type mapping. # # Since: 1.2 # @@ -146,7 +146,6 @@ # "property": "graphics", # "value": false } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'qom-set', 'data': { 'path': 'str', 'property': 'str', 'value': 'any' }, @@ -160,7 +159,7 @@ # @name: the type name found in the search # # @abstract: the type is abstract and can't be directly instantiated. -# Omitted if false. (since 2.10) +# Omitted if false. (since 2.10) # # @parent: Name of parent type, if any (since 2.10) # @@ -174,11 +173,13 @@ # # This command will return a list of types given search parameters # -# @implements: if specified, only return types that implement this type name +# @implements: if specified, only return types that implement this +# type name # # @abstract: if true, include abstract types in the results # -# Returns: a list of @ObjectTypeInfo or an empty list if no results are found +# Returns: a list of @ObjectTypeInfo or an empty list if no results +# are found # # Since: 1.1 ## @@ -194,9 +195,9 @@ # # @typename: the type name of an object # -# Note: objects can create properties at runtime, for example to describe -# links between different devices and/or objects. These properties -# are not included in the output of this command. +# Note: objects can create properties at runtime, for example to +# describe links between different devices and/or objects. These +# properties are not included in the output of this command. # # Returns: a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing object properties # @@ -214,7 +215,8 @@ # # @if: interface name of the host system CAN bus to connect to # -# @canbus: object ID of the can-bus object to connect to the host interface +# @canbus: object ID of the can-bus object to connect to the host +# interface # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -227,34 +229,35 @@ # # Properties for colo-compare objects. # -# @primary_in: name of the character device backend to use for the primary -# input (incoming packets are redirected to @outdev) +# @primary_in: name of the character device backend to use for the +# primary input (incoming packets are redirected to @outdev) # -# @secondary_in: name of the character device backend to use for secondary -# input (incoming packets are only compared to the input on -# @primary_in and then dropped) +# @secondary_in: name of the character device backend to use for +# secondary input (incoming packets are only compared to the input +# on @primary_in and then dropped) # # @outdev: name of the character device backend to use for output # # @iothread: name of the iothread to run in # -# @notify_dev: name of the character device backend to be used to communicate -# with the remote colo-frame (only for Xen COLO) +# @notify_dev: name of the character device backend to be used to +# communicate with the remote colo-frame (only for Xen COLO) # -# @compare_timeout: the maximum time to hold a packet from @primary_in for -# comparison with an incoming packet on @secondary_in in -# milliseconds (default: 3000) +# @compare_timeout: the maximum time to hold a packet from @primary_in +# for comparison with an incoming packet on @secondary_in in +# milliseconds (default: 3000) # -# @expired_scan_cycle: the interval at which colo-compare checks whether -# packets from @primary have timed out, in milliseconds -# (default: 3000) +# @expired_scan_cycle: the interval at which colo-compare checks +# whether packets from @primary have timed out, in milliseconds +# (default: 3000) # -# @max_queue_size: the maximum number of packets to keep in the queue for -# comparing with incoming packets from @secondary_in. If the -# queue is full and additional packets are received, the -# additional packets are dropped. (default: 1024) +# @max_queue_size: the maximum number of packets to keep in the queue +# for comparing with incoming packets from @secondary_in. If the +# queue is full and additional packets are received, the +# additional packets are dropped. (default: 1024) # -# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false) +# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled +# (default: false) # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -272,11 +275,12 @@ ## # @CryptodevBackendProperties: # -# Properties for cryptodev-backend and cryptodev-backend-builtin objects. +# Properties for cryptodev-backend and cryptodev-backend-builtin +# objects. # -# @queues: the number of queues for the cryptodev backend. Ignored for -# cryptodev-backend and must be 1 for cryptodev-backend-builtin. -# (default: 1) +# @queues: the number of queues for the cryptodev backend. Ignored +# for cryptodev-backend and must be 1 for +# cryptodev-backend-builtin. (default: 1) # # @throttle-bps: limit total bytes per second (Since 8.0) # @@ -294,8 +298,8 @@ # # Properties for cryptodev-vhost-user objects. # -# @chardev: the name of a Unix domain socket character device that connects to -# the vhost-user server +# @chardev: the name of a Unix domain socket character device that +# connects to the vhost-user server # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -310,8 +314,8 @@ # # @addr: the name of the DBus bus to connect to # -# @id-list: a comma separated list of DBus IDs of helpers whose data should be -# included in the VM state on migration +# @id-list: a comma separated list of DBus IDs of helpers whose data +# should be included in the VM state on migration # # Since: 5.0 ## @@ -322,7 +326,8 @@ ## # @NetfilterInsert: # -# Indicates where to insert a netfilter relative to a given other filter. +# Indicates where to insert a netfilter relative to a given other +# filter. # # @before: insert before the specified filter # @@ -342,20 +347,20 @@ # # @queue: indicates which queue(s) to filter (default: all) # -# @status: indicates whether the filter is enabled ("on") or disabled ("off") -# (default: "on") +# @status: indicates whether the filter is enabled ("on") or disabled +# ("off") (default: "on") # -# @position: specifies where the filter should be inserted in the filter list. -# "head" means the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list, -# before any existing filters. -# "tail" means the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list, -# behind any existing filters (default). -# "id=<id>" means the filter is inserted before or behind the filter -# specified by <id>, depending on the @insert property. -# (default: "tail") +# @position: specifies where the filter should be inserted in the +# filter list. "head" means the filter is inserted at the head of +# the filter list, before any existing filters. "tail" means the +# filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list, behind any +# existing filters (default). "id=<id>" means the filter is +# inserted before or behind the filter specified by <id>, +# depending on the @insert property. (default: "tail") # -# @insert: where to insert the filter relative to the filter given in @position. -# Ignored if @position is "head" or "tail". (default: behind) +# @insert: where to insert the filter relative to the filter given in +# @position. Ignored if @position is "head" or "tail". +# (default: behind) # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -371,8 +376,9 @@ # # Properties for filter-buffer objects. # -# @interval: a non-zero interval in microseconds. All packets arriving in the -# given interval are delayed until the end of the interval. +# @interval: a non-zero interval in microseconds. All packets +# arriving in the given interval are delayed until the end of the +# interval. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -387,7 +393,8 @@ # # @file: the filename where the dumped packets should be stored # -# @maxlen: maximum number of bytes in a packet that are stored (default: 65536) +# @maxlen: maximum number of bytes in a packet that are stored +# (default: 65536) # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -401,10 +408,11 @@ # # Properties for filter-mirror objects. # -# @outdev: the name of a character device backend to which all incoming packets -# are mirrored +# @outdev: the name of a character device backend to which all +# incoming packets are mirrored # -# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false) +# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled +# (default: false) # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -418,16 +426,17 @@ # # Properties for filter-redirector objects. # -# At least one of @indev or @outdev must be present. If both are present, they -# must not refer to the same character device backend. +# At least one of @indev or @outdev must be present. If both are +# present, they must not refer to the same character device backend. # -# @indev: the name of a character device backend from which packets are -# received and redirected to the filtered network device +# @indev: the name of a character device backend from which packets +# are received and redirected to the filtered network device # -# @outdev: the name of a character device backend to which all incoming packets -# are redirected +# @outdev: the name of a character device backend to which all +# incoming packets are redirected # -# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false) +# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled +# (default: false) # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -442,7 +451,8 @@ # # Properties for filter-rewriter objects. # -# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled (default: false) +# @vnet_hdr_support: if true, vnet header support is enabled +# (default: false) # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -455,17 +465,18 @@ # # Properties for input-barrier objects. # -# @name: the screen name as declared in the screens section of barrier.conf +# @name: the screen name as declared in the screens section of +# barrier.conf # # @server: hostname of the Barrier server (default: "localhost") # # @port: TCP port of the Barrier server (default: "24800") # # @x-origin: x coordinate of the leftmost pixel on the guest screen -# (default: "0") +# (default: "0") # # @y-origin: y coordinate of the topmost pixel on the guest screen -# (default: "0") +# (default: "0") # # @width: the width of secondary screen in pixels (default: "1920") # @@ -489,13 +500,13 @@ # # @evdev: the path of the host evdev device to use # -# @grab_all: if true, grab is toggled for all devices (e.g. both keyboard and -# mouse) instead of just one device (default: false) +# @grab_all: if true, grab is toggled for all devices (e.g. both +# keyboard and mouse) instead of just one device (default: false) # # @repeat: enables auto-repeat events (default: false) # # @grab-toggle: the key or key combination that toggles device grab -# (default: ctrl-ctrl) +# (default: ctrl-ctrl) # # Since: 2.6 ## @@ -510,15 +521,15 @@ # # Common properties for event loops # -# @aio-max-batch: maximum number of requests in a batch for the AIO engine, -# 0 means that the engine will use its default. -# (default: 0) +# @aio-max-batch: maximum number of requests in a batch for the AIO +# engine, 0 means that the engine will use its default. +# (default: 0) # -# @thread-pool-min: minimum number of threads reserved in the thread pool -# (default:0) +# @thread-pool-min: minimum number of threads reserved in the thread +# pool (default:0) # -# @thread-pool-max: maximum number of threads the thread pool can contain -# (default:64) +# @thread-pool-max: maximum number of threads the thread pool can +# contain (default:64) # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -532,17 +543,17 @@ # # Properties for iothread objects. # -# @poll-max-ns: the maximum number of nanoseconds to busy wait for events. -# 0 means polling is disabled (default: 32768 on POSIX hosts, -# 0 otherwise) +# @poll-max-ns: the maximum number of nanoseconds to busy wait for +# events. 0 means polling is disabled (default: 32768 on POSIX +# hosts, 0 otherwise) # -# @poll-grow: the multiplier used to increase the polling time when the -# algorithm detects it is missing events due to not polling long -# enough. 0 selects a default behaviour (default: 0) +# @poll-grow: the multiplier used to increase the polling time when +# the algorithm detects it is missing events due to not polling +# long enough. 0 selects a default behaviour (default: 0) # # @poll-shrink: the divisor used to decrease the polling time when the -# algorithm detects it is spending too long polling without -# encountering events. 0 selects a default behaviour (default: 0) +# algorithm detects it is spending too long polling without +# encountering events. 0 selects a default behaviour (default: 0) # # The @aio-max-batch option is available since 6.1. # @@ -570,11 +581,11 @@ # # Properties for objects of classes derived from memory-backend. # -# @merge: if true, mark the memory as mergeable (default depends on the machine -# type) +# @merge: if true, mark the memory as mergeable (default depends on +# the machine type) # -# @dump: if true, include the memory in core dumps (default depends on the -# machine type) +# @dump: if true, include the memory in core dumps (default depends on +# the machine type) # # @host-nodes: the list of NUMA host nodes to bind the memory to # @@ -582,31 +593,31 @@ # # @prealloc: if true, preallocate memory (default: false) # -# @prealloc-threads: number of CPU threads to use for prealloc (default: 1) +# @prealloc-threads: number of CPU threads to use for prealloc +# (default: 1) # -# @prealloc-context: thread context to use for creation of preallocation threads -# (default: none) (since 7.2) +# @prealloc-context: thread context to use for creation of +# preallocation threads (default: none) (since 7.2) # -# @share: if false, the memory is private to QEMU; if true, it is shared -# (default: false) +# @share: if false, the memory is private to QEMU; if true, it is +# shared (default: false) # # @reserve: if true, reserve swap space (or huge pages) if applicable -# (default: true) (since 6.1) +# (default: true) (since 6.1) # # @size: size of the memory region in bytes # -# @x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id: if true, the canonical path is used -# for ramblock-id. Disable this for 4.0 -# machine types or older to allow -# migration with newer QEMU versions. -# (default: false generally, -# but true for machine types <= 4.0) +# @x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id: if true, the canonical path +# is used for ramblock-id. Disable this for 4.0 machine types or +# older to allow migration with newer QEMU versions. +# (default: false generally, but true for machine types <= 4.0) # -# Note: prealloc=true and reserve=false cannot be set at the same time. With -# reserve=true, the behavior depends on the operating system: for example, -# Linux will not reserve swap space for shared file mappings -- -# "not applicable". In contrast, reserve=false will bail out if it cannot -# be configured accordingly. +# Note: prealloc=true and reserve=false cannot be set at the same +# time. With reserve=true, the behavior depends on the operating +# system: for example, Linux will not reserve swap space for +# shared file mappings -- "not applicable". In contrast, +# reserve=false will bail out if it cannot be configured +# accordingly. # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -628,27 +639,29 @@ # # Properties for memory-backend-file objects. # -# @align: the base address alignment when QEMU mmap(2)s @mem-path. Some -# backend stores specified by @mem-path require an alignment different -# than the default one used by QEMU, e.g. the device DAX /dev/dax0.0 -# requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In such cases, users can -# specify the required alignment via this option. -# 0 selects a default alignment (currently the page size). (default: 0) +# @align: the base address alignment when QEMU mmap(2)s @mem-path. +# Some backend stores specified by @mem-path require an alignment +# different than the default one used by QEMU, e.g. the device DAX +# /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In such cases, +# users can specify the required alignment via this option. 0 +# selects a default alignment (currently the page size). +# (default: 0) # -# @discard-data: if true, the file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, -# to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note -# that @discard-data is only an optimization, and QEMU might -# not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is -# terminated using SIGKILL. (default: false) +# @discard-data: if true, the file contents can be destroyed when QEMU +# exits, to avoid unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. +# Note that @discard-data is only an optimization, and QEMU might +# not discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is +# terminated using SIGKILL. (default: false) # -# @mem-path: the path to either a shared memory or huge page filesystem mount +# @mem-path: the path to either a shared memory or huge page +# filesystem mount # -# @pmem: specifies whether the backing file specified by @mem-path is in -# host persistent memory that can be accessed using the SNIA NVM -# programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM). +# @pmem: specifies whether the backing file specified by @mem-path is +# in host persistent memory that can be accessed using the SNIA +# NVM programming model (e.g. Intel NVDIMM). # -# @readonly: if true, the backing file is opened read-only; if false, it is -# opened read-write. (default: false) +# @readonly: if true, the backing file is opened read-only; if false, +# it is opened read-write. (default: false) # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -667,16 +680,16 @@ # # The @share boolean option is true by default with memfd. # -# @hugetlb: if true, the file to be created resides in the hugetlbfs filesystem -# (default: false) +# @hugetlb: if true, the file to be created resides in the hugetlbfs +# filesystem (default: false) # -# @hugetlbsize: the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb -# page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the -# system). 0 selects a default page size. This option is ignored -# if @hugetlb is false. (default: 0) +# @hugetlbsize: the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple +# hugetlb page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by +# the system). 0 selects a default page size. This option is +# ignored if @hugetlb is false. (default: 0) # -# @seal: if true, create a sealed-file, which will block further resizing of -# the memory (default: true) +# @seal: if true, create a sealed-file, which will block further +# resizing of the memory (default: true) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -708,7 +721,8 @@ # # Properties for pr-manager-helper objects. # -# @path: the path to a Unix domain socket for connecting to the external helper +# @path: the path to a Unix domain socket for connecting to the +# external helper # # Since: 2.11 ## @@ -737,7 +751,8 @@ # # @fd: file descriptor name previously passed via 'getfd' command # -# @devid: the id of the device to be associated with the file descriptor +# @devid: the id of the device to be associated with the file +# descriptor # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -763,13 +778,15 @@ # # Properties for objects of classes derived from rng. # -# @opened: if true, the device is opened immediately when applying this option -# and will probably fail when processing the next option. Don't use; -# only provided for compatibility. (default: false) +# @opened: if true, the device is opened immediately when applying +# this option and will probably fail when processing the next +# option. Don't use; only provided for compatibility. +# (default: false) # # Features: -# @deprecated: Member @opened is deprecated. Setting true doesn't make sense, -# and false is already the default. +# +# @deprecated: Member @opened is deprecated. Setting true doesn't +# make sense, and false is already the default. # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -781,8 +798,8 @@ # # Properties for rng-egd objects. # -# @chardev: the name of a character device backend that provides the connection -# to the RNG daemon +# @chardev: the name of a character device backend that provides the +# connection to the RNG daemon # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -795,8 +812,8 @@ # # Properties for rng-random objects. # -# @filename: the filename of the device on the host to obtain entropy from -# (default: "/dev/urandom") +# @filename: the filename of the device on the host to obtain entropy +# from (default: "/dev/urandom") # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -822,11 +839,11 @@ # @cbitpos: C-bit location in page table entry (default: 0) # # @reduced-phys-bits: number of bits in physical addresses that become -# unavailable when SEV is enabled +# unavailable when SEV is enabled # # @kernel-hashes: if true, add hashes of kernel/initrd/cmdline to a -# designated guest firmware page for measured boot -# with -kernel (default: false) (since 6.2) +# designated guest firmware page for measured boot with -kernel +# (default: false) (since 6.2) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -845,15 +862,15 @@ # # Properties for thread context objects. # -# @cpu-affinity: the list of host CPU numbers used as CPU affinity for all -# threads created in the thread context (default: QEMU main -# thread CPU affinity) +# @cpu-affinity: the list of host CPU numbers used as CPU affinity for +# all threads created in the thread context (default: QEMU main +# thread CPU affinity) # -# @node-affinity: the list of host node numbers that will be resolved to a -# list of host CPU numbers used as CPU affinity. This is a -# shortcut for specifying the list of host CPU numbers -# belonging to the host nodes manually by setting -# @cpu-affinity. (default: QEMU main thread affinity) +# @node-affinity: the list of host node numbers that will be resolved +# to a list of host CPU numbers used as CPU affinity. This is a +# shortcut for specifying the list of host CPU numbers belonging +# to the host nodes manually by setting @cpu-affinity. +# (default: QEMU main thread affinity) # # Since: 7.2 ## @@ -866,6 +883,7 @@ # @ObjectType: # # Features: +# # @unstable: Member @x-remote-object is experimental. # # Since: 6.0 @@ -998,8 +1016,8 @@ # # Create a QOM object. # -# Returns: Nothing on success -# Error if @qom-type is not a valid class name +# Returns: Nothing on success Error if @qom-type is not a valid class +# name # # Since: 2.0 # @@ -1009,7 +1027,6 @@ # "arguments": { "qom-type": "rng-random", "id": "rng1", # "filename": "/dev/hwrng" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'object-add', 'data': 'ObjectOptions', 'boxed': true, 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -1021,8 +1038,8 @@ # # @id: the name of the QOM object to remove # -# Returns: Nothing on success -# Error if @id is not a valid id for a QOM object +# Returns: Nothing on success Error if @id is not a valid id for a QOM +# object # # Since: 2.0 # @@ -1030,7 +1047,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "object-del", "arguments": { "id": "rng1" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'object-del', 'data': {'id': 'str'}, 'allow-preconfig': true } diff --git a/qapi/rdma.json b/qapi/rdma.json index 5b6b66afa4..23ebcf7885 100644 --- a/qapi/rdma.json +++ b/qapi/rdma.json @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ # "interface-id": 15880512517475447892, # "gid-status": true, # "subnet-prefix": 33022}} -# ## { 'event': 'RDMA_GID_STATUS_CHANGED', 'data': { 'netdev' : 'str', diff --git a/qapi/replay.json b/qapi/replay.json index fcbf10e237..289b2d3658 100644 --- a/qapi/replay.json +++ b/qapi/replay.json @@ -13,13 +13,13 @@ # # Mode of the replay subsystem. # -# @none: normal execution mode. Replay or record are not enabled. +# @none: normal execution mode. Replay or record are not enabled. # -# @record: record mode. All non-deterministic data is written into the -# replay log. +# @record: record mode. All non-deterministic data is written into +# the replay log. # -# @play: replay mode. Non-deterministic data required for system execution -# is read from the log. +# @play: replay mode. Non-deterministic data required for system +# execution is read from the log. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -33,9 +33,8 @@ # # @mode: current mode. # -# @filename: name of the record/replay log file. -# It is present only in record or replay modes, when the log -# is recorded or replayed. +# @filename: name of the record/replay log file. It is present only +# in record or replay modes, when the log is recorded or replayed. # # @icount: current number of executed instructions. # @@ -47,9 +46,9 @@ ## # @query-replay: # -# Retrieve the record/replay information. -# It includes current instruction count which may be used for -# @replay-break and @replay-seek commands. +# Retrieve the record/replay information. It includes current +# instruction count which may be used for @replay-break and +# @replay-seek commands. # # Returns: record/replay information. # @@ -59,7 +58,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-replay" } # <- { "return": { "mode": "play", "filename": "log.rr", "icount": 220414 } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-replay', 'returns': 'ReplayInfo' } @@ -67,12 +65,12 @@ ## # @replay-break: # -# Set replay breakpoint at instruction count @icount. -# Execution stops when the specified instruction is reached. -# There can be at most one breakpoint. When breakpoint is set, any prior -# one is removed. The breakpoint may be set only in replay mode and only -# "in the future", i.e. at instruction counts greater than the current one. -# The current instruction count can be observed with @query-replay. +# Set replay breakpoint at instruction count @icount. Execution stops +# when the specified instruction is reached. There can be at most one +# breakpoint. When breakpoint is set, any prior one is removed. The +# breakpoint may be set only in replay mode and only "in the future", +# i.e. at instruction counts greater than the current one. The +# current instruction count can be observed with @query-replay. # # @icount: instruction count to stop at # @@ -82,15 +80,14 @@ # # -> { "execute": "replay-break", "arguments": { "icount": 220414 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'replay-break', 'data': { 'icount': 'int' } } ## # @replay-delete-break: # -# Remove replay breakpoint which was set with @replay-break. -# The command is ignored when there are no replay breakpoints. +# Remove replay breakpoint which was set with @replay-break. The +# command is ignored when there are no replay breakpoints. # # Since: 5.2 # @@ -98,7 +95,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "replay-delete-break" } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'replay-delete-break' } @@ -106,11 +102,11 @@ # @replay-seek: # # Automatically proceed to the instruction count @icount, when -# replaying the execution. The command automatically loads nearest +# replaying the execution. The command automatically loads nearest # snapshot and replays the execution to find the desired instruction. -# When there is no preceding snapshot or the execution is not replayed, -# then the command fails. -# icount for the reference may be obtained with @query-replay command. +# When there is no preceding snapshot or the execution is not +# replayed, then the command fails. icount for the reference may be +# obtained with @query-replay command. # # @icount: target instruction count # diff --git a/qapi/rocker.json b/qapi/rocker.json index b48e49a89b..31ce0b36f6 100644 --- a/qapi/rocker.json +++ b/qapi/rocker.json @@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-rocker", "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } } # <- { "return": {"name": "sw1", "ports": 2, "id": 1327446905938}} -# ## { 'command': 'query-rocker', 'data': { 'name': 'str' }, @@ -107,7 +106,6 @@ # {"duplex": "full", "enabled": true, "name": "sw1.2", # "autoneg": "off", "link-up": true, "speed": 10000} # ]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-rocker-ports', 'data': { 'name': 'str' }, @@ -141,7 +139,7 @@ # @ip-dst: IP header destination address # # Note: optional members may or may not appear in the flow key -# depending if they're relevant to the flow key. +# depending if they're relevant to the flow key. # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -171,7 +169,7 @@ # @ip-tos: IP header TOS field # # Note: optional members may or may not appear in the flow mask -# depending if they're relevant to the flow mask. +# depending if they're relevant to the flow mask. # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -198,7 +196,7 @@ # @out-pport: physical output port # # Note: optional members may or may not appear in the flow action -# depending if they're relevant to the flow action. +# depending if they're relevant to the flow action. # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -235,8 +233,8 @@ # # @name: switch name # -# @tbl-id: flow table ID. If tbl-id is not specified, returns -# flow information for all tables. +# @tbl-id: flow table ID. If tbl-id is not specified, returns flow +# information for all tables. # # Returns: rocker OF-DPA flow information # @@ -254,7 +252,6 @@ # }, # {...more...}, # ]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-rocker-of-dpa-flows', 'data': { 'name': 'str', '*tbl-id': 'uint32' }, @@ -292,7 +289,7 @@ # @ttl-check: perform TTL check # # Note: optional members may or may not appear in the group depending -# if they're relevant to the group type. +# if they're relevant to the group type. # # Since: 2.4 ## @@ -311,8 +308,8 @@ # # @name: switch name # -# @type: group type. If type is not specified, returns -# group information for all group types. +# @type: group type. If type is not specified, returns group +# information for all group types. # # Returns: rocker OF-DPA group information # @@ -335,7 +332,6 @@ # "pport": 0, "vlan-id": 3840, # "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251658240} # ]} -# ## { 'command': 'query-rocker-of-dpa-groups', 'data': { 'name': 'str', '*type': 'uint8' }, diff --git a/qapi/run-state.json b/qapi/run-state.json index db3cf52c62..f216ba54ec 100644 --- a/qapi/run-state.json +++ b/qapi/run-state.json @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ # @finish-migrate: guest is paused to finish the migration process # # @inmigrate: guest is paused waiting for an incoming migration. Note -# that this state does not tell whether the machine will start at the -# end of the migration. This depends on the command-line -S option and -# any invocation of 'stop' or 'cont' that has happened since QEMU was -# started. +# that this state does not tell whether the machine will start at +# the end of the migration. This depends on the command-line -S +# option and any invocation of 'stop' or 'cont' that has happened +# since QEMU was started. # -# @internal-error: An internal error that prevents further guest execution -# has occurred +# @internal-error: An internal error that prevents further guest +# execution has occurred # -# @io-error: the last IOP has failed and the device is configured to pause -# on I/O errors +# @io-error: the last IOP has failed and the device is configured to +# pause on I/O errors # # @paused: guest has been paused via the 'stop' command # @@ -43,13 +43,15 @@ # # @suspended: guest is suspended (ACPI S3) # -# @watchdog: the watchdog action is configured to pause and has been triggered +# @watchdog: the watchdog action is configured to pause and has been +# triggered # -# @guest-panicked: guest has been panicked as a result of guest OS panic +# @guest-panicked: guest has been panicked as a result of guest OS +# panic # -# @colo: guest is paused to save/restore VM state under colo checkpoint, -# VM can not get into this state unless colo capability is enabled -# for migration. (since 2.8) +# @colo: guest is paused to save/restore VM state under colo +# checkpoint, VM can not get into this state unless colo +# capability is enabled for migration. (since 2.8) ## { 'enum': 'RunState', 'data': [ 'debug', 'inmigrate', 'internal-error', 'io-error', 'paused', @@ -75,21 +77,21 @@ # @host-ui: Reaction to a UI event, like window close # # @guest-shutdown: Guest shutdown/suspend request, via ACPI or other -# hardware-specific means +# hardware-specific means # # @guest-reset: Guest reset request, and command line turns that into -# a shutdown +# a shutdown # -# @guest-panic: Guest panicked, and command line turns that into a shutdown +# @guest-panic: Guest panicked, and command line turns that into a +# shutdown # -# @subsystem-reset: Partial guest reset that does not trigger QMP events and -# ignores --no-reboot. This is useful for sanitizing -# hypercalls on s390 that are used during kexec/kdump/boot +# @subsystem-reset: Partial guest reset that does not trigger QMP +# events and ignores --no-reboot. This is useful for sanitizing +# hypercalls on s390 that are used during kexec/kdump/boot # # @snapshot-load: A snapshot is being loaded by the record & replay -# subsystem. This value is used only within QEMU. It -# doesn't occur in QMP. (since 7.2) -# +# subsystem. This value is used only within QEMU. It doesn't +# occur in QMP. (since 7.2) ## { 'enum': 'ShutdownCause', # Beware, shutdown_caused_by_guest() depends on enumeration order @@ -104,19 +106,21 @@ # # @running: true if all VCPUs are runnable, false if not runnable # -# @singlestep: true if using TCG with one guest instruction -# per translation block +# @singlestep: true if using TCG with one guest instruction per +# translation block # # @status: the virtual machine @RunState # # Features: -# @deprecated: Member 'singlestep' is deprecated (with no replacement). +# +# @deprecated: Member 'singlestep' is deprecated (with no +# replacement). # # Since: 0.14 # -# Notes: @singlestep is enabled on the command line with -# '-accel tcg,one-insn-per-tb=on', or with the HMP -# 'one-insn-per-tb' command. +# Notes: @singlestep is enabled on the command line with '-accel +# tcg,one-insn-per-tb=on', or with the HMP 'one-insn-per-tb' +# command. ## { 'struct': 'StatusInfo', 'data': {'running': 'bool', @@ -138,7 +142,6 @@ # <- { "return": { "running": true, # "singlestep": false, # "status": "running" } } -# ## { 'command': 'query-status', 'returns': 'StatusInfo', 'allow-preconfig': true } @@ -146,17 +149,20 @@ ## # @SHUTDOWN: # -# Emitted when the virtual machine has shut down, indicating that qemu is -# about to exit. +# Emitted when the virtual machine has shut down, indicating that qemu +# is about to exit. # -# @guest: If true, the shutdown was triggered by a guest request (such as -# a guest-initiated ACPI shutdown request or other hardware-specific action) -# rather than a host request (such as sending qemu a SIGINT). (since 2.10) +# @guest: If true, the shutdown was triggered by a guest request (such +# as a guest-initiated ACPI shutdown request or other +# hardware-specific action) rather than a host request (such as +# sending qemu a SIGINT). (since 2.10) # -# @reason: The @ShutdownCause which resulted in the SHUTDOWN. (since 4.0) +# @reason: The @ShutdownCause which resulted in the SHUTDOWN. (since +# 4.0) # -# Note: If the command-line option "-no-shutdown" has been specified, qemu will -# not exit, and a STOP event will eventually follow the SHUTDOWN event +# Note: If the command-line option "-no-shutdown" has been specified, +# qemu will not exit, and a STOP event will eventually follow the +# SHUTDOWN event # # Since: 0.12 # @@ -165,15 +171,14 @@ # <- { "event": "SHUTDOWN", # "data": { "guest": true, "reason": "guest-shutdown" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267040730, "microseconds": 682951 } } -# ## { 'event': 'SHUTDOWN', 'data': { 'guest': 'bool', 'reason': 'ShutdownCause' } } ## # @POWERDOWN: # -# Emitted when the virtual machine is powered down through the power control -# system, such as via ACPI. +# Emitted when the virtual machine is powered down through the power +# control system, such as via ACPI. # # Since: 0.12 # @@ -181,7 +186,6 @@ # # <- { "event": "POWERDOWN", # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267040730, "microseconds": 682951 } } -# ## { 'event': 'POWERDOWN' } @@ -191,9 +195,9 @@ # Emitted when the virtual machine is reset # # @guest: If true, the reset was triggered by a guest request (such as -# a guest-initiated ACPI reboot request or other hardware-specific action) -# rather than a host request (such as the QMP command system_reset). -# (since 2.10) +# a guest-initiated ACPI reboot request or other hardware-specific +# action) rather than a host request (such as the QMP command +# system_reset). (since 2.10) # # @reason: The @ShutdownCause of the RESET. (since 4.0) # @@ -204,7 +208,6 @@ # <- { "event": "RESET", # "data": { "guest": false, "reason": "guest-reset" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267041653, "microseconds": 9518 } } -# ## { 'event': 'RESET', 'data': { 'guest': 'bool', 'reason': 'ShutdownCause' } } @@ -219,7 +222,6 @@ # # <- { "event": "STOP", # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267041730, "microseconds": 281295 } } -# ## { 'event': 'STOP' } @@ -234,15 +236,14 @@ # # <- { "event": "RESUME", # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1271770767, "microseconds": 582542 } } -# ## { 'event': 'RESUME' } ## # @SUSPEND: # -# Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state, for example, S3 state, -# which is sometimes called standby state +# Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state, for example, +# S3 state, which is sometimes called standby state # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -250,17 +251,18 @@ # # <- { "event": "SUSPEND", # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344456160, "microseconds": 309119 } } -# ## { 'event': 'SUSPEND' } ## # @SUSPEND_DISK: # -# Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state with data saved on -# disk, for example, S4 state, which is sometimes called hibernate state +# Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state with data +# saved on disk, for example, S4 state, which is sometimes called +# hibernate state # -# Note: QEMU shuts down (similar to event @SHUTDOWN) when entering this state +# Note: QEMU shuts down (similar to event @SHUTDOWN) when entering +# this state # # Since: 1.2 # @@ -274,7 +276,8 @@ ## # @WAKEUP: # -# Emitted when the guest has woken up from suspend state and is running +# Emitted when the guest has woken up from suspend state and is +# running # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -282,7 +285,6 @@ # # <- { "event": "WAKEUP", # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } } -# ## { 'event': 'WAKEUP' } @@ -293,8 +295,9 @@ # # @action: action that has been taken # -# Note: If action is "reset", "shutdown", or "pause" the WATCHDOG event is -# followed respectively by the RESET, SHUTDOWN, or STOP events +# Note: If action is "reset", "shutdown", or "pause" the WATCHDOG +# event is followed respectively by the RESET, SHUTDOWN, or STOP +# events # # Note: This event is rate-limited. # @@ -305,7 +308,6 @@ # <- { "event": "WATCHDOG", # "data": { "action": "reset" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } } -# ## { 'event': 'WATCHDOG', 'data': { 'action': 'WatchdogAction' } } @@ -313,13 +315,13 @@ ## # @WatchdogAction: # -# An enumeration of the actions taken when the watchdog device's timer is -# expired +# An enumeration of the actions taken when the watchdog device's timer +# is expired # # @reset: system resets # -# @shutdown: system shutdown, note that it is similar to @powerdown, which -# tries to set to system status and notify guest +# @shutdown: system shutdown, note that it is similar to @powerdown, +# which tries to set to system status and notify guest # # @poweroff: system poweroff, the emulator program exits # @@ -329,8 +331,8 @@ # # @none: nothing is done # -# @inject-nmi: a non-maskable interrupt is injected into the first VCPU (all -# VCPUS on x86) (since 2.4) +# @inject-nmi: a non-maskable interrupt is injected into the first +# VCPU (all VCPUS on x86) (since 2.4) # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -345,7 +347,8 @@ # # @reset: Reset the VM # -# @shutdown: Shutdown the VM and exit, according to the shutdown action +# @shutdown: Shutdown the VM and exit, according to the shutdown +# action # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -373,10 +376,11 @@ # # @pause: Pause the VM # -# @shutdown: Shutdown the VM and exit, according to the shutdown action +# @shutdown: Shutdown the VM and exit, according to the shutdown +# action # -# @exit-failure: Shutdown the VM and exit with nonzero status -# (since 7.1) +# @exit-failure: Shutdown the VM and exit with nonzero status (since +# 7.1) # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -395,8 +399,8 @@ ## # @set-action: # -# Set the actions that will be taken by the emulator in response to guest -# events. +# Set the actions that will be taken by the emulator in response to +# guest events. # # @reboot: @RebootAction action taken on guest reboot. # @@ -404,7 +408,8 @@ # # @panic: @PanicAction action taken on guest panic. # -# @watchdog: @WatchdogAction action taken when watchdog timer expires . +# @watchdog: @WatchdogAction action taken when watchdog timer expires +# . # # Returns: Nothing on success. # @@ -442,7 +447,6 @@ # <- { "event": "GUEST_PANICKED", # "data": { "action": "pause" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1648245231, "microseconds": 900001 } } -# ## { 'event': 'GUEST_PANICKED', 'data': { 'action': 'GuestPanicAction', '*info': 'GuestPanicInformation' } } @@ -463,7 +467,6 @@ # <- { "event": "GUEST_CRASHLOADED", # "data": { "action": "run" }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1648245259, "microseconds": 893771 } } -# ## { 'event': 'GUEST_CRASHLOADED', 'data': { 'action': 'GuestPanicAction', '*info': 'GuestPanicInformation' } } @@ -510,8 +513,8 @@ {'union': 'GuestPanicInformation', 'base': {'type': 'GuestPanicInformationType'}, 'discriminator': 'type', - 'data': { 'hyper-v': 'GuestPanicInformationHyperV', - 's390': 'GuestPanicInformationS390' } } + 'data': {'hyper-v': 'GuestPanicInformationHyperV', + 's390': 'GuestPanicInformationS390'}} ## # @GuestPanicInformationHyperV: @@ -521,11 +524,11 @@ # Since: 2.9 ## {'struct': 'GuestPanicInformationHyperV', - 'data': { 'arg1': 'uint64', - 'arg2': 'uint64', - 'arg3': 'uint64', - 'arg4': 'uint64', - 'arg5': 'uint64' } } + 'data': {'arg1': 'uint64', + 'arg2': 'uint64', + 'arg3': 'uint64', + 'arg4': 'uint64', + 'arg5': 'uint64'}} ## # @S390CrashReason: @@ -536,13 +539,13 @@ # # @disabled-wait: the CPU has entered a disabled wait state # -# @extint-loop: clock comparator or cpu timer interrupt with new PSW enabled -# for external interrupts +# @extint-loop: clock comparator or cpu timer interrupt with new PSW +# enabled for external interrupts # # @pgmint-loop: program interrupt with BAD new PSW # -# @opint-loop: operation exception interrupt with invalid code at the program -# interrupt new PSW +# @opint-loop: operation exception interrupt with invalid code at the +# program interrupt new PSW # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -559,17 +562,20 @@ # S390 specific guest panic information (PSW) # # @core: core id of the CPU that crashed +# # @psw-mask: control fields of guest PSW +# # @psw-addr: guest instruction address +# # @reason: guest crash reason # # Since: 2.12 ## {'struct': 'GuestPanicInformationS390', - 'data': { 'core': 'uint32', - 'psw-mask': 'uint64', - 'psw-addr': 'uint64', - 'reason': 'S390CrashReason' } } + 'data': {'core': 'uint32', + 'psw-mask': 'uint64', + 'psw-addr': 'uint64', + 'reason': 'S390CrashReason'}} ## # @MEMORY_FAILURE: @@ -578,9 +584,11 @@ # # @recipient: recipient is defined as @MemoryFailureRecipient. # -# @action: action that has been taken. action is defined as @MemoryFailureAction. +# @action: action that has been taken. action is defined as +# @MemoryFailureAction. # -# @flags: flags for MemoryFailureAction. action is defined as @MemoryFailureFlags. +# @flags: flags for MemoryFailureAction. action is defined as +# @MemoryFailureFlags. # # Since: 5.2 # @@ -592,7 +600,6 @@ # "flags": { "action-required": false, # "recursive": false } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } } -# ## { 'event': 'MEMORY_FAILURE', 'data': { 'recipient': 'MemoryFailureRecipient', @@ -604,8 +611,8 @@ # # Hardware memory failure occurs, handled by recipient. # -# @hypervisor: memory failure at QEMU process address space. -# (none guest memory, but used by QEMU itself). +# @hypervisor: memory failure at QEMU process address space. (none +# guest memory, but used by QEMU itself). # # @guest: memory failure at guest memory, # @@ -620,19 +627,20 @@ # # Actions taken by QEMU in response to a hardware memory failure. # -# @ignore: the memory failure could be ignored. This will only be the case -# for action-optional failures. +# @ignore: the memory failure could be ignored. This will only be the +# case for action-optional failures. # -# @inject: memory failure occurred in guest memory, the guest enabled MCE -# handling mechanism, and QEMU could inject the MCE into the guest -# successfully. +# @inject: memory failure occurred in guest memory, the guest enabled +# MCE handling mechanism, and QEMU could inject the MCE into the +# guest successfully. # -# @fatal: the failure is unrecoverable. This occurs for action-required -# failures if the recipient is the hypervisor; QEMU will exit. +# @fatal: the failure is unrecoverable. This occurs for +# action-required failures if the recipient is the hypervisor; +# QEMU will exit. # -# @reset: the failure is unrecoverable but confined to the guest. This -# occurs if the recipient is a guest guest which is not ready -# to handle memory failures. +# @reset: the failure is unrecoverable but confined to the guest. +# This occurs if the recipient is a guest guest which is not ready +# to handle memory failures. # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -648,10 +656,10 @@ # Additional information on memory failures. # # @action-required: whether a memory failure event is action-required -# or action-optional (e.g. a failure during memory scrub). +# or action-optional (e.g. a failure during memory scrub). # -# @recursive: whether the failure occurred while the previous -# failure was still in progress. +# @recursive: whether the failure occurred while the previous failure +# was still in progress. # # Since: 5.2 ## @@ -664,10 +672,11 @@ # # An enumeration of the options specified when enabling notify VM exit # -# @run: enable the feature, do nothing and continue if the notify VM exit happens. +# @run: enable the feature, do nothing and continue if the notify VM +# exit happens. # -# @internal-error: enable the feature, raise a internal error if the notify -# VM exit happens. +# @internal-error: enable the feature, raise a internal error if the +# notify VM exit happens. # # @disable: disable the feature. # diff --git a/qapi/sockets.json b/qapi/sockets.json index bad74e34d3..6213154525 100644 --- a/qapi/sockets.json +++ b/qapi/sockets.json @@ -41,21 +41,24 @@ ## # @InetSocketAddress: # -# Captures a socket address or address range in the Internet namespace. +# Captures a socket address or address range in the Internet +# namespace. # -# @numeric: true if the host/port are guaranteed to be numeric, -# false if name resolution should be attempted. Defaults to false. -# (Since 2.9) +# @numeric: true if the host/port are guaranteed to be numeric, false +# if name resolution should be attempted. Defaults to false. +# (Since 2.9) # # @to: If present, this is range of possible addresses, with port -# between @port and @to. +# between @port and @to. # -# @ipv4: whether to accept IPv4 addresses, default try both IPv4 and IPv6 +# @ipv4: whether to accept IPv4 addresses, default try both IPv4 and +# IPv6 # -# @ipv6: whether to accept IPv6 addresses, default try both IPv4 and IPv6 +# @ipv6: whether to accept IPv6 addresses, default try both IPv4 and +# IPv6 # -# @keep-alive: enable keep-alive when connecting to this socket. Not supported -# for passive sockets. (Since 4.2) +# @keep-alive: enable keep-alive when connecting to this socket. Not +# supported for passive sockets. (Since 4.2) # # @mptcp: enable multi-path TCP. (Since 6.1) # @@ -77,12 +80,14 @@ # Captures a socket address in the local ("Unix socket") namespace. # # @path: filesystem path to use +# # @abstract: if true, this is a Linux abstract socket address. @path -# will be prefixed by a null byte, and optionally padded -# with null bytes. Defaults to false. (Since 5.1) +# will be prefixed by a null byte, and optionally padded with null +# bytes. Defaults to false. (Since 5.1) +# # @tight: if false, pad an abstract socket address with enough null -# bytes to make it fill struct sockaddr_un member sun_path. -# Defaults to true. (Since 5.1) +# bytes to make it fill struct sockaddr_un member sun_path. +# Defaults to true. (Since 5.1) # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -98,10 +103,11 @@ # Captures a socket address in the vsock namespace. # # @cid: unique host identifier +# # @port: port # # Note: string types are used to allow for possible future hostname or -# service resolution support. +# service resolution support. # # Since: 2.8 ## @@ -145,11 +151,12 @@ ## # @SocketAddressLegacy: # -# Captures the address of a socket, which could also be a named file descriptor +# Captures the address of a socket, which could also be a named file +# descriptor # # Note: This type is deprecated in favor of SocketAddress. The -# difference between SocketAddressLegacy and SocketAddress is that the -# latter has fewer {} on the wire. +# difference between SocketAddressLegacy and SocketAddress is that +# the latter has fewer {} on the wire. # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -173,10 +180,11 @@ # # @vsock: VMCI address # -# @fd: decimal is for file descriptor number, otherwise a file descriptor name. -# Named file descriptors are permitted in monitor commands, in combination -# with the 'getfd' command. Decimal file descriptors are permitted at -# startup or other contexts where no monitor context is active. +# @fd: decimal is for file descriptor number, otherwise a file +# descriptor name. Named file descriptors are permitted in +# monitor commands, in combination with the 'getfd' command. +# Decimal file descriptors are permitted at startup or other +# contexts where no monitor context is active. # # Since: 2.9 ## diff --git a/qapi/stats.json b/qapi/stats.json index 36d5f4dc94..01791e86d5 100644 --- a/qapi/stats.json +++ b/qapi/stats.json @@ -18,11 +18,15 @@ # Enumeration of statistics types # # @cumulative: stat is cumulative; value can only increase. +# # @instant: stat is instantaneous; value can increase or decrease. +# # @peak: stat is the peak value; value can only increase. +# # @linear-histogram: stat is a linear histogram. +# # @log2-histogram: stat is a logarithmic histogram, with one bucket -# for each power of two. +# for each power of two. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -36,8 +40,11 @@ # Enumeration of unit of measurement for statistics # # @bytes: stat reported in bytes. +# # @seconds: stat reported in seconds. +# # @cycles: stat reported in clock cycles. +# # @boolean: stat is a boolean value. # # Since: 7.1 @@ -64,8 +71,8 @@ # # The kinds of objects on which one can request statistics. # -# @vm: statistics that apply to the entire virtual machine or -# the entire QEMU process. +# @vm: statistics that apply to the entire virtual machine or the +# entire QEMU process. # # @vcpu: statistics that apply to a single virtual CPU. # @@ -79,10 +86,11 @@ ## # @StatsRequest: # -# Indicates a set of statistics that should be returned by query-stats. +# Indicates a set of statistics that should be returned by +# query-stats. # # @provider: provider for which to return statistics. - +# # @names: statistics to be returned (all if omitted). # # Since: 7.1 @@ -104,9 +112,9 @@ ## # @StatsFilter: # -# The arguments to the query-stats command; specifies a target for which to -# request statistics and optionally the required subset of information for -# that target: +# The arguments to the query-stats command; specifies a target for +# which to request statistics and optionally the required subset of +# information for that target: # # - which vCPUs to request statistics for # - which providers to request statistics from @@ -125,6 +133,7 @@ # @StatsValue: # # @scalar: single unsigned 64-bit integers. +# # @list: list of unsigned 64-bit integers (used for histograms). # # Since: 7.1 @@ -138,6 +147,7 @@ # @Stats: # # @name: name of stat. +# # @value: stat value. # # Since: 7.1 @@ -152,7 +162,7 @@ # @provider: provider for this set of statistics. # # @qom-path: Path to the object for which the statistics are returned, -# if the object is exposed in the QOM tree +# if the object is exposed in the QOM tree # # @stats: list of statistics. # @@ -166,14 +176,14 @@ ## # @query-stats: # -# Return runtime-collected statistics for objects such as the -# VM or its vCPUs. +# Return runtime-collected statistics for objects such as the VM or +# its vCPUs. # # The arguments are a StatsFilter and specify the provider and objects # to return statistics about. # # Returns: a list of StatsResult, one for each provider and object -# (e.g., for each vCPU). +# (e.g., for each vCPU). # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -188,24 +198,25 @@ # Schema for a single statistic. # # @name: name of the statistic; each element of the schema is uniquely -# identified by a target, a provider (both available in @StatsSchema) -# and the name. +# identified by a target, a provider (both available in +# @StatsSchema) and the name. # # @type: kind of statistic. # -# @unit: basic unit of measure for the statistic; if missing, the statistic -# is a simple number or counter. +# @unit: basic unit of measure for the statistic; if missing, the +# statistic is a simple number or counter. # -# @base: base for the multiple of @unit in which the statistic is measured. -# Only present if @exponent is non-zero; @base and @exponent together -# form a SI prefix (e.g., _nano-_ for ``base=10`` and ``exponent=-9``) -# or IEC binary prefix (e.g. _kibi-_ for ``base=2`` and ``exponent=10``) +# @base: base for the multiple of @unit in which the statistic is +# measured. Only present if @exponent is non-zero; @base and +# @exponent together form a SI prefix (e.g., _nano-_ for +# ``base=10`` and ``exponent=-9``) or IEC binary prefix (e.g. +# _kibi-_ for ``base=2`` and ``exponent=10``) # -# @exponent: exponent for the multiple of @unit in which the statistic is -# expressed, or 0 for the basic unit +# @exponent: exponent for the multiple of @unit in which the statistic +# is expressed, or 0 for the basic unit # -# @bucket-size: Present when @type is "linear-histogram", contains the width -# of each bucket of the histogram. +# @bucket-size: Present when @type is "linear-histogram", contains the +# width of each bucket of the histogram. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -224,7 +235,8 @@ # # @provider: provider for this set of statistics. # -# @target: the kind of object that can be queried through the provider. +# @target: the kind of object that can be queried through the +# provider. # # @stats: list of statistics. # @@ -240,16 +252,17 @@ # # Return the schema for all available runtime-collected statistics. # -# Note: runtime-collected statistics and their names fall outside QEMU's usual -# deprecation policies. QEMU will try to keep the set of available data -# stable, together with their names, but will not guarantee stability -# at all costs; the same is true of providers that source statistics -# externally, e.g. from Linux. For example, if the same value is being -# tracked with different names on different architectures or by different -# providers, one of them might be renamed. A statistic might go away if -# an algorithm is changed or some code is removed; changing a default -# might cause previously useful statistics to always report 0. Such -# changes, however, are expected to be rare. +# Note: runtime-collected statistics and their names fall outside +# QEMU's usual deprecation policies. QEMU will try to keep the +# set of available data stable, together with their names, but +# will not guarantee stability at all costs; the same is true of +# providers that source statistics externally, e.g. from Linux. +# For example, if the same value is being tracked with different +# names on different architectures or by different providers, one +# of them might be renamed. A statistic might go away if an +# algorithm is changed or some code is removed; changing a default +# might cause previously useful statistics to always report 0. +# Such changes, however, are expected to be rare. # # Since: 7.1 ## diff --git a/qapi/tpm.json b/qapi/tpm.json index eac87d30b2..a754455ca5 100644 --- a/qapi/tpm.json +++ b/qapi/tpm.json @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ # An enumeration of TPM models # # @tpm-tis: TPM TIS model +# # @tpm-crb: TPM CRB model (since 2.12) +# # @tpm-spapr: TPM SPAPR model (since 5.0) # # Since: 1.5 @@ -33,7 +35,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-tpm-models" } # <- { "return": [ "tpm-tis", "tpm-crb", "tpm-spapr" ] } -# ## { 'command': 'query-tpm-models', 'returns': ['TpmModel'], 'if': 'CONFIG_TPM' } @@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ # An enumeration of TPM types # # @passthrough: TPM passthrough type +# # @emulator: Software Emulator TPM type (since 2.11) # # Since: 1.5 @@ -64,7 +66,6 @@ # # -> { "execute": "query-tpm-types" } # <- { "return": [ "passthrough", "emulator" ] } -# ## { 'command': 'query-tpm-types', 'returns': ['TpmType'], 'if': 'CONFIG_TPM' } @@ -76,8 +77,8 @@ # # @path: string describing the path used for accessing the TPM device # -# @cancel-path: string showing the TPM's sysfs cancel file -# for cancellation of TPM commands while they are executing +# @cancel-path: string showing the TPM's sysfs cancel file for +# cancellation of TPM commands while they are executing # # Since: 1.5 ## @@ -119,10 +120,14 @@ ## # @TpmTypeOptions: # -# A union referencing different TPM backend types' configuration options +# A union referencing different TPM backend types' configuration +# options # -# @type: - 'passthrough' The configuration options for the TPM passthrough type -# - 'emulator' The configuration options for TPM emulator backend type +# @type: +# - 'passthrough' The configuration options for the TPM +# passthrough type +# - 'emulator' The configuration options for TPM emulator backend +# type # # Since: 1.5 ## @@ -178,7 +183,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-tpm', 'returns': ['TPMInfo'], 'if': 'CONFIG_TPM' } diff --git a/qapi/trace.json b/qapi/trace.json index f425d10764..6bf0af0946 100644 --- a/qapi/trace.json +++ b/qapi/trace.json @@ -32,11 +32,13 @@ # Information of a tracing event. # # @name: Event name. +# # @state: Tracing state. +# # @vcpu: Whether this is a per-vCPU event (since 2.7). # -# An event is per-vCPU if it has the "vcpu" property in the "trace-events" -# files. +# An event is per-vCPU if it has the "vcpu" property in the +# "trace-events" files. # # Since: 2.2 ## @@ -49,19 +51,20 @@ # Query the state of events. # # @name: Event name pattern (case-sensitive glob). +# # @vcpu: The vCPU to query (any by default; since 2.7). # # Returns: a list of @TraceEventInfo for the matching events # -# An event is returned if: +# An event is returned if: # -# - its name matches the @name pattern, and -# - if @vcpu is given, the event has the "vcpu" property. +# - its name matches the @name pattern, and +# - if @vcpu is given, the event has the "vcpu" property. # -# Therefore, if @vcpu is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU events, -# returning their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if @name is an -# exact match, @vcpu is given and the event does not have the "vcpu" property, -# an error is returned. +# Therefore, if @vcpu is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU +# events, returning their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: +# if @name is an exact match, @vcpu is given and the event does not +# have the "vcpu" property, an error is returned. # # Since: 2.2 # @@ -70,7 +73,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "trace-event-get-state", # "arguments": { "name": "qemu_memalign" } } # <- { "return": [ { "name": "qemu_memalign", "state": "disabled", "vcpu": false } ] } -# ## { 'command': 'trace-event-get-state', 'data': {'name': 'str', '*vcpu': 'int'}, @@ -82,8 +84,11 @@ # Set the dynamic tracing state of events. # # @name: Event name pattern (case-sensitive glob). +# # @enable: Whether to enable tracing. +# # @ignore-unavailable: Do not match unavailable events with @name. +# # @vcpu: The vCPU to act upon (all by default; since 2.7). # # An event's state is modified if: @@ -91,10 +96,10 @@ # - its name matches the @name pattern, and # - if @vcpu is given, the event has the "vcpu" property. # -# Therefore, if @vcpu is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU events, -# setting their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if @name is an exact -# match, @vcpu is given and the event does not have the "vcpu" property, an -# error is returned. +# Therefore, if @vcpu is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU +# events, setting their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if +# @name is an exact match, @vcpu is given and the event does not have +# the "vcpu" property, an error is returned. # # Since: 2.2 # @@ -103,7 +108,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "trace-event-set-state", # "arguments": { "name": "qemu_memalign", "enable": true } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'trace-event-set-state', 'data': {'name': 'str', 'enable': 'bool', '*ignore-unavailable': 'bool', diff --git a/qapi/transaction.json b/qapi/transaction.json index 381a2df782..cffee2de28 100644 --- a/qapi/transaction.json +++ b/qapi/transaction.json @@ -23,15 +23,15 @@ # # An enumeration of Transactional completion modes. # -# @individual: Do not attempt to cancel any other Actions if any Actions fail -# after the Transaction request succeeds. All Actions that -# can complete successfully will do so without waiting on others. -# This is the default. +# @individual: Do not attempt to cancel any other Actions if any +# Actions fail after the Transaction request succeeds. All +# Actions that can complete successfully will do so without +# waiting on others. This is the default. # -# @grouped: If any Action fails after the Transaction succeeds, cancel all -# Actions. Actions do not complete until all Actions are ready to -# complete. May be rejected by Actions that do not support this -# completion mode. +# @grouped: If any Action fails after the Transaction succeeds, cancel +# all Actions. Actions do not complete until all Actions are +# ready to complete. May be rejected by Actions that do not +# support this completion mode. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -42,21 +42,33 @@ # @TransactionActionKind: # # @abort: Since 1.6 +# # @block-dirty-bitmap-add: Since 2.5 +# # @block-dirty-bitmap-remove: Since 4.2 +# # @block-dirty-bitmap-clear: Since 2.5 +# # @block-dirty-bitmap-enable: Since 4.0 +# # @block-dirty-bitmap-disable: Since 4.0 +# # @block-dirty-bitmap-merge: Since 4.0 +# # @blockdev-backup: Since 2.3 +# # @blockdev-snapshot: Since 2.5 +# # @blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync: Since 1.7 +# # @blockdev-snapshot-sync: since 1.1 +# # @drive-backup: Since 1.6 # # Features: +# # @deprecated: Member @drive-backup is deprecated. Use member -# @blockdev-backup instead. +# @blockdev-backup instead. # # Since: 1.1 ## @@ -172,8 +184,8 @@ # Optional arguments to modify the behavior of a Transaction. # # @completion-mode: Controls how jobs launched asynchronously by -# Actions will complete or fail as a group. -# See @ActionCompletionMode for details. +# Actions will complete or fail as a group. See +# @ActionCompletionMode for details. # # Since: 2.5 ## @@ -186,46 +198,48 @@ ## # @transaction: # -# Executes a number of transactionable QMP commands atomically. If any -# operation fails, then the entire set of actions will be abandoned and the -# appropriate error returned. +# Executes a number of transactionable QMP commands atomically. If +# any operation fails, then the entire set of actions will be +# abandoned and the appropriate error returned. # -# For external snapshots, the dictionary contains the device, the file to use for -# the new snapshot, and the format. The default format, if not specified, is -# qcow2. +# For external snapshots, the dictionary contains the device, the file +# to use for the new snapshot, and the format. The default format, if +# not specified, is qcow2. # # Each new snapshot defaults to being created by QEMU (wiping any -# contents if the file already exists), but it is also possible to reuse -# an externally-created file. In the latter case, you should ensure that -# the new image file has the same contents as the current one; QEMU cannot -# perform any meaningful check. Typically this is achieved by using the -# current image file as the backing file for the new image. +# contents if the file already exists), but it is also possible to +# reuse an externally-created file. In the latter case, you should +# ensure that the new image file has the same contents as the current +# one; QEMU cannot perform any meaningful check. Typically this is +# achieved by using the current image file as the backing file for the +# new image. # # On failure, the original disks pre-snapshot attempt will be used. # # For internal snapshots, the dictionary contains the device and the -# snapshot's name. If an internal snapshot matching name already exists, -# the request will be rejected. Only some image formats support it, for -# example, qcow2, and rbd, +# snapshot's name. If an internal snapshot matching name already +# exists, the request will be rejected. Only some image formats +# support it, for example, qcow2, and rbd, # -# On failure, qemu will try delete the newly created internal snapshot in the -# transaction. When an I/O error occurs during deletion, the user needs to fix -# it later with qemu-img or other command. +# On failure, qemu will try delete the newly created internal snapshot +# in the transaction. When an I/O error occurs during deletion, the +# user needs to fix it later with qemu-img or other command. # -# @actions: List of @TransactionAction; -# information needed for the respective operations. +# @actions: List of @TransactionAction; information needed for the +# respective operations. # # @properties: structure of additional options to control the -# execution of the transaction. See @TransactionProperties -# for additional detail. +# execution of the transaction. See @TransactionProperties for +# additional detail. # # Returns: nothing on success # -# Errors depend on the operations of the transaction +# Errors depend on the operations of the transaction # -# Note: The transaction aborts on the first failure. Therefore, there will be -# information on only one failed operation returned in an error condition, and -# subsequent actions will not have been attempted. +# Note: The transaction aborts on the first failure. Therefore, there +# will be information on only one failed operation returned in an +# error condition, and subsequent actions will not have been +# attempted. # # Since: 1.1 # @@ -249,7 +263,6 @@ # "device": "ide-hd2", # "name": "snapshot0" } } ] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'transaction', 'data': { 'actions': [ 'TransactionAction' ], diff --git a/qapi/ui.json b/qapi/ui.json index b5650974fc..d51e34049c 100644 --- a/qapi/ui.json +++ b/qapi/ui.json @@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ ## # @SetPasswordAction: # -# An action to take on changing a password on a connection with active clients. +# An action to take on changing a password on a connection with active +# clients. # # @keep: maintain existing clients # @@ -40,14 +41,15 @@ # # Options for set_password. # -# @protocol: - 'vnc' to modify the VNC server password -# - 'spice' to modify the Spice server password +# @protocol: +# - 'vnc' to modify the VNC server password +# - 'spice' to modify the Spice server password # # @password: the new password # # @connected: How to handle existing clients when changing the -# password. If nothing is specified, defaults to 'keep'. -# For VNC, only 'keep' is currently implemented. +# password. If nothing is specified, defaults to 'keep'. For VNC, +# only 'keep' is currently implemented. # # Since: 7.0 ## @@ -63,8 +65,8 @@ # # Options for set_password specific to the VNC procotol. # -# @display: The id of the display where the password should be changed. -# Defaults to the first. +# @display: The id of the display where the password should be +# changed. Defaults to the first. # # Since: 7.0 ## @@ -76,8 +78,9 @@ # # Set the password of a remote display server. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If Spice is not enabled, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If Spice is not enabled, DeviceNotFound # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -86,7 +89,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "set_password", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc", # "password": "secret" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'set_password', 'boxed': true, 'data': 'SetPasswordOptions' } @@ -95,20 +97,22 @@ # # General options for expire_password. # -# @protocol: - 'vnc' to modify the VNC server expiration -# - 'spice' to modify the Spice server expiration +# @protocol: +# - 'vnc' to modify the VNC server expiration +# - 'spice' to modify the Spice server expiration # # @time: when to expire the password. # -# - 'now' to expire the password immediately -# - 'never' to cancel password expiration -# - '+INT' where INT is the number of seconds from now (integer) -# - 'INT' where INT is the absolute time in seconds +# - 'now' to expire the password immediately +# - 'never' to cancel password expiration +# - '+INT' where INT is the number of seconds from now (integer) +# - 'INT' where INT is the absolute time in seconds # -# Notes: Time is relative to the server and currently there is no way to -# coordinate server time with client time. It is not recommended to -# use the absolute time version of the @time parameter unless you're -# sure you are on the same machine as the QEMU instance. +# Notes: Time is relative to the server and currently there is no way +# to coordinate server time with client time. It is not +# recommended to use the absolute time version of the @time +# parameter unless you're sure you are on the same machine as the +# QEMU instance. # # Since: 7.0 ## @@ -123,8 +127,8 @@ # # Options for expire_password specific to the VNC procotol. # -# @display: The id of the display where the expiration should be changed. -# Defaults to the first. +# @display: The id of the display where the expiration should be +# changed. Defaults to the first. # # Since: 7.0 ## @@ -136,8 +140,10 @@ # # Expire the password of a remote display server. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If @protocol is 'spice' and Spice is not active, DeviceNotFound +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If @protocol is 'spice' and Spice is not active, +# DeviceNotFound # # Since: 0.14 # @@ -146,7 +152,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "expire_password", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc", # "time": "+60" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'expire_password', 'boxed': true, 'data': 'ExpirePasswordOptions' } @@ -171,14 +176,16 @@ # # @filename: the path of a new file to store the image # -# @device: ID of the display device that should be dumped. If this parameter -# is missing, the primary display will be used. (Since 2.12) +# @device: ID of the display device that should be dumped. If this +# parameter is missing, the primary display will be used. (Since +# 2.12) # -# @head: head to use in case the device supports multiple heads. If this -# parameter is missing, head #0 will be used. Also note that the head -# can only be specified in conjunction with the device ID. (Since 2.12) +# @head: head to use in case the device supports multiple heads. If +# this parameter is missing, head #0 will be used. Also note that +# the head can only be specified in conjunction with the device +# ID. (Since 2.12) # -# @format: image format for screendump. (default: ppm) (Since 7.1) +# @format: image format for screendump. (default: ppm) (Since 7.1) # # Returns: Nothing on success # @@ -189,7 +196,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "screendump", # "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/image" } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'screendump', 'data': {'filename': 'str', '*device': 'str', '*head': 'int', @@ -238,16 +244,16 @@ # # Information about a SPICE client channel. # -# @connection-id: SPICE connection id number. All channels with the same id -# belong to the same SPICE session. +# @connection-id: SPICE connection id number. All channels with the +# same id belong to the same SPICE session. # # @channel-type: SPICE channel type number. "1" is the main control -# channel, filter for this one if you want to track spice -# sessions only +# channel, filter for this one if you want to track spice sessions +# only # -# @channel-id: SPICE channel ID number. Usually "0", might be different when -# multiple channels of the same type exist, such as multiple -# display channels in a multihead setup +# @channel-id: SPICE channel ID number. Usually "0", might be +# different when multiple channels of the same type exist, such as +# multiple display channels in a multihead setup # # @tls: true if the channel is encrypted, false otherwise. # @@ -268,8 +274,8 @@ # # @server: Mouse cursor position is determined by the server. # -# @unknown: No information is available about mouse mode used by -# the spice server. +# @unknown: No information is available about mouse mode used by the +# spice server. # # Note: spice/enums.h has a SpiceMouseMode already, hence the name. # @@ -287,10 +293,10 @@ # @enabled: true if the SPICE server is enabled, false otherwise # # @migrated: true if the last guest migration completed and spice -# migration had completed as well. false otherwise. (since 1.4) +# migration had completed as well. false otherwise. (since 1.4) # # @host: The hostname the SPICE server is bound to. This depends on -# the name resolution on the host and may be an IP address. +# the name resolution on the host and may be an IP address. # # @port: The SPICE server's port number. # @@ -300,13 +306,14 @@ # # @auth: the current authentication type used by the server # -# - 'none' if no authentication is being used -# - 'spice' uses SASL or direct TLS authentication, depending on command -# line options +# - 'none' if no authentication is being used +# - 'spice' uses SASL or direct TLS authentication, depending on +# command line options # -# @mouse-mode: The mode in which the mouse cursor is displayed currently. Can -# be determined by the client or the server, or unknown if spice -# server doesn't provide this information. (since: 1.1) +# @mouse-mode: The mode in which the mouse cursor is displayed +# currently. Can be determined by the client or the server, or +# unknown if spice server doesn't provide this information. +# (since: 1.1) # # @channels: a list of @SpiceChannel for each active spice channel # @@ -361,7 +368,6 @@ # ] # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-spice', 'returns': 'SpiceInfo', 'if': 'CONFIG_SPICE' } @@ -385,7 +391,6 @@ # "server": { "port": "5920", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"}, # "client": {"port": "52873", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"} # }} -# ## { 'event': 'SPICE_CONNECTED', 'data': { 'server': 'SpiceBasicInfo', @@ -395,8 +400,8 @@ ## # @SPICE_INITIALIZED: # -# Emitted after initial handshake and authentication takes place (if any) -# and the SPICE channel is up and running +# Emitted after initial handshake and authentication takes place (if +# any) and the SPICE channel is up and running # # @server: server information # @@ -414,7 +419,6 @@ # "connection-id": 1804289383, "host": "127.0.0.1", # "channel-id": 0, "tls": true} # }} -# ## { 'event': 'SPICE_INITIALIZED', 'data': { 'server': 'SpiceServerInfo', @@ -440,7 +444,6 @@ # "server": { "port": "5920", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"}, # "client": {"port": "52873", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"} # }} -# ## { 'event': 'SPICE_DISCONNECTED', 'data': { 'server': 'SpiceBasicInfo', @@ -458,7 +461,6 @@ # # <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 417172}, # "event": "SPICE_MIGRATE_COMPLETED" } -# ## { 'event': 'SPICE_MIGRATE_COMPLETED', 'if': 'CONFIG_SPICE' } @@ -474,9 +476,9 @@ # # @host: IP address # -# @service: The service name of the vnc port. This may depend on the host -# system's service database so symbolic names should not be relied -# on. +# @service: The service name of the vnc port. This may depend on the +# host system's service database so symbolic names should not be +# relied on. # # @family: address family # @@ -496,8 +498,8 @@ # # The network connection information for server # -# @auth: authentication method used for -# the plain (non-websocket) VNC server +# @auth: authentication method used for the plain (non-websocket) VNC +# server # # Since: 2.1 ## @@ -512,10 +514,10 @@ # Information about a connected VNC client. # # @x509_dname: If x509 authentication is in use, the Distinguished -# Name of the client. +# Name of the client. # # @sasl_username: If SASL authentication is in use, the SASL username -# used for authentication. +# used for authentication. # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -531,33 +533,41 @@ # # @enabled: true if the VNC server is enabled, false otherwise # -# @host: The hostname the VNC server is bound to. This depends on -# the name resolution on the host and may be an IP address. +# @host: The hostname the VNC server is bound to. This depends on the +# name resolution on the host and may be an IP address. # -# @family: - 'ipv6' if the host is listening for IPv6 connections -# - 'ipv4' if the host is listening for IPv4 connections -# - 'unix' if the host is listening on a unix domain socket -# - 'unknown' otherwise +# @family: +# - 'ipv6' if the host is listening for IPv6 connections +# - 'ipv4' if the host is listening for IPv4 connections +# - 'unix' if the host is listening on a unix domain socket +# - 'unknown' otherwise # # @service: The service name of the server's port. This may depends -# on the host system's service database so symbolic names should not -# be relied on. +# on the host system's service database so symbolic names should +# not be relied on. # # @auth: the current authentication type used by the server # -# - 'none' if no authentication is being used -# - 'vnc' if VNC authentication is being used -# - 'vencrypt+plain' if VEncrypt is used with plain text authentication -# - 'vencrypt+tls+none' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and no authentication -# - 'vencrypt+tls+vnc' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and VNC authentication -# - 'vencrypt+tls+plain' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and plain text auth -# - 'vencrypt+x509+none' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and no auth -# - 'vencrypt+x509+vnc' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and VNC auth -# - 'vencrypt+x509+plain' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and plain text auth -# - 'vencrypt+tls+sasl' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and SASL auth -# - 'vencrypt+x509+sasl' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and SASL auth -# -# @clients: a list of @VncClientInfo of all currently connected clients +# - 'none' if no authentication is being used +# - 'vnc' if VNC authentication is being used +# - 'vencrypt+plain' if VEncrypt is used with plain text +# authentication +# - 'vencrypt+tls+none' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and no +# authentication +# - 'vencrypt+tls+vnc' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and VNC +# authentication +# - 'vencrypt+tls+plain' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and plain +# text auth +# - 'vencrypt+x509+none' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and no auth +# - 'vencrypt+x509+vnc' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and VNC auth +# - 'vencrypt+x509+plain' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and plain +# text auth +# - 'vencrypt+tls+sasl' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and SASL auth +# - 'vencrypt+x509+sasl' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and SASL +# auth +# +# @clients: a list of @VncClientInfo of all currently connected +# clients # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -601,8 +611,8 @@ # # @auth: The current authentication type used by the servers # -# @vencrypt: The vencrypt sub authentication type used by the -# servers, only specified in case auth == vencrypt. +# @vencrypt: The vencrypt sub authentication type used by the servers, +# only specified in case auth == vencrypt. # # Since: 2.9 ## @@ -620,17 +630,18 @@ # @id: vnc server name. # # @server: A list of @VncBasincInfo describing all listening sockets. -# The list can be empty (in case the vnc server is disabled). -# It also may have multiple entries: normal + websocket, -# possibly also ipv4 + ipv6 in the future. +# The list can be empty (in case the vnc server is disabled). It +# also may have multiple entries: normal + websocket, possibly +# also ipv4 + ipv6 in the future. # -# @clients: A list of @VncClientInfo of all currently connected clients. -# The list can be empty, for obvious reasons. +# @clients: A list of @VncClientInfo of all currently connected +# clients. The list can be empty, for obvious reasons. # -# @auth: The current authentication type used by the non-websockets servers +# @auth: The current authentication type used by the non-websockets +# servers # # @vencrypt: The vencrypt authentication type used by the servers, -# only specified in case auth == vencrypt. +# only specified in case auth == vencrypt. # # @display: The display device the vnc server is linked to. # @@ -673,7 +684,6 @@ # ] # } # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-vnc', 'returns': 'VncInfo', 'if': 'CONFIG_VNC' } @@ -698,8 +708,9 @@ # # Since: 1.1 # -# Notes: An empty password in this command will set the password to the empty -# string. Existing clients are unaffected by executing this command. +# Notes: An empty password in this command will set the password to +# the empty string. Existing clients are unaffected by executing +# this command. ## { 'command': 'change-vnc-password', 'data': { 'password': 'str' }, @@ -714,8 +725,8 @@ # # @client: client information # -# Note: This event is emitted before any authentication takes place, thus -# the authentication ID is not provided +# Note: This event is emitted before any authentication takes place, +# thus the authentication ID is not provided # # Since: 0.13 # @@ -728,7 +739,6 @@ # "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "58425", # "host": "127.0.0.1", "websocket": false } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1262976601, "microseconds": 975795 } } -# ## { 'event': 'VNC_CONNECTED', 'data': { 'server': 'VncServerInfo', @@ -738,8 +748,8 @@ ## # @VNC_INITIALIZED: # -# Emitted after authentication takes place (if any) and the VNC session is -# made active +# Emitted after authentication takes place (if any) and the VNC +# session is made active # # @server: server information # @@ -756,7 +766,6 @@ # "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "46089", "websocket": false, # "host": "127.0.0.1", "sasl_username": "luiz" } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1263475302, "microseconds": 150772 } } -# ## { 'event': 'VNC_INITIALIZED', 'data': { 'server': 'VncServerInfo', @@ -783,7 +792,6 @@ # "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "58425", "websocket": false, # "host": "127.0.0.1", "sasl_username": "luiz" } }, # "timestamp": { "seconds": 1262976601, "microseconds": 975795 } } -# ## { 'event': 'VNC_DISCONNECTED', 'data': { 'server': 'VncServerInfo', @@ -805,7 +813,8 @@ # # @current: true if this device is currently receiving mouse events # -# @absolute: true if this device supports absolute coordinates as input +# @absolute: true if this device supports absolute coordinates as +# input # # Since: 0.14 ## @@ -840,7 +849,6 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## { 'command': 'query-mice', 'returns': ['MouseInfo'] } @@ -852,59 +860,96 @@ # This is used by the @send-key command. # # @unmapped: since 2.0 +# # @pause: since 2.0 +# # @ro: since 2.4 +# # @kp_comma: since 2.4 +# # @kp_equals: since 2.6 +# # @power: since 2.6 +# # @hiragana: since 2.9 +# # @henkan: since 2.9 +# # @yen: since 2.9 # # @sleep: since 2.10 +# # @wake: since 2.10 +# # @audionext: since 2.10 +# # @audioprev: since 2.10 +# # @audiostop: since 2.10 +# # @audioplay: since 2.10 +# # @audiomute: since 2.10 +# # @volumeup: since 2.10 +# # @volumedown: since 2.10 +# # @mediaselect: since 2.10 +# # @mail: since 2.10 +# # @calculator: since 2.10 +# # @computer: since 2.10 +# # @ac_home: since 2.10 +# # @ac_back: since 2.10 +# # @ac_forward: since 2.10 +# # @ac_refresh: since 2.10 +# # @ac_bookmarks: since 2.10 # # @muhenkan: since 2.12 +# # @katakanahiragana: since 2.12 # # @lang1: since 6.1 +# # @lang2: since 6.1 # # @f13: since 8.0 +# # @f14: since 8.0 +# # @f15: since 8.0 +# # @f16: since 8.0 +# # @f17: since 8.0 +# # @f18: since 8.0 +# # @f19: since 8.0 +# # @f20: since 8.0 +# # @f21: since 8.0 +# # @f22: since 8.0 +# # @f23: since 8.0 +# # @f24: since 8.0 # -# 'sysrq' was mistakenly added to hack around the fact that -# the ps2 driver was not generating correct scancodes sequences -# when 'alt+print' was pressed. This flaw is now fixed and the -# 'sysrq' key serves no further purpose. Any further use of -# 'sysrq' will be transparently changed to 'print', so they -# are effectively synonyms. +# 'sysrq' was mistakenly added to hack around the fact that the ps2 +# driver was not generating correct scancodes sequences when +# 'alt+print' was pressed. This flaw is now fixed and the 'sysrq' key +# serves no further purpose. Any further use of 'sysrq' will be +# transparently changed to 'print', so they are effectively synonyms. # # Since: 1.3 ## @@ -976,16 +1021,17 @@ # # Send keys to guest. # -# @keys: An array of @KeyValue elements. All @KeyValues in this array are -# simultaneously sent to the guest. A @KeyValue.number value is sent -# directly to the guest, while @KeyValue.qcode must be a valid -# @QKeyCode value +# @keys: An array of @KeyValue elements. All @KeyValues in this array +# are simultaneously sent to the guest. A @KeyValue.number value +# is sent directly to the guest, while @KeyValue.qcode must be a +# valid @QKeyCode value # -# @hold-time: time to delay key up events, milliseconds. Defaults -# to 100 +# @hold-time: time to delay key up events, milliseconds. Defaults to +# 100 # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - If key is unknown or redundant, GenericError +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - If key is unknown or redundant, GenericError # # Since: 1.3 # @@ -996,7 +1042,6 @@ # { "type": "qcode", "data": "alt" }, # { "type": "qcode", "data": "delete" } ] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'send-key', 'data': { 'keys': ['KeyValue'], '*hold-time': 'int' } } @@ -1032,6 +1077,7 @@ # Keyboard input event. # # @key: Which key this event is for. +# # @down: True for key-down and false for key-up events. # # Since: 2.0 @@ -1046,6 +1092,7 @@ # Pointer button input event. # # @button: Which button this event is for. +# # @down: True for key-down and false for key-up events. # # Since: 2.0 @@ -1060,8 +1107,9 @@ # Pointer motion input event. # # @axis: Which axis is referenced by @value. -# @value: Pointer position. For absolute coordinates the -# valid range is 0 -> 0x7ffff +# +# @value: Pointer position. For absolute coordinates the valid range +# is 0 -> 0x7ffff # # Since: 2.0 ## @@ -1108,10 +1156,10 @@ # # @type: the input type, one of: # -# - 'key': Input event of Keyboard -# - 'btn': Input event of pointer buttons -# - 'rel': Input event of relative pointer motion -# - 'abs': Input event of absolute pointer motion +# - 'key': Input event of Keyboard +# - 'btn': Input event of pointer buttons +# - 'rel': Input event of relative pointer motion +# - 'abs': Input event of absolute pointer motion # # Since: 2.0 ## @@ -1140,8 +1188,10 @@ # precedence. # # @device: display device to send event(s) to. -# @head: head to send event(s) to, in case the -# display device supports multiple scanouts. +# +# @head: head to send event(s) to, in case the display device supports +# multiple scanouts. +# # @events: List of InputEvent union. # # Returns: Nothing on success. @@ -1149,9 +1199,9 @@ # Since: 2.6 # # Note: The consoles are visible in the qom tree, under -# /backend/console[$index]. They have a device link and head property, -# so it is possible to map which console belongs to which device and -# display. +# /backend/console[$index]. They have a device link and head +# property, so it is possible to map which console belongs to +# which device and display. # # Examples: # @@ -1188,7 +1238,6 @@ # { "type": "abs", "data" : { "axis": "x", "value" : 20000 } }, # { "type": "abs", "data" : { "axis": "y", "value" : 400 } } ] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'input-send-event', 'data': { '*device': 'str', @@ -1201,19 +1250,20 @@ # GTK display options. # # @grab-on-hover: Grab keyboard input on mouse hover. +# # @zoom-to-fit: Zoom guest display to fit into the host window. When -# turned off the host window will be resized instead. -# In case the display device can notify the guest on -# window resizes (virtio-gpu) this will default to "on", -# assuming the guest will resize the display to match -# the window size then. Otherwise it defaults to "off". -# (Since 3.1) -# @show-tabs: Display the tab bar for switching between the various graphical -# interfaces (e.g. VGA and virtual console character devices) -# by default. -# (Since 7.1) -# @show-menubar: Display the main window menubar. Defaults to "on". -# (Since 8.0) +# turned off the host window will be resized instead. In case the +# display device can notify the guest on window resizes +# (virtio-gpu) this will default to "on", assuming the guest will +# resize the display to match the window size then. Otherwise it +# defaults to "off". (Since 3.1) +# +# @show-tabs: Display the tab bar for switching between the various +# graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and virtual console character +# devices) by default. (Since 7.1) +# +# @show-menubar: Display the main window menubar. Defaults to "on". +# (Since 8.0) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -1228,8 +1278,8 @@ # # EGL headless display options. # -# @rendernode: Which DRM render node should be used. Default is the first -# available node on the host. +# @rendernode: Which DRM render node should be used. Default is the +# first available node on the host. # # Since: 3.1 ## @@ -1243,11 +1293,11 @@ # # @addr: The D-Bus bus address (default to the session bus). # -# @rendernode: Which DRM render node should be used. Default is the first -# available node on the host. +# @rendernode: Which DRM render node should be used. Default is the +# first available node on the host. # # @p2p: Whether to use peer-to-peer connections (accepted through -# @add_client). +# @add_client). # # @audiodev: Use the specified DBus audiodev to export audio. # @@ -1265,10 +1315,13 @@ # Display OpenGL mode. # # @off: Disable OpenGL (default). -# @on: Use OpenGL, pick context type automatically. -# Would better be named 'auto' but is called 'on' for backward -# compatibility with bool type. +# +# @on: Use OpenGL, pick context type automatically. Would better be +# named 'auto' but is called 'on' for backward compatibility with +# bool type. +# # @core: Use OpenGL with Core (desktop) Context. +# # @es: Use OpenGL with ES (embedded systems) Context. # # Since: 3.0 @@ -1294,18 +1347,17 @@ # Cocoa display options. # # @left-command-key: Enable/disable forwarding of left command key to -# guest. Allows command-tab window switching on the -# host without sending this key to the guest when -# "off". Defaults to "on" +# guest. Allows command-tab window switching on the host without +# sending this key to the guest when "off". Defaults to "on" # -# @full-grab: Capture all key presses, including system combos. This -# requires accessibility permissions, since it performs -# a global grab on key events. (default: off) -# See https://support.apple.com/en-in/guide/mac-help/mh32356/mac +# @full-grab: Capture all key presses, including system combos. This +# requires accessibility permissions, since it performs a global +# grab on key events. (default: off) See +# https://support.apple.com/en-in/guide/mac-help/mh32356/mac # -# @swap-opt-cmd: Swap the Option and Command keys so that their key codes match -# their position on non-Mac keyboards and you can use Meta/Super -# and Alt where you expect them. (default: off) +# @swap-opt-cmd: Swap the Option and Command keys so that their key +# codes match their position on non-Mac keyboards and you can use +# Meta/Super and Alt where you expect them. (default: off) # # Since: 7.0 ## @@ -1331,8 +1383,8 @@ # # SDL2 display options. # -# @grab-mod: Modifier keys that should be pressed together with the -# "G" key to release the mouse grab. +# @grab-mod: Modifier keys that should be pressed together with the +# "G" key to release the mouse grab. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -1344,36 +1396,35 @@ # # Display (user interface) type. # -# @default: The default user interface, selecting from the first available -# of gtk, sdl, cocoa, and vnc. +# @default: The default user interface, selecting from the first +# available of gtk, sdl, cocoa, and vnc. # -# @none: No user interface or video output display. The guest will -# still see an emulated graphics card, but its output will not -# be displayed to the QEMU user. +# @none: No user interface or video output display. The guest will +# still see an emulated graphics card, but its output will not be +# displayed to the QEMU user. # # @gtk: The GTK user interface. # # @sdl: The SDL user interface. # # @egl-headless: No user interface, offload GL operations to a local -# DRI device. Graphical display need to be paired with -# VNC or Spice. (Since 3.1) +# DRI device. Graphical display need to be paired with VNC or +# Spice. (Since 3.1) # # @curses: Display video output via curses. For graphics device -# models which support a text mode, QEMU can display this -# output using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is -# displayed when the graphics device is in graphical mode or -# if the graphics device does not support a text -# mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text -# mode. +# models which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output +# using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the +# graphics device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device +# does not support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device +# models support text mode. # # @cocoa: The Cocoa user interface. # # @spice-app: Set up a Spice server and run the default associated -# application to connect to it. The server will redirect -# the serial console and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0) +# application to connect to it. The server will redirect the +# serial console and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0) # -# @dbus: Start a D-Bus service for the display. (Since 7.0) +# @dbus: Start a D-Bus service for the display. (Since 7.0) # # Since: 2.12 ## @@ -1398,9 +1449,16 @@ # Display (user interface) options. # # @type: Which DisplayType qemu should use. -# @full-screen: Start user interface in fullscreen mode (default: off). -# @window-close: Allow to quit qemu with window close button (default: on). -# @show-cursor: Force showing the mouse cursor (default: off). (since: 5.0) +# +# @full-screen: Start user interface in fullscreen mode +# (default: off). +# +# @window-close: Allow to quit qemu with window close button +# (default: on). +# +# @show-cursor: Force showing the mouse cursor (default: off). +# (since: 5.0) +# # @gl: Enable OpenGL support (default: off). # # Since: 2.12 @@ -1487,7 +1545,6 @@ # -> { "execute": "display-reload", # "arguments": { "type": "vnc", "tls-certs": true } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'display-reload', 'data': 'DisplayReloadOptions', @@ -1510,9 +1567,9 @@ # # Specify the VNC reload options. # -# @addresses: If specified, change set of addresses -# to listen for connections. Addresses configured -# for websockets are not touched. +# @addresses: If specified, change set of addresses to listen for +# connections. Addresses configured for websockets are not +# touched. # # Since: 7.1 ## @@ -1549,7 +1606,6 @@ # [ { "type": "inet", "host": "0.0.0.0", # "port": "5901" } ] } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'display-update', 'data': 'DisplayUpdateOptions', @@ -1563,9 +1619,13 @@ # once migration finished successfully. Only implemented for SPICE. # # @protocol: must be "spice" +# # @hostname: migration target hostname +# # @port: spice tcp port for plaintext channels +# # @tls-port: spice tcp port for tls-secured channels +# # @cert-subject: server certificate subject # # Since: 0.14 @@ -1577,7 +1637,6 @@ # "hostname": "virt42.lab.kraxel.org", # "port": 1234 } } # <- { "return": {} } -# ## { 'command': 'client_migrate_info', 'data': { 'protocol': 'str', 'hostname': 'str', '*port': 'int', diff --git a/qapi/virtio.json b/qapi/virtio.json index 019d2d1987..e6dcee7b83 100644 --- a/qapi/virtio.json +++ b/qapi/virtio.json @@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ # @name: Name of the VirtIODevice # # Since: 7.2 -# ## { 'struct': 'VirtioInfo', 'data': { 'path': 'str', @@ -28,6 +27,7 @@ # Returns a list of all realized VirtIODevices # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: List of gathered VirtIODevices @@ -60,9 +60,7 @@ # } # ] # } -# ## - { 'command': 'x-query-virtio', 'returns': [ 'VirtioInfo' ], 'features': [ 'unstable' ] } @@ -70,7 +68,7 @@ ## # @VhostStatus: # -# Information about a vhost device. This information will only be +# Information about a vhost device. This information will only be # displayed if the vhost device is active. # # @n-mem-sections: vhost_dev n_mem_sections @@ -98,9 +96,7 @@ # @log-size: vhost_dev log_size # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VhostStatus', 'data': { 'n-mem-sections': 'int', 'n-tmp-sections': 'int', @@ -119,8 +115,8 @@ # @VirtioStatus: # # Full status of the virtio device with most VirtIODevice members. -# Also includes the full status of the corresponding vhost device -# if the vhost device is active. +# Also includes the full status of the corresponding vhost device if +# the vhost device is active. # # @name: VirtIODevice name # @@ -136,8 +132,8 @@ # # @device-endian: VirtIODevice device_endian # -# @num-vqs: VirtIODevice virtqueue count. This is the number of active -# virtqueues being used by the VirtIODevice. +# @num-vqs: VirtIODevice virtqueue count. This is the number of +# active virtqueues being used by the VirtIODevice. # # @status: VirtIODevice configuration status (VirtioDeviceStatus) # @@ -163,14 +159,12 @@ # # @use-guest-notifier-mask: VirtIODevice use_guest_notifier_mask flag # -# @vhost-dev: Corresponding vhost device info for a given VirtIODevice. -# Present if the given VirtIODevice has an active vhost -# device. +# @vhost-dev: Corresponding vhost device info for a given +# VirtIODevice. Present if the given VirtIODevice has an active +# vhost device. # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioStatus', 'data': { 'name': 'str', 'device-id': 'uint16', @@ -202,6 +196,7 @@ # @path: Canonical QOM path of the VirtIODevice # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: VirtioStatus of the virtio device @@ -433,9 +428,7 @@ # "use-started": true # } # } -# ## - { 'command': 'x-query-virtio-status', 'data': { 'path': 'str' }, 'returns': 'VirtioStatus', @@ -448,13 +441,13 @@ # device # # @statuses: List of decoded configuration statuses of the virtio -# device +# device # -# @unknown-statuses: Virtio device statuses bitmap that have not been decoded +# @unknown-statuses: Virtio device statuses bitmap that have not been +# decoded # # Since: 7.2 ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioDeviceStatus', 'data': { 'statuses': [ 'str' ], '*unknown-statuses': 'uint8' } } @@ -466,14 +459,13 @@ # Vhost User device # # @protocols: List of decoded vhost user protocol features of a vhost -# user device +# user device # # @unknown-protocols: Vhost user device protocol features bitmap that -# have not been decoded +# have not been decoded # # Since: 7.2 ## - { 'struct': 'VhostDeviceProtocols', 'data': { 'protocols': [ 'str' ], '*unknown-protocols': 'uint64' } } @@ -481,20 +473,19 @@ ## # @VirtioDeviceFeatures: # -# The common fields that apply to most Virtio devices. Some devices +# The common fields that apply to most Virtio devices. Some devices # may not have their own device-specific features (e.g. virtio-rng). # # @transports: List of transport features of the virtio device # # @dev-features: List of device-specific features (if the device has -# unique features) +# unique features) # # @unknown-dev-features: Virtio device features bitmap that have not -# been decoded +# been decoded # # Since: 7.2 ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioDeviceFeatures', 'data': { 'transports': [ 'str' ], '*dev-features': [ 'str' ], @@ -525,7 +516,7 @@ # @vring-used: VirtQueue vring.used (device area) # # @last-avail-idx: VirtQueue last_avail_idx or return of vhost_dev -# vhost_get_vring_base (if vhost active) +# vhost_get_vring_base (if vhost active) # # @shadow-avail-idx: VirtQueue shadow_avail_idx # @@ -536,9 +527,7 @@ # @signalled-used-valid: VirtQueue signalled_used_valid flag # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtQueueStatus', 'data': { 'name': 'str', 'queue-index': 'uint16', @@ -565,16 +554,17 @@ # @queue: VirtQueue index to examine # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: VirtQueueStatus of the VirtQueue # -# Notes: last_avail_idx will not be displayed in the case where -# the selected VirtIODevice has a running vhost device and -# the VirtIODevice VirtQueue index (queue) does not exist for -# the corresponding vhost device vhost_virtqueue. Also, -# shadow_avail_idx will not be displayed in the case where -# the selected VirtIODevice has a running vhost device. +# Notes: last_avail_idx will not be displayed in the case where the +# selected VirtIODevice has a running vhost device and the +# VirtIODevice VirtQueue index (queue) does not exist for the +# corresponding vhost device vhost_virtqueue. Also, +# shadow_avail_idx will not be displayed in the case where the +# selected VirtIODevice has a running vhost device. # # Since: 7.2 # @@ -626,9 +616,7 @@ # "vring-num": 128 # } # } -# ## - { 'command': 'x-query-virtio-queue-status', 'data': { 'path': 'str', 'queue': 'uint16' }, 'returns': 'VirtQueueStatus', @@ -667,9 +655,7 @@ # @used-size: vhost_virtqueue used_size # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtVhostQueueStatus', 'data': { 'name': 'str', 'kick': 'int', @@ -695,6 +681,7 @@ # @queue: vhost_virtqueue index to examine # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: VirtVhostQueueStatus of the vhost_virtqueue @@ -748,9 +735,7 @@ # "kick": 0 # } # } -# ## - { 'command': 'x-query-virtio-vhost-queue-status', 'data': { 'path': 'str', 'queue': 'uint16' }, 'returns': 'VirtVhostQueueStatus', @@ -768,9 +753,7 @@ # @flags: List of descriptor flags # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioRingDesc', 'data': { 'addr': 'uint64', 'len': 'uint32', @@ -788,9 +771,7 @@ # @ring: VRingAvail ring[] entry at provided index # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioRingAvail', 'data': { 'flags': 'uint16', 'idx': 'uint16', @@ -806,9 +787,7 @@ # @idx: VRingUsed index # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioRingUsed', 'data': { 'flags': 'uint16', 'idx': 'uint16' } } @@ -830,9 +809,7 @@ # @used: VRingUsed info # # Since: 7.2 -# ## - { 'struct': 'VirtioQueueElement', 'data': { 'name': 'str', 'index': 'uint32', @@ -849,10 +826,11 @@ # # @queue: VirtQueue index to examine # -# @index: Index of the element in the queue -# (default: head of the queue) +# @index: Index of the element in the queue (default: head of the +# queue) # # Features: +# # @unstable: This command is meant for debugging. # # Returns: VirtioQueueElement information @@ -945,9 +923,7 @@ # } # } # } -# ## - { 'command': 'x-query-virtio-queue-element', 'data': { 'path': 'str', 'queue': 'uint16', '*index': 'uint16' }, 'returns': 'VirtioQueueElement', diff --git a/qapi/yank.json b/qapi/yank.json index 1639744ada..87ec7cab96 100644 --- a/qapi/yank.json +++ b/qapi/yank.json @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ## # @YankInstanceType: # -# An enumeration of yank instance types. See @YankInstance for more +# An enumeration of yank instance types. See @YankInstance for more # information. # # Since: 6.0 @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ ## # @YankInstanceBlockNode: # -# Specifies which block graph node to yank. See @YankInstance for more -# information. +# Specifies which block graph node to yank. See @YankInstance for +# more information. # # @node-name: the name of the block graph node # @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ ## # @YankInstanceChardev: # -# Specifies which character device to yank. See @YankInstance for more -# information. +# Specifies which character device to yank. See @YankInstance for +# more information. # # @id: the chardev's ID # @@ -46,21 +46,18 @@ ## # @YankInstance: # -# A yank instance can be yanked with the @yank qmp command to recover from a -# hanging QEMU. +# A yank instance can be yanked with the @yank qmp command to recover +# from a hanging QEMU. # # Currently implemented yank instances: # -# - nbd block device: -# Yanking it will shut down the connection to the nbd server without -# attempting to reconnect. -# - socket chardev: -# Yanking it will shut down the connected socket. -# - migration: -# Yanking it will shut down all migration connections. Unlike -# @migrate_cancel, it will not notify the migration process, so migration -# will go into @failed state, instead of @cancelled state. @yank should be -# used to recover from hangs. +# - nbd block device: Yanking it will shut down the connection to the +# nbd server without attempting to reconnect. +# - socket chardev: Yanking it will shut down the connected socket. +# - migration: Yanking it will shut down all migration connections. +# Unlike @migrate_cancel, it will not notify the migration process, +# so migration will go into @failed state, instead of @cancelled +# state. @yank should be used to recover from hangs. # # Since: 6.0 ## @@ -74,13 +71,14 @@ ## # @yank: # -# Try to recover from hanging QEMU by yanking the specified instances. See -# @YankInstance for more information. +# Try to recover from hanging QEMU by yanking the specified instances. +# See @YankInstance for more information. # # Takes a list of @YankInstance as argument. # -# Returns: - Nothing on success -# - @DeviceNotFound error, if any of the YankInstances doesn't exist +# Returns: +# - Nothing on success +# - @DeviceNotFound error, if any of the YankInstances doesn't exist # # Example: # @@ -101,7 +99,7 @@ ## # @query-yank: # -# Query yank instances. See @YankInstance for more information. +# Query yank instances. See @YankInstance for more information. # # Returns: list of @YankInstance # |